THE  LIBRARY 

OF 

THE  UNIVERSITY 
OF  CALIFORNIA 

LOS  ANGELES 


B.  0.  BAKER 

L  ' 

' 


By  F.  S.   HUMPHREY. 

MANUAL    OF    TYPE- WRITING  — Business 

Letter- Writer  and  Exercises  for  Phonographic  Practice. 
A  Guide  to  the  Art  of  Type-Writing,  for  use  in  Schools, 
Colleges  and  Copying  Offices,  containing  over  one 
hundred  and  fifty  letters  of  Mercantile  Correspondence, 
Statements  of  Accounts,  Law  Forms,  Specifications, 
Theatrical  and  all  kinds  of  Miscellaneous  Work  adapted 
to  Writing  Machines  ;  Law,  Legislative,  and  Commer- 
cial Phrases  for  Phonographic  Practice,  with  a  chapter 
on  Spelling,  Punctuation  and  Capitalization.  8vo, 
cloth,  $1.50. 

INTERLINEAR  SHORT-HAND— (Pitman  Pho- 
nography.) A  complete  and  conveniently  arranged 
text-book,  treating  exhaustively  of  the  principles  of 
Phonetic  Short-Hand  in  their  application  to  all  branches 
of  Verbatim  Reporting,  and  containing  the  latest  modi- 
fications known  to  the  art. 

Part   I.     8vo,  cloth, $1.50 

Part  II.     8vo,  cloth, 1.50 

Parts  I  and  II.     (In  one  vol.  complete),   8vo, 

cloth, 2.50 

The  above  books  mailed  on  receipt  of  the  price,  by 
THE  BAKER  &  TAYLOR  Co.,  PUBLISHERS, 

740  and  742  Broadway,  New  York. 


INTERLINEAR  SHORT-HAND 

(PITMAN    PHONOGRAPHY) 

FOR  SELF-INSTRUCTION   AND   USE   IN 
SCHOOLS   AND   COLLEGES 


A    COMPLETE    AND     CONVENIENTLY     ARRANGED     TEXT-BOOK,     TREATING 

EXHAUSTIVELY    OF     THE     PRINCIPLES    OF    PHONETIC    SHORT-HAND 

IN   THEIR    APPLICATION  TO    ALL    BRANCHES    OF   VERBATIM 

REPORTING,      AND     CONTAINING     THE     LATEST 

MODIFICATIONS   KNOWN   TO  THE  ART 

PARTS  I.  AND  II. 

(COMPLETE) 

BY 
F.    S.     HUMPHREY 

LAW    AND    GENERAL    STENOGRAPHER;     AUTHOR    OF     "HUMPHREY'S    MANUAL    OF 

TYPEWRITING,     BUSINESS      LETTER-WRITER,      AND     EXERCISES 

FOR     PHONOGRAPHIC     PRACTICE." 


NEW   YORK 

THE   BAKER   &   TAYLOR    CO. 

740  AND  742  BROADWAY 


COPYRIGHT,  1887  AND  1892, 
BY   F.  S.  HUMPHREY. 

COPYRIGHT,    1893, 

BY  THE  BAKER   &  TAYLOR   CO. 


Press  of  J.  J.  Little  &  Co. 
Astor  Place,  New  York 


TABLE   OF   CONTENTS. 


PAGES 

INTRODUCTION vii 

GENERAL  DIRECTIONS xiii 

PHONOGRAPHIC  ALPHABET xv 

Consonants — Vowels,  Long,  Short. 
DIPHTHONGS xvi 

Diphthongal  Signs  for  Special  Vocalization. 
LESSON  I 1-4 

Consonants  and  their  Combinations. 
LESSON  II 5-8 

Vocalization— Heavy   Dot  and   Heavy  Dash  Vowels — Rule  for  Reading 

Vowels— Rule  for  Writing  First-Place  Vowels— Vowel  Position— Rule  for 

Writing  Long  Second-  and  Third-Place  Vowels. 
LESSON  III 9-11 

Vocalization,  Light-Dot  and  Light-Dash  Vowels. 
LESSON  IV 12-15 

Diphthongs — Position    of    Consonants — When  Rule  of    Position  may  be 

Violated. 
LESSON  V '. 16-18 

Introduction  to  Reading  and  Writing  Exercises — Consonant  Word-Signs — 

Vowel-Signs—Contractions—Memorizing  Word-Signs—Graded    Exercises 

—Phrasing. 
LESSON  VI 19-23 

Iss,  Z,  and  Ses-Circles— Steh  and  Stir  Loops. 
LESSON  VII 24-29 

Reading    Exercise — Simple    Consonant  Word-Signs    and    Contractions — 

Reading  and  Writing  Exercises. 
LESSON  VIII 30-32 

Rules  for  Writing  L  or  Lay,  R  or  Ray,  Ish  or  Shay. 
LESSON  IX 33-36 

Different  Methods  of  Expressing  W  and  Y. 
LESSON  X  37~39 

Writing  Exercises— Vowel,  and  Brief  W  and  Y  Word-Signs. 
LESSON  XI 40-41 

Large  Initial  W-Hook. 
LESSON  XII , 42-44 

Different  Methods  of  Expressing  H— Tick  Signs  Phrased. 
LESSON  XIII 45-48 

Double  Consonants— Initial  Hooks  for  L  and  R— Writing  Exercises. 
LESSON  XIV 49-52 

L  and  R  Hooks,  Continued. 
LESSON  XV 53~56 

Triple  Consonants— Spel  and  Sper  Series— Word-Signs  and  Contractions 

with  Initial  Hooks — Writing  Exercise. 
LESSON  XVI 57-59 

Final  Hooks  for  F,  V,  and  N-  Rule  for  Reading  the  Final  Hook  Series. 
LESSON  XVII 60-63 

Shon-Hook— Eshon-Hook— Rule  for  Vocalizing    the    Eshon-Hook— Final 

Hook  Word-Signs  and  Contractions  -Initial  W-Hook  Word-Signs—Writ- 
ing Exercise. 
LESSON  XVIII 64 

Steh  and  Stir  Loops  on  the  R-  and  N-Hook  Side. 
LESSON  XIX 65-73 

Halving  Principle— How  Vocalized— Ed— Tick— Halving  Hay  and  Ray- 
Name  of  Half-Lengths  Half-Length  Word-Signs  and  Contractions— Writ- 
ing Exercise. 

V 


448439 


LESSON  XX 73-So 

Widening  Principle,  MP  and  MB— Lengthening  to  Add  TR,  DR,  THR, 
KER- Added  H-Tick— Lengthened  ING— Their,  They  Are,  There,  Other, 
Whether,  how  expressed — Miscellaneous  Word-Signs  and  Contractions — 
Writing  Exercise. 

LESSON  XXI 80-04 

Special  Vocalization— Accent— Examples— Double  Vowels— Table  of  Dis- 
syllabic Diphthongs— Double  Vowels. 

LESSON  XXII 85-90 

Prefixes,  Con,  Com,  Cog— Contra,  Contro,  Counter— For,  Fore— Self,  Self- 
con,  Circum — In,  Un.  Incon—  Inter,  Intro — Enter,  Anti.  Ante — Magna, 
Magni— Mis.  Miscon,  Miscom— Decom,  Dis,  Discon,  Discom— Non,  Noncon, 
Noncom — Uncon,  Uncom — Unrecon,  Unrecom,  Unrecog— Recon,  Recom, 
Recog — Irrecon,  Irre,  Irreg. 

LESSON  XXIII 91-96 

Writing  Exercise  on  Prefixes. 
LESSON  XXIV 97-100 

Affixes— Ble,  Ely,  Bility— Mental,  Mentality,  Ality,  Arity— Blness,  Fulness 

— Ential,  Entially — Ing,  Ings— Ing-stem — Ing  the— Ing-a — Ing-thr,  Ingly — 

Ology,  Ological— Self,  Selves— Ship-  Soever. 
LESSON  XXV 101-104 

Writing   Exercise    on   Affixes— Punctuation    and    Miscellaneous    Marks — 

Numbers. 
LESSON  XXVI 105-119 

Consonant  Word  Signs — Vowel  Word-Signs. 

INTRODUCTORY  TO  WORD-SIGN  SENTENCES 120 

LESSON  XXVII 121-132 

Word-Sign  Sentences. 

LESSON  XXVIII 133-153 

List  of  Contractions  and  Word-Forms. 

LESSON  XXIX 154-168 

Joined  He,  Him,  The  Joined  I— Joined  As,  Has— Joined  Is.  Us— Double 
and  Triple  Length  Curves— N-Hook  Phrases— R- Hook  Phrases— W- Hook 
Phrases- Half- Length  Phrases-All,  Us,  and  Will  Phrases— Of.  Of— The 
Omitted  in  Phrases— Intersected  Phrases— Emb  Phrases— Words  Implied 
by  Nearness  of  Writing — Similar  Words  Distinguished  by  Position  and 
Outline — Vocalized  Words. 

LESSON  XXX 169-174 

Commercial  Phrases. 

LESSON  XXXI 175-185 

Law  Forms  and  Phrases. 

LEGISLATIVE  PHRASES  (U.  S.  Senate) 186-204 

EXPEDIENTS  AND  SPECIAL  FORMS 205-211 

COMME*  CIAL  CORRESPONDENCE 212-235 

D.  Whiting 212  !  Robert  Simpson 226 

Wheeler  &  Wilson 213  I  W.  R.  Cleveland 227 

Geo.  H.  Francis 214  I  C.  A.  James 227 

B.  W.  Law 215-217  i  Currier  &  Browning 227-228 

Naylor&Co 217-218    O.W.Barrett 228 

Brown  Bros.  &  Co 219    F.  Barrett  228-229 


W.  F.  Sloan 220-223 


Henry  Monnett 223 

W.  W.  Ralston 223-224 

W.  Frothingham 224 

W.  D.  Munson 224-225 


E.  C.  Peck 225 

A.  S.  Parker 225-226 

Geo.  Curtis 226 


J.  H.  Kemble 229 


Lent  &  Suydam 229-230 

A.  Bigelow  230-231 

C.G.French 231 

W.  Peacock 231-233 


J.  L.  King  &  Co 233-234 

Devinny  &  Co 234 


Geo.  H.  Wheeler  &  Bro 235 

TRIAL  (Lincoln  Assassination) 236-277 

EXAMINATION  OF  JURORS 237-239 

W.  H.  Tenney 237-238  |  Nicholas  Acker 238-239 

ADDRESS  TO  THE  JURY 241-244 

TESTIMONY 245-265 


J.  K.  Barnes 245-246 

James  H.  Wright 246-247 

Wm.  F.  Kent 247-249 

Henry  R.  Rathbone 249-250 

Joseph  B.  Steward 250-252 


Evertson  J.  Conger 252-256 

Wm.  L.  Burt 257-258 

Nathaniel  Whittmore 258-260 

Frederick  Stafford 261-262 

J.  M.  Becker 263-265 


CHARGE  TO  THE  JURY 266-277 

POWER  OF  ATTORNEY 278-279 

vi 


INTRODUCTORY. 


A  new  system  of  Phonography  ?    No.     A  new  method  ?    Yes. 

Strictly  speaking,  there  is  but  one  system  of  Phonography — Pitman's; 
all  other  modified  forms  of  phonetic  short-hand  are  not  systems,  but  methods  ; 
there  has  been  no  change  in  the  principles  since  the  first  treatise  on  the  art 
was  published  in  1837.  Various  modifications,  by  different  authors,  have 
appeared  from  time  to  time,  notably  Graham's,  Munson's,  Longley's,  and 
still  later  Osgoodby's,  one  of  the  most  ingenious  and  practical  methods. 
The  authors  mentioned  have  probably  done  more  for  the  advancement  of 
practical  short-hand  than  any  others  since  the  parent  system  was  first  made 
known.  Assuming  as  true  that  no  radical  changes  have  been  made  in  the 
Pitman  system  up  to  the  present  time,  over  half  a  century,  the  conchision 
must  inevitably  be  reached  that  the  principles  on  which  this  system  is  based 
are  practically  unchangeable,  and  that  all  efforts  at  improvement  must  be  in 
the  11116*  of  clearer  elucidation  and  better  teaching  of  that  which  we  already 
have.  In  the  following  pages  we  have  endeavored  to  carry  out  our  ideas  of 
what  we  conceive  to  be  the  best  arrangement  of  phonographic  matter  for  ease 
of  learning,  and  at  the  same  time  keep  alive  the  interest  of  the  student  unto  the 
end.  It  is  one  thing  to  be  a  skillful  operator,  and  quite  another  thing  to  be 
a  skillful  teacher,  two  qualifications  rarely  combined  in  the  same  individual. 
We  have  applied  the  '•  winged  art  "  in  legislative  halls;  in  courts  of  law  ;  in 
the  amphitheater  of  the  medical  college,  and  in  the  heated  campaigns  of 
political  excitement  and  controversy,  but  we  have  never  approached  any  one 
of  these  undertakings  with  so  much  delicacy  as  we  now  feel  in  placing  before 
the  rising  generation  of  short-hand  writers  a  new  method  for  their  instruc- 
tion, which  it  is  hoped,  will  facilitate  their  progress  and  lighten  their  labors 
in  this  most  interesting  field  of  thought-preservative  writing. 

We  have  observed,  in  looking  over  the  various  text-books  dedicated  to 
this  art,  that  each  author  has  the  best  system  ever  presented  to  an  appreci- 
ative public.  While  we  feel  confident,  for  we  have  so  been  told,  that  we 
have  here  a  far  superior  method  to  any  heretofore  published,  we  are  too 
modest,  and  considerate  of  the  feelings  of  those  who  have  passed  on  before, 
to  say  so,  and  therefore  throw  the  responsibility  of  such  a  statement — which, 
it  is  needless  to  say,  we  cordially  endorse,  upon  the  shoulders  of  one  who  is 
fully  capable  of  judging  of  its  merits,  and  who  has  kindly  had  printed,  for 
use  among  his  students,  a  book  of  instructions  setting  forth  the  advantages 
of  this  interlinear  method,  first  brought  to  his  attentior  by  the  author.  The 

vii 


gentleman  referred  to  is  at  the  head  of  the  Short-Hand  Department  of  one  of 
our  largest  commercial  colleges,  and  having  had  an  experience  of  twenty-five 
years  as  a  teacher  and  writer  of  short-hand,  we  feel  confident  that  whatever 
he  may  say  will  have  due  weight  with  those  who  may  examine  this  work 
with  a  view  to  its  adoption  : — 

"We  have  examined  many  systems  of  short-hand,  and  every  method,  so 
far  as  we  have  been  able,  of  teaching  it,  and  have  found  none  that  can  com- 
pare with  the  Interlinear  lessons  published  by  F.  S.  Humphrey,  the  author 
of  the  Manual  of  Typewriting.  This  is  not  a  new  system  of  short-hand,  but 
is  what  it  is  claimed  to  be— the  best  method  ever  devised  for  teaching  the  art 
of  short-hand  writing.  In  justice  to  the  student,  who  should  always  be 
advised  as  to  the  best  method  of  learning,  both  as  to  the  saving  of  time  and 
labor,  we  shall  spare  no  pains  to  bring  the  interlinear  method  of  instruction 
to  his  attention.  It  is  so  simple  and  plain,  so  easily  comprehended,  that  no 
excuse  can  now  be  given  for  not  learning  this  most  useful  accomplishment. 
It  requires  no  study  compared  with  the  old  way  ;  a  careful  reading  of  the 
explanations,  together  with  practice  in  copying  and  reading  the  exercises,  is 
all  that  is  necessary.  The  young  man  that  cannot  learn  short-hand  by  this 
method  cannot  learn  it  by  any  other,  and  had  better  turn  his  attention  to 
something  else.  *  *  *  We  have  had  twenty-five  years'  experience  in  in- 
vestigating and  teaching  short-hand,  and  we  are  convinced  that  the  inter- 
linear method  of  instruction  is  by  far  the  easiest,  quickest,  and  most  prac- 
tical method  ever  devised  for  the  purpose." 

To  TEACHERS.— As  a  labor-saving  device  for  teaching,  the  interlinear 
method  stands  pre-eminently  at  the  head  ;  having  once  adopted  it,  the  drudg- 
ery of  the  class-room  will  be  a  thing  of  the  past ;  it  will  lighten  your  labors  ; 
it  will  do  for  you  in  a  silent,  quiet  way,  what  would  otherwise  take  hours  of 
personal  attention  ;  it  will  save  exhaustion  and  patience,  for  you  can  teach 
fifty  pupils  with  as  much  ease  as  you  could  teach  five  by  any  other  method, 
and  with  every  advantage  in  their  favor ;  indeed,  no  work  heretofore  pub- 
lished on  this  subject  will  enable  the  teacher  to  accomplish  such  satisfactory 
results  with  so  little  effort.  Each  step  of  the  way  is  clearly  defined,  from  the 
alphabet  to  the  most  difficult  branches  of  verbatim  reporting.  The  student 
should  be  allowed  to  make  free  use  of  the  translation  ;  it  is  given  for  a  pur- 
pose— to  keep  him  on  the  right  track,  to  prevent  making  mistakes,  and  to 
economize  time  by  not  having  to  refer  back  to  principles  previously  studied. 
By  the  method  of  procedure  here  introduced  he  will  cover  more  ground  in 
one  week  than  can  be  covered  in  three  weeks  by  pursuing  the  old  method, 
and  in  a  far  more  interesting  way.  It  has  been  suggested  that  students  using 
interlinear  translations  will  learn  by  "  rote,"  or  in  a  "parrot-like  "  manner. 
(See  note.'page  8.)  Nothing  is  further  from  the  truth.  The  teacher  that 
made  the  suggestion  does  not  understand  the  theory  of  short-hand,  much  less 
the  practice.  There  would  be  some  force  in  the  remark  if  the  learner  should 
go  over  each  exercise  but  a  few  times,  as  he  would  probably  do  in  using  a 
"  pony,"  or  interlinear  translation  of  the  classics,  to  pass  a  recitation  in 
Latin  or  Greek  ;  but  what  is  the  fact?  the  short-hand  student  writes  his  exer- 
cises hundreds  of  times.  No  matter  how  many  teachers  he  may  have  at  his 
elbow,  or  how  many  interlinears  in  front  of  him,  they  avail  him  nothing  if 
he  does  not  practice  ;  all  he  requires  of  the  teacher,  or  of  the  text-book,  is  to 
keep  him  on  the  right  track,  to  see  that  he  practices  to  the  best  advantage  ; 
he  must  do  the  rest.  The  interlinear  form  is  vastly  superior  for  teaching  in 

viii 


that  it  produces  more  accurate  writers  by  keeping  the  correct  forms  constant- 
ly before  the  learner ;  but  this  is  a  slight  advantage  when  compared  with  that 
of  being  able  to  read  notes  at  sight.  No  student  by  this  method  ever  failed 
to  read  his  short-hand  almost  as  readily  as  he  could  write  it.  The  reason  is 
obvious,  his  eye  is  educated  to  familiarity  with  the  short-hand  page  by  having 
the  correct  forms  constantly  before  him  ;  he  cannot  see  the  print  without  see- 
ing the  phonograph,  and  vice  versa.  To  read  short-hand  readily  the  charac- 
ters must  be  as  familiar  to  the  sight  as  a  page  of  ordinary  print. 

THE  CORRESPONDING  STYLE. — The  examples  given  in  this  work  to  illus- 
trate the  elementary  principles  are  written  in  the  "  Corresponding  Style," 
which  is  the  foundation  of  the  "  Reporting  Style."  While  the  lessons  are  so 
arranged  as  to  introduce  the  beginner  almost  at  the  outset  to  unvocalized  re- 
porting forms,  the  great  value  of  knowing  how  to  use  the  vowels,  when 
necessary,  is  recognized,  and  the  teacher  is  earnestly  requested  to  insist  that 
each  student  shall  have  a  thorough  knowledge  of  them  ;  do  not,  under  any 
circumstances,  follow  the  advice  of  mere  theorists,  who,  knowing  little  or 
nothing  of  practical  short-hand,  advocate  the  entire  omission  of  vowels  in 
writing,  ignoring  the  fact  that  without  them  success  as  a  verbatim  reporter 
cannot  be  achieved.  It  is  not  necessary  that  the  beginner  should  practice 
vocalized  forms  until  he  has  memorized  them  so  thoroughly  as  to  cause 
serious  embarrassment  in  changing  to  reporting  forms.  Most  of  the  ex- 
amples given  in  print  in  other  short-hand  text-books  are  here  given  in  short- 
hand, with  stems  fully  vocalized.  To  acquire  a  thorough  knowledge  of  vocal- 
ization all  that  is  necessary  is  for  the  student  to  read  these  exercises  over 
carefully,  and  mentally  place  the  proper  vowels  to  each  outline  ;  this  will 
serve  the  same  purpose  as  if  he  wrote  them,  without  acquiring  the  habit  of 
putting  them  in.  No  person  ever  made  a  successful  short  hand  writer  who 
could  not  instantly  analyze  the  consonantal  elements  of  unfamiliar  words, 
and  properly  vocalize  them  when  necessary.  This  is  a  matter  of  vital  import- 
ance to  the  beginner  who  expects  to  become  a  verbatim  reporter,  and  we  do 
not  wish  to  have  him  sacrificed  to  the  ambition  of  teachers,  who,  for  obvious 
reasons,  never  found  it  necessary  to  use  a  vowel.  (See  page  16,  \  61.) 

WORD-SIGNS. — The  arrangement  of  word-signs  is  believed  to  be  the  best 
possible  for  the  purpose  of  readily  memorizing  them.  Each  one  is  engraved 
in  its  proper  position,  and  in  such  manner  that  one  sign  cannot  be  mistaken 
for  another.  By  the  old  arrangement  of  signs,  where  they  are  indicated  in 
print  without  the  corresponding  character  in  short-hand,  we  have  known 
students  to  practice  hours  and  days  writing  a  sign  ia  the  wrong  position ,  the 
result  of  ambiguity  in  arrangement.  Such  mistakes  cannot  happen  by  this 
method;  where  a  'single  word  is  represented  by  a  sign  the  sign  is  placed 
directly  above  it ;  where  several  words  are  represented  by  a  single  phono- 
graph, they  are  enclosed  in  parentheses  and  the  phonograph  placed  directly 
above  them.  We  would  urge  the  great  importance  of  thoroughly  memoriz- 
ing these  signs,  and  for  this  purpose  a  large  number  of  sentences  has  been 
arranged  in  which  they  are  frequently  repeated  ;  the  student  should  be  re- 
quired to  write  and  rewrite  them,  until  he  is  as  familiar  with  them  as  he  is 
with  the  letters  of  the  English  alphabet.  These  sentences  should  be  dictated 

ix 


to  him  throughout  his  entire  course,  for  he  cannot  memorize  them  too  well. 
(See  page  120.)  A  few  of  the  signs  given  in  some  of  the  standard  works  are 
liable  to  clash  ;  such  forms  have  been  changed,  as,  for  instance,  the  sign  for 
remarkable,  which  was  liable  to  conflict  with  mere  \  form  \vith  offer  ;  until 
with  at  all,  etc. 

PHRASING. — No  particular  rules  for  phrasing  are  given,  but  rather  ex- 
amples. Aside  from  the  simplest  forms  of  phraseography,  of  which  almost 
every  stenographer  makes  use,  it  is  a  practice  the  development  of  which  can 
safely  be  left  to  the  ingenuity  of  the  writer  as  he  grows  in  experience.  There 
is  no  question,  however,  but  that  common-sense  phrasing  adds  to  speed  and 
legibility,  but  as  to  how  far  it  can  be  carried,  every  man  must  be  a  law  unto 
himself.  Mr.  Thomas  Allen  Reed,  the  well  known  London  reporter,  says 
that  any  conscious  effort  at  phrasing  is  a  mistake.  Perhaps  the  reader  will 
infer  that  Mr.  Reed  would  have  us  use  no  phrases  but  of  the  most  elementary 
kind  ;  as,  you-may,  you-can,  I-zvill,  etc.,  but  such  is  not  the  case.  I  have  no 
doubt  but  that  if  he  were  called  upor.  to  explain  himself  he  would  say:  (ist), 
that  if  you  phrase  at  all,  select  words  that  are  used  very  frequently,  the  out- 
lines of  which  flow  into  each  other  naturally,  without  apparent  effort  at  join- 
ing on  the  part  of  the  writer;  and  (2nd),  in  technical  reporting  select  forms 
for  the  frequently  recurring  phrases  that  can  be  easily  executed,  and  then 
practice  them  until  they  can  be  written  without  conscious  effort.  This  is  un- 
doubtedly what  Mr.  Reed  means,  for  he  uses  phrases  that  no  reporter  can  use 
on  the  spur  of  the  moment  without  having  previously  practiced  them.  See 
his  phrases — •'  Employers'  Liability  Act ;  "  "Judicial  Committee  of  the  Privy 
Council;"  "Specific  performance  of  the  contract,"  etc.  Again,  take  our 
own  incomparable  Knight  of  the  Pen,  Mr.  D.  F.  Murphy,  chief  of  the  U.  S. 
Senate  corps.  Mr.  Murphy  says  th£t  he  is  opposed  to  "phrasing  except 
where  the  forms  of  the  words  naturally  combine  and  the  connection  is  obvi- 
ous." This  sentence  from  Mr.  Murphy  is  as  good  a  rule  for  phrasing  as  all 
that  has  been  written  on  the  subject,  and  if  the  reader  will  turn  to  his  Phrases, 
page  197,  he  will  understand  what  is  meant  by  phrases  "  the  forms  of  which 
naturally  combine."  There  are  many  phrases  here  the  forms  of  which  will 
not  readily  combine  in  the  hands  of  the  inexperienced  ;  but  if  they  are 
properly  practiced  it  will  be  found  that  the  joinings  are  easily  made,  and  that 
although  long,  they  are  equal  to  the  pace  of  the  most  rapid  speaker.  The 
legislative  reporter,  the  law  reporter,  and  the  medical  reporter,  can  each 
make  use  of  phrases  adapted  to  his  special  line  of  work,  which  will  add  very 
greatly  to  speed  and  legibility,  but  which  could  not  be  used  to  advantage  by 
reporters  engaged  in  other  lines  of  work.  If  it  is  necessary  for  the  stenogra- 
pher engaged  in  different  departments  of  reporting  to  coin  phrases  to  meet 
his  individual  wants,  it  is  just  as  necessary' for  the  teacher  to  discriminate  in 
teaching  short-hand.  If  a  student  wishes  to  learn  note-taking  merely  for  the 
purpose  of  letter  writing,  do  not  require  him  to  spend  days  in  writing  law 
forms,  or  confine  the  person  who  seeks  to  become  a  law,  or  general  stenog- 
rapher, to  the  circumscribed  limits  of  commercial  correspondence.  The 
phrases  in  this  book,  both  for  special  and  general  work,  have  stood  the  test 
of  years  in  actual  use.  Occasionally  two  phrases  or  forms  are  given  repre- 
senting the  same  \vord  or  combination  of  words,  but  only  one  form  should  be 


memorized.  In  concluding  our  remarks  ou  this  subject,  we  would  say  to  the 
teacher,  do  not  be  afraid  to  use  your  common-sense  in  phrasing  ;  do  not  be 
swayed  by  every  person  who  has  a  theory  ;  be  conservative,  if  you  will,  but 
do  not  cry  with  the  theorist  or  crank — Do  not  phrase  !  Do  not  phrase  !  ! 
until  you  know  where  you  are  going  to  hit.  If  it  is  the  phrase — "  Quot 
homines  lot  sentential,"  it  is  all  right;  do  not  phrase;  but  if  it  is  in  plain 
English — "  I  do  not  know  ;"  "  I  do  not  recollect;"  it  is  all  wrong,  for  these 
are  good  phrases,  the  theorist  and  magazine  writers  to  the  contrary  notwith- 
standing. No  man  can  lay  down  an  iron-clad  rule  that  will  apply  to  all  cases, 
and  the  person  who  goes  to  either  extreme  is  a  crank.  The  middle  ground 
is  the  safest,  and  will  insure  success.  The  Latin  maxim  above  quoted  ap. 
fits  this  subject,  and  may  be  referred  to  whenever  the  anti-phraser  is  persist 
ent  in  urging  his  objections. 

PRACTICE  MATTER. — It  is  more  or  less  a  source  of  disquietude  to  many 
teachers  to  know  just  what  kind  of  matter  is  the  best  for  practice.  This 
question  would  not  cause  a  moment's  serious  consideration  if  all  students 
were  taught  to  write  phonetically ;  but  in  the  mad  rush  nowadays  to  grind 
out  short-hand  writers  in  three  months,  and  give  them  anything  at  all  in  re- 
turn for  their  money,  the  question  becomes  one  of  great  importance  to  the 
short  term  teacher  ;  indeed,  it  is  of  so  much  importance  that  we  must  decline 
to  offer  any  suggestions,  for,  having  met  with  no  successful  graduates  of  the 
twelve-easy-lesson  method,  we  should  have  great  reason  to  fear  for  the  result ; 
but  for  the  student  who  intends  to  hold  fast  to  the  study  until  he  is  master  of 
the  word-signs  and  contractions,  and  can  analyze,  phonetically  and  quickly, 
all  unfamiliar  words,  the  question  of  material  for  practice  is  a  very  simple 
one.  It  is  the  business  of  the  short-hand  writer  to  take  down  words ;  there- 
fore any  matter  pertaining  to  current  literature  will  answer  the  purpose. 
There  is,  however,  one  class  of  literature  that  is  to  be  preferred  for  the  first 
five  or  six  months  of  practice,  and  that  is  the  exercises  specially  arranged  to 
repeat  frequently  the  words  and  phrases  that  enter  into  everyday  business 
life  ;  not  that  these  words  occur  less  frequently  in  unfamiliar  matter  to  the 
student,  but  because  they  are  purposely  culled  and  arranged  in  sentences  to 
be  often  repeated.  Sufficient  exercises  of  this  character  are  here  introduced  ; 
they  should  be  copied  carefully  until  the  student  can  write  them  from  his 
own  dictation  at  about  sixty  or  seventy  words  a  minute.  This  will  not  be 
wasted  time,  for  there  is  nothing  like  patient,  systematic  copying  of  both  old 
and  new  matter  to  acquire  a  correct  and  neat  hand-writing.  After  an  exer- 
cise has  been  copied  until  it  can  be  written  at  the  rate  above  indicated.it 
should  then  be  dictated  from  time  to  time  until  it  can  be  written  at  the  rate 
of  one  hundred  and  twenty-five  words  a  minute.  If  practice  of  this  kind  is 
kept  up  for  several  months  on  the  matter  contained  in  this  book,  the  student 
will  have  become  so  familiar  with  the  frequently  recurring  forms  and  phrases 
as  to  be  able  to  take  down  new  matter  at  a  moderate  speed,  and  with  far 
greater  accuracy  of  outline  than  he  would  should  he  attempt  to  take  such 
matter  before  he  is  thoroughly  familiar  with  these  exercises.  For  speed 
practice,  or  for  acquiring  mauual  dexterity  in  wieldirig  the  pen,  it  is  good 
practice  to  write  the  same  matter  over  and  over  every  day  throughout  the 
course  ;  such  practice  need  take  but  an  hour  each  day,  when  it  can  be  sup- 

xi 


plemented  with  a  new  arrangement  of  words.  The  practice  of  stereotyped 
exercises  of  this  kind  is  analogous  to  the  practice  of  the  pianist  in  running 
scales;  it  gives  facility  in  execution,  which  could  not  be  acquired  by  con- 
stantly changing  to  new  exercises.  As  soon  as  the  beginner  can  write  the 
exercises  given  in  the  book  with  facility,  and  can  analyze,  phonetically,  un- 
familiar words,  we  would  advise  a  due  admixture  of  both  old  and  new  matter 
for  practice — old  matter  for  speed  practice,  and  new  matter  to  enlarge  one's 
vocabulary.  It  is  of  little  importance  what  the  new  matter  is,  so  long  as  it 
pertains  to  current  literature — sermons,  political  speeches,  lectures  on  scien- 
tific subjects,  etc.  Perhaps  one  of  the  very  best  works  for  general  dictation 
is  Prof.  Drummond's  "  Natural  Law  in  the  Spiritual  World."  Another  kind 
of  practice  exceedingly  beneficial  to  the  student  is  that  of  reading  vocalized 
and  unvocalized  exercises  found  in  phonographic  books  and  magazines.  No 
matter  whether  or  not  the  short-hand  corresponds  to  the  particular  style 
taught,  so  long  as  it  is  Pitmanic  ;  it  will  do  the  student  good  to  puzzle  over 
forms  and  study  them  out,  and  he  will  acquire  in  a  much  shorter  time  a 
vocabulary  of  phonographic  words  that  would  otherwise  take  him  years  to 
acquire.  Of  course  a  great  deal  of  amateur  writing  will  be  found  in  the 
magazines,  but  with  a  little  judgment  the  reader  will  quickly  select  the  gold 
from  the  dross. 

TECHNICAL  RRPORTING. — No  better  material  for  legislative  reporting 
and  general  practice  can  be  found  than  the  Legislative  Phrases  here  given. 
The  list  of  Law  Forms  and  Contractions  will  be  found  invaluable  to  the  young 
law  stenographer.  For  other  special  lines  of  reporting,  the  student  must  be 
governed  by  the  literature  applying  to  the  work  in  which  he  is  engaged ;  if 
medical,  he  will  find  the  best  works  for  practice  in  the  "  Ouiz-Compends  "  on 
Anatomy,  Physiology,  Materia  Medica,  Surgery,  etc.  These  books  are  better 
than  medical  treatises,  as  they  are  condensed,  containing  all  that  the  reporter 
will  require  arranged  in  the  form  of  questions  and  answers.  \ud  so  in 
Science,  and  Art,  and  Mechanics,  the  learner  can  easily  find  the  necessary 
works  in  any  large  public  library. 

The  business  letters,  reports  of  testimony,  judge's  charges,  general  law 
matter,  speeches,  etc.,  contained  in  this  work,  will  be  found  more  than  suffi- 
cient for  the  requirements  of  the  beginner. 


Xll 


GENERAL  DIRECTIONS  TO  THE  STUDENT. 


Ruled  paper  should  always  be  used  for  short-hand  note-taking  ;  books 
specially  arranged  for  the  purpose,  with  lines  ruled  half  an  inch  apart,  can 
always-  be  obtained  at  the  stationers.  For  beginners  Foolscap  will  answer 
every  purpose.  Double-ruled  paper  is  not  recommended,  it  tends  to  con- 
fuse the  writer.  Some  teachers  claim  that  it  enables  the  beginner  to  write 
more  uniformly ;"  but  our  experience  is  that  it  is  better  to  educate  the  eye 
from  the  beginning  to  the  proper  size  of  the  characters  rather  than  to  be 
dependent  on  doubled  ruled  lines. 

PEN,  INK,  PENCII,. — A  fine  steel  pen,  of  almost  any  standard  make,  wi^ 
answer  the  purpose  ;  but  a  short-nibbed,  fine-pointed  gold  pen  is  superior  in 
every  way.  Such  a  pen,  in  a  reliable  fountain  holder,  can  be  relied-  upon. 
If  a  fountain  holder  is  used  the  writer  should  not  fail  to  have  an  ink-well 
close  at  hand  to  dip  from  in  case  of  an  emergency,  as  the  very  best  fountain 
is  liable  to  clog  if  not  properly  cared  for.  Keep  the  ink-well  covered  when 
not  in  use ;  otherwise  dust,  and  other  foreign  matter,  will  lodge  in  it,  to  be 
picked  up  on  the  point  of  the  pen  and  possibly  causing  a  blot  on  the  page. 
The  ink  used  should  be  of  the  finest  quality,  jet-black,  or  ink  that  will  quickly 
turn  black.  Pale  and  colored  inks  are  hard  on  the  eyes,  especially  if  much 
reading  is  done  at  night.  The  pen  admits  of  much  faster  writing  than  the 
pencil,  as  there  is  less  friction-,  and  of  greater  legibility  of  notes;  it  is  often 
convenient  to  use  a  pencil,  especially  if  the  writer  is  taking  notes  where  it 
would  be  inconvenient  to  use  ink,  so  its  occasional  use  is  recommended- 
For  pencil  practice  a  soft  and  rather  rough  paper  should  be  used,  while  the 
smoother  the  surface  of  the  paper  for  pen  practice  the  better.  The  pen 
should  be  held  in  the  ordinary  way  as  for  long-hand  writing  ;  some  seem  to 
think  that  it  is  better  held  between  the  first  and  second  fingers,  but  the 
majority  of  writers  hold  it  between  the  thumb  and  first  finger. 

PRACTICE. — Be  systematic  in  your  practice,  and  confine  it  strictly  to  the 
exercises  in  the  book  until  you  can  write  phonetically.  Make  haste  slowly  ; 
speed  will  come  with  practice.  Never  draw  short-hand  characters,  but  write 
them  ;  making  each  character  as  quickly  as  you  can  and  write  it  correctly. 
Do  not  practice  for  speed  without  good  forms,  but  for  speed  with  good  forms. 
Do  not  acquire  a  halting,  hesitating  movement  of  the  hand  ;  false  movements 
retard  speed.  Read  over  what  you  write  ;  lay  aside  each  day  a  few  pages  of 
your  best  practice  matter  and  then  try  to  read  it  when  it  is  "  cold." 

xiii 


PHONOGRAPHIC  ALPHABET. 


CONSONANTS. 

Letter.               Phonograph.             Pronounced.         Examples  of  its  poiver. 

X 

\ 

P 

\ 

pee              as  in 

rope 

/ost 

B 

\ 

bee 

rode 

3oast 

T 

tee                  " 

fa/e 

''P 

jj 

|  J      D 

dee 

farfe 

a'ip 

?•               1    CH 

/ 

chay               " 

fJch 

rAest 

J 

/ 

jay 

edge 

yest 

K: 



kay 

lee/6 

one 

^G 



gay 

league 

.fain 

^    , 

^~ 

ef 

sa/e     • 

/at 

V 

^ 

vee                  " 

Sa^^e 

;>at 

TH 

( 

ith 

wrea/A 

/Aigh 

TH 

C 

thee               "" 

wrea/Ae 

/Ay 

\      S 

) 

ess                   " 

hi55 

.real 

.5 

0                      Z 

zee                  " 

his 

real 

SH 

J 

ish 

visions 

*fc 

^ZH 

J 

zhee               " 

vision 

* 

•*      TM 

^ 

em                 " 

see;* 

wet 

i  s  N 

^s 

en 

see« 

wet 

<      i 

kNG 

N^X 

ing                 " 

sing 

* 

|  XL 

r 

el,  lay             " 

fa// 

/ight 

•a"           ^ 

^^ 

ar,  ray 

for 

right 

1          J^w 

~^ 

way 

* 

wet 

\    Y 

r 

vay 

* 

ret 

C          ^ 

Aspirate.          H 

c 

hay                " 

* 

Aigh 

ADDITIONAL  SIGNS. 

Rav.       °  Iss,   <?   St.   C     Ses,     '     H-tick,   c    Weh,    3    With,    w   Yell,    n   Yuh, 
K'np  or  Emb. 


LONG  VOWKLS. 

•I      r  "I  aw 

ist-Place  Heavy-Dot  Vowel  i  si-Place  Heavy-Dash  Vowel 

e  as  in  cat  a  as  in  fall 

2(i-Place  Heavy-Dot  Vowel                 •  a  ad-Place  Heavy-Dash  Vowel                 -|   S 

ii  as  in  rtte  o  as  in  nSte 

id-Place  Heavv-Dot  Vowel  3d-Place  Heavy- Dasli  Vowel                    i 

.\ah  -I  as 

a  as  in  arm  oo  as  in  for/-! 


SHORT  VOWELS. 

•ir  -i  s 

ist-Place  Light-Dot  Vowel  ist-Place  Light-Dash  Vowel 

r as  in  ft.  9min9a 

ad-Place  Light-Dot  Vowel  •    e  ad-Place  Light-Dash  Vowel  -j   « 

e  as  in  ui^t  «  as  in  tip. 

3d-Place  LiglU-Dot  Vowel  I  3d-Place  Light-Dash  Vowel 

a  as  in  fit.  do  as  in 


oo 


PROPER  DIPHTHONGS. 

ist  position  !  fas  in  «7sle.  3d  position         A!  OH  as  in  on\.. 

ist  position  I  alas  in  oi\.  3d  position         J  ew  as  in  f<\v. 

DIPHTHONGAL  SIGNS  F(JR  SPECIAL  VOCALIZATION. 

M  .  I 

ist  position          I  a-r  as  in  rr/fe.  2d  position         *|  <Was  in  cl/iwv. 


ist  position 
ist  position 
3d  position 


e-T  as  in  befog.  ad  position 

in  drrtTi'Yng.  ad  position        A|  d-c  as  in 


tf//-/"as  in  hnrrrt/mig.  3d  position         J  od-l  s&  in  'Lv/lfs. 


""I  I 

ist  position          I   fivias  in  yw//.  31!  position        n|  awe1  as  in  aw/nd. 

xvi 


LESSON   I. 


CONSONANTS  AND  THEIR  COMBINATIONS. 

1.  Having  carefully  read  the  foregoing  directions  for  study,  the  pupil  should  mem- 
orize the  Alphabet,  writing  each  character  the  size  of  the  engraved  exam  pies  given  below. 

2.  The  perpendicular  and  inclined  steins,  except  ray  and  //,  are  written  downward  ; 
the  horizontal  stems  are  written  from  left  to  right 

l^ay  and  is/i  may  be  written  upward  or  downward,  according  to  rules  hereafter  given, 
while  ray  and  h  are  invariably  struck  upward. 

3.  Particular  attention  should  be  given  to  the  formation  of  the  heavy  curved  stems; 
they  should  be  shaded  in  the  middle  only,  tapering  off  at  each  end 

4.  Write  each  of  the  following  lines  ten  times,  striking  the  characters  in  the  direc- 
tion indicated  by  the  arrow,  and  repeating  the  name  of  each  letter  as  it  is  written,  thus: 


\  P     \     K     \    P      \H\P\B      \  P      \B\P\H 
and  so  on. 


T 

T       ID 


1          '          I          I          I          I          I          I         I 


V        CHAY       /JAY      /  /  /  /  / 

1     (  1TH  (    THEE  (((((((( 

OlSH         JZHEEJ       J        J         J          J         J        J         J 

'r  L  ^  r  LAY  r    r    r    r    r    r 

\^  x,  ->.  -^  ^ 

A    R    */^  RAY  (upward  R)       1        /  \        ^  \       ^  \ 


ING 


HUMPHREY'S   INTERLINEAR  SHORT-HAND. 


W  or  WAY  'f   Y  or  YAY  ^>       C 


» 


Hot  HAY 


S 


H  TICK 

5.  Write  the  letters  in  the  following  combinations  until  they  can  be  pnnxwncal 
without  looking  at  the  Key.  Each  letter  should  be  written  without  lifting  the  pen— 
the  second  beginning  where  the  first  ends,  the  third  beginning  at  the  end  of  the  second, 
etc.  Follow  the  engraved  exercises  carefully  in  making  angles  where  angles  are  made, 
and  avoid  making  them  where  they  are  not  made.  Write  each  unshaded  character  v.ilh 
as  delicate  a  line  a«  possible,  and  shade  each  heavy  stem  just  enough  to  distinguish  it 
from  the  light  ones. 


\ 


ZL:±L 


p-k         k-p         t-u         n-t         d-k         d-m         d-u          t-k         k-t          n-d          k-b 


-b         k-jay     n-chay     n-jay   chay-in     b-n         n-p         p-gay         gay-p         gay-t 


t-gay         m-m  k-m  k-n  n-k  m-k  -n-ja\  n-m 


m-n         1-ing         m-p          1-k  m-s  m-ing  b-ing  1-r 


f-n  f-m 


k-v  ga>'-n  ga>'-m     chay-gay 


-7 


gay-chay  v-n  ish-k     ish-ga>-     k-ish       ish-ing       ish-n     •  tl>ee-m         ith-m 


r-gay  r-n  r-m  r-mg  r-m-ing 


r-m-k  t-m-k  t-m-n  m-n-k  n-t-m-k  n-1  n-la\ 


I.   / 


\ 


Ill  \     x   I         T~7 

p-ith         p-t         f-d         v-t     chay-p    ish-p    ish-d     f-chay       p-chay         r-r  p-1 


f-1  v-1  p-j«y  t-k  Kay-ga>'  t-t     d-d     chay-chay     jay-jay 

6.     The  letter      (       /,  when  standing  alone,  is  written  up-.vard ;  when  joined  to 


HUMPHREY'S  INTERLINEAR  SHORT-HAND.  3 

other  stems  it  may  be  written  upward  or  downward ;  as  \  l-k  C^~*\      l-m.     When 

written  upward  in  connection  with  another  stroke  it  is  called  lay,  to  distinguish  it  from 
the  downward  Stroke. 

7.  When  writing  from  dictation,  if  you  are  told  to  write  l-k,  use  the  downward 

stroke,    C. l-k;  if  told  to  write  lay-t^  use  the  upward  stroke,  f]    lay-t.     This  second 

name  for  /  is  convenient  for  the  purpose  of  distinguishing  between  the  upward  and  the 
downward  stroke,  but  has  nothing  to  do  with  the  power  of  the  letter.     L  is  a  liquid  con- 
sonant, and  always  has  the  same  sound.     In  many  words  it  is  silent,  as  in  balm,  calm, 
palm;  in  such  cases  we  have  no  use  for  it,  as  all  silent  letters  are  omitted  in  phonetic 
writing. 

8.  Two  rs  are  necessarj'  for  the  purpose  of  making  better  angles  in  certain  com- 
binations of  letters,  as  in  the  example  lay-t,  given  above ;  were  the  downward  stroke  of 
/  ussd  in  connection  with  t  the  outline  would,  in  rapid  writing,  assume  an  entirely 
different  form  from  the  one  intended. 

9.  To  facilitate  the  combination  of  outlines  r  is  also  provided  with  two  signs — the 
curved  or  downward        i  r,  and  the  upward  r,  called     ^  ray  in  contradistinction  to 
the  downward  stroke.     If  you  are  told  to  write  ray-k,  use  the  upward  stroke,  /       ray-k; 

if  told  to  write  r-kay,  use  the  downward  stroke,       1 r-k.     The  letter  r  is  never  silent, 

and  frequently  affects  both  the  long  and  the  short  sounds  of  vowels. 

10.  In  a  few  cases /    ish,  in  combination  with  other  steins,  is  written  upward, 

and  is  then  called  shay,  to  distinguish  it  from  the  downward  stroke  ish.     This  charac- 
ter is  a  combination  of  s  and  h  and  of  ^  and  h,  according  to  its  sound  in  the  words  i'n 
which  it  is  heard,  and  is  called  a  digraph.     Digraphs  are  combinations  of  letters  repre- 
senting only  one  sound.     Two  consonants  cannot  be  pronounced  in  one  syllable,  in  Eng- 
lish, without  the  aid  of  vowel ;  so  a  syllable  is  made  of  sh  by  placing  t  before  it,  giving 
it  the  name  of  ish. 

1 1.  H,  or  <f       hay,  is  always  written  upward.     This  letter  is  merely  ah  aspirate, 
and  in  such  words  as  heir,  hones/,  hostler,  hour,  and  their  derivatives,  it  is  silent. 

12.  Practice  writing  the  following  combinations  until  thoroughly  familiar  with 
(     I  and   r       lay,         \    r  and     ^  ray,      _V  ish  and  _-/  shay. 

In  the  Sixth  Lesson  rules  are  given  defining  their  use  in  connection  with  the  vowels. 

lay-ing          lay-n          lay-gay          lay-f          lay-v  t-m-lay  m-lay-k 


m-lay-t  t-lay-n  lay-t-m  lay-n-t  f-m-lay  k-m-lay 

-.     r —      n 


n-p-lay  lay-f-lay  lay-f-m  lay-k  lay-d  lay-r 

A       /^      /V     ^    A 


ray-gay  ray-p  ray-t  ray-n  ray-f        ray-ish     ray-ith     ray-1 


HUMPHREY'S  INTERLINEAR  SHORT-HAND. 


chay-ray    ish-ray          t-m-ray          b-ray-cay          n-ray-ray        f-ray-ray         t-ray-ray 

13.  The  close  resemblance  between  /  chay  and  ^  ray  seems  an  obstacle,  to 
uiany,  in  the  way  of  distinguishing  between  them.  This  is  more  seeming  than  real,  for 
/  chay,  when  standing  alone,  is  always  written  downward  at  an  angle  of  about  sixty 
degrees  from  the  line  of  writing  ;  while  ^  ray  is  always  written  upward  at  an  angle  of 
about  thirty  degrees.  Then,  again,  the  combination  of  these  steins  with  other  conson- 
ants makes  them  easily  distinguishable,  as  in  the  following  examples : 


I/    xl      I/      \       ^     A     L 


X 

t-ray       ray-t      chay-ray     t-chay     ray-chay     ray-d       chay-k       k-ray         n-ray 

14.  In  the  following  examples  is/i  is  written  upward,  and  when  so  written  it  is 
called  shay:  /^"~"  . 

shay-d      shay-lay       shay-gay      d-shay        f-shay      shay-n      shay-k       ray-d-shay 

NOTE. — Students  pursuing  the  study  of  Phonography  without  the  aid  of  a  teacher  should  always  exam- 
ine themselves  on  the  questions  in  review. 

QUESTIONS  AND  EXERCISES  ON  LESSON  I. 

i.  Read  this  paragraph.  2.  In  what  direction  are  the  inclined,  perpendicular,  and 
horizontal  stems  written?  How  may  lay  and  ish  be  written?  How  are  ray  and  h  writ- 
ten? 3.  How  should  the  heavy  curved  stems  be  shaded  ?  4.  Practice  this  paragraph  as 
directed.  5.  How  should  a  combination  of  consonant  outlines  be  written?  Write  the 
exercises  under  this  section  as  directed.  6.  How  is  /  written  when  standing  alone? 
How  is  it  written  when  joined  to  other  stems?  What  is  it  called  when  written  upward? 
7.  If  you  were  told  to  write  /-£,  what  stroke  would  you  use  for  /?  If  told  to  write  lay-t, 
what  stroke  would  you  use  for  lay!  For  what  purpose  is  the  second  name  for  /  conveni- 
ent? Has  this  name  anything  to  do  with  the  sound  or  power  of  the  consonant?  What 
kind  of  a  consonant  is  /?  Is  it  ever  silent?  Give  an  example.  Are  silent  letters  used 
in  Phonetic  writing?  8.  Why  are  two  /'s  necessary?  9.  Why  is  r  provided  with  two 
signs?  What  is  the  upward  stroke  called?  In  writing  ray-t,  what  stroke  would  you  use 
for  ray?  In  writing  r-k,  what  stroke?  Is  the  letter  r  ever  silent?  10.  What  is  ish 
called  when  written  upward?  Why  is  it  called  shayl  Isk  is  a  combination  of  what  two 
letters?  WThat  are  digraphs?  Can  two  consonants  be  pronounced  in  one  syllable?  What 
is  it  necessary  to  add  to  form  a  syllable?  1 1.  How  is  hay  written?  What  kind  of  letter 
is  hi  12.  Write  each  example  under  this  section  five  times.  13.  Between  what  two 
letters  is  there  a  very  close  resemblance?  At  what  angle,  and  in  what  direction,  is  cha\ 
written?  At  what  angle,  and  in  what  direction,  is  ray  written.  Write  each  example 
five  times.  14.  Write  each  example  five  times. 


LESSON   II. 


VOCALIZATION— HEAVY-DOT  AND  HEAVY-DASH  VOWELS. 

15.  In   Phonography  there  are  twelve  distinct  vowel  sounds, — six  iung  and  six 
short, — represented  by  heavy  and  light  dots  and  dashes.     Of  the  six  long  vowels,  three  are 
indicated  by  a  heavy  dot  and  three  by  a  heavy  dash ;  of  the  six  short  vowels,  three  are 
indicated  by  a  light  dot  and  three  by  a  light  dash.     In  writing  phonographically,  the 
consonant- sign  is  made  first  and  the  vowel-sign  afterward  affixed  to  it 

16.  Vowels  are  distinguished  from  one  another  by  the  positions  they  occupy  rela- 
tively to  the  consonant  stem,  and  are  called  first,  second,  and  third-place  vowels. 

POSITION  OF  VOWELS  — A  first-place  vowel  is  written  at  the  beginning  of  the  con- 
sonant stem,  a  second-place  vowel  to  the  middle,  and  a  third-place  vowel  at  the  end,  as  in 
the  following  table.  The  three  heavy-dot  vowels,  ?,  S,  ah,  and  the  three  heavy-dash 
vowels,  au1,  o,  do,  are  long,  and  are  placed  to  the  consonant  stem  /  in  order  to  show  their 
proper  positions,  as  follows: 

TABLE  OF  LONG  VOWELS. 


e 


aw 


ist-Place  Heavy-Dot  Vowel,  ist-Place  Heavy-Dash  Vowel 

i  as  in  £at  a  as  in  fall 

2d-Place  Heavy- Dot  Vowel  •  \a  ad-Place  Heavy-Dash  Vowel  -|  o 

a  as  in  5te  o  as  in  n^te 


3d-Place  Heavy-Dot  Vowel 


.\ah 
a  as  in  aim 


3d-Place  Heavy-Dash  Vowel 


oo 

do  as  in  fodd 


17-  RULE  FOR  READING  VOWELS. — When  a  vowel  is  written  above  a  horizontal 
consonant,  or  to  the  left  of  a  perpendicular,  inclined,  or  curved  stem,  it  is  said  to  be  before 
the  consonant,  and  should  be  read  first ;  as, 

aid      aim      ale      ape      age      ake      ace       abe     air          ease      eve       eke       ecu 

When  a  vowel  is  placed  below  a  horizontal  consonant,  or  to  the  right  of  a -perpen- 
dicular, inclined,  or  curved  stem,  it  is  said  to  be  after  the  consonant,  and  should  be  read 
last;  as, 

<r  -)'.  J  V 


\.        X 


+  V 


ray      pay      say      may      gay      lay      see     saw      she      show    bay      hay       neigh 

18.     RULE  FOR  WRITING  FIRST-PLACE  VOWELS. — First-place  vowels  are  written  to 
the  first  consonant. 


6  HUMPHREY'S  INTERLINEAR  SHORT-HAND. 

19.  The  first-place  heavy-dot  vowel  is  e;  it  has  the  long  sound  of  e  as  in  eat,  m?te, 
seal,  £ve,  and  is  always  written  at  the  beginning  of  the  consonant  stem,  thus:  (Before 
practicing  these  exercises,  read  the  Note  on  page  X ) 


c\ 


A 


knee         key          fee         lee          tea  heap  leap          reach          wreathe 

•T      —x      Z. 


liege         leek         leave          kneel  keep  cheek          deem  ream 


seem  theme  see  beam  beak  peel  peak  zeal 


need     feed        cheat      cheap      deep       teeth       teach          beat      beach       peach 


sheep     beneath         beer 


pier 


tier         fear         sheer         cheer       gear 


20.     Vowel  position  is  reckoned  from  the  point  at  which  you  begin  to  write,  whether 
the  stem  is  written  upward  or  downward,  as  in  the  following  words: 


WRITTEN  UPWARD. 


,  c 


A  c\ 


(7 


.r 


lee        leak       reed       lead       heed        heat       leech       leaf       real        eel      Hebe" 
WRITTEN  DOWNWARD. 

/      n 


sheath       sheathe       sheet       feeler       deal       dealer       sheaf        bead       meat       feat 

Vowel  positions  before  and  after  consonants  are  clearly  illustrated  in  the  following 
table: 

BEFORE  A  CONSONANT. 


\  y  ii  /   j> 


AFTER  A  CONSONANT. 


\  v.  li  / 


The  dash-vowels  should  be  written  at  a  right  angle,  or  nearly  so. 


HUMPHREY'S  INTERLINEAR  SHORT-HAND.  7 

21.  RULE  FOR  WRITING  LONG  SECOND-PLACE  VOWELS. — A  second-place  vowel 
occurring  between  two  consonants,  when  long,  is  wruten  to  the  first. 

22.  The   second-place  heavy-dot   vowel  is  a;    it   has   the  long   sound   of  5  in 
*     ache,  and  is  always  written  to  the  middle  of  the  consonant,  thns: 


•  A 

^     ^ 

XI 

\ 

V 

|.       |. 

(Z~ 

rate 

rage          ray 

raid 

bay 

pay 

day       gay           take 

lay 

2 

>        ^ 

-C 

>r 

\.              ^, 

V^ 

may 

say        nay 

mail 

pail 

bake              vague 

dale 

lathe        gale 


fame 


rake 


fake 


lake       -   relav 


lame 


hate 


shake 


dela 


age 


ache 


ape 


23.  RULE  FOR  WRITING  THIRD-PLACE  VOWELS. — Third-place  vowels,  whether 
long  or  shoft^  are  written  to  the  second  consonant. 

24.  The    third-place    heavy-dot   vowel    is   a;    it   has    the  long  sound  of  a  in 
^ — -3z#hn,  and  is  always  written  at  the  end  of  the  consonant,  thus: 


hah 


25- 


palm 


Shah 


bar'1 


farm 


HEAVY-DASH  VOWELS. 

The  first-place   heavy-dash  vowel  is  a  (aw) ;  it  has  the  broad  sound  of  a  in 
gnaw,  and  is  always  written  at  the  beginning  of  the  consonant,  thus : 


\r  ?-  -r          f 


Paul 
26. 

C    21)- 


ball       tall 


awl        shawl 


maul 


haw 


pshaw 


The   second-place   heavy-dash    vowel    is   <);   it  has  the   lorlg  sound   of  a  in 
ra,  and  is  always   written   to  the  middle  of  the  consonant,  thus  (See  Rule 


\r 


x\ 


toll 


bowl        knoll 


goal 


rope 


road 


vogue 


k 


mow 
27- 


more       no     toe 


mobile         obey         opaque         robe      mope      loathe 


The  third-place  heavy-dash   vowel   is  o;   it   has   the  long  sound  of  do  in 
iiw<m,  and  is  always  written  at  the  end  of  the  consonant,  thus  (see  Rule.lj  23) 


tomb 


slibe 


loom 


HUMPHREY'S    INTERLINEAR   SHORT-HAND. 


I         v 

\                  V 

\                 1 

> 

y_>. 

/\ 

X             ^           L 
boom         boot         boor         toi 

iv        moor 

7=3 

mooring 

/O 
'  rouge 

NOTE. — Wheu  reading  the  exercises  in  the  following  lessons,  cover  the  translation  with  a  card  so  that  it 
shall  not  be  seen  when  analyzing  the  phonographic  ontlines.  If  there  is  any  doubt  as  to  the  correctness  of 
your  translation,  refer  at  once  to  the  Key,  as  one  of  the  great  objects  of  the  Interlinear  method  is  to  prevent 
mistakes.  It  is  said  that  first  impressions  are  the  most  lasting ;  and  this  seems  to  be  particularly  true  of 
short-hand  ;  therefore  it  is  of  the  utmost  importance  that  the  student  should  follow  copy  closely,  and  not  at- 
tempt to  write  anything  outside  of  his  exercises  until  he  is  thoroughly  familiar  with  the  outlines  of  a  large 
number  of  words — such  as  are  met  with  in  current  literature  and  in  daily  business  correspondence. 

Do  not  imagine  that  by  a  free  use  of  the  translations  you  will  be  learning  words  simply  by  "rote,"  or 
in  a  parrot-like  manner,  as  some  theoretical  teachers,  who  know  very  little  of  practical  short-hand,  seem  to 
think.  No  one  ever  became  a  short-hand  writer  without  practice,  and  practice  consists  in  repeating,  and  re- 
peating very  frequently,  too.  You  may  have  observed  that  in  this  text-book  an  unusual  number  of  examples 
are  given  to  illustrate  each  principle,  and  that  perhaps  the  same  things  are  said  in  several  places  ;  this  is 
done  intentionally,  because  the  only  sure  road  to  mental  acquirement,  as  well  as  to  facility  in  executing  with 
the  fingers,  is  by  repetition. 

When  reference  is  made  to  Rules  or  Paragraphs,  they  should  be  referred  to  at  once,  unless  the  pupil  is 
already  familiar  with  them. 

Students  who  wish  to  make  rapid  advancement,  and  reach  a  point  where  the  practice  will  be  more  inter- 
esting, should  not  write  the  simple  exercises  a  greater  number  of  times  than  is  indicated  in  "  Questions  and 
Exercises  on  the  Lesson,"  as  it  will  consume  time  unnecessarily,  for  these,  or  similar  exercises,  will  have  to 
be  written  many  times  in  their  unvocalized  forms  in  subsequent  lessons.  The  word-signs  and  unvocalized 
sentences  cannot  be  written  too  many  times. 

QUESTIONS  AND  EXERCISES  ON  LESSON  II. 

15.  How  many  vowel  sounds  are  there  in  Phonography,  and  how  are  they  repre- 
sented? How  are  the  six  long  vowels  indicated?  The  six  short  vowels?  Which  is 
written  first,  the  vowel  or  consonant?  16.  How  are  the  vowels  distinguished  from  each 
other,  and  what  are  they  called?  A  first-place  vowel  is  where  written?  A  second-place 
vowel?  A  third-place  vowel?  Sound  the  three  heavy-dot  vowels^.-the '  three  heavy -dash 
vowels.  Why  are  they  placed  to  the  consonant  stern  /?  Sound  the  vowels  in  the 
"Table  of  Long  Vowels"  several  times,  or  until  thoroughly  familiar  with  them  ;  thus.  ^, 
a,  ati;  aw,  o,  oo.  17.  Give  the  rule  for  reading  vowels  before  and  after  consonants.  18. 
Give  the  rule  for  writing  first-place  vowels.  19.  What  is  the  first-place  heavy-dot  vowel, 
sound,  and  where  written?  Write  each  example  five  times.  20.  From  where  is  vowel 
position  reckoned?  Write  each  line  five  times.  21.  Give  the  rule  for  writing  second- 
place  vowels  when  long.  22.  What  is  the  second-place  heavy-dot  vowel,  sound,  and 
where  written?  Write  each  example  five  times.  23.  Give  the  rule  for  writing  third- 
place  vowels.  24.  What  is^the  third-place  heavy-dot  vowel,  sound,  and  where  written? 
Write  each  example  five  times.  25.  What  is  the  first-place  heavy-dash  vowel,  sound,  and 
where  written?  This  vowel  has  what  is  called  the  broad  sound  of  a,  as  in  fall,  w<zlk, 
haul.  Write  each  example  five  times.  26.  What  is  the  second-place  heavy-dash  vowel, 
sound,  and  where  written?  Write  each  example  five  times.  27.  What  is  the  third-place 
heavy-dash  vowel,  sound,  and  where  written  ?  Write  each  example  five  times. 


LESSON  III. 


VOCALIZATION— LIGHT-DOT  AND  LIGHT-DASH  VOWELS. 

2.S.  The  light-dot  vowels,  T,  <~\  if,  and  the  light-clash  vowels,  o,  «,  pfi,  occupy  the 
same  position  to  the  consonant  stem  that  the  long  vowels  do.  They  are  most  easily  pro- 
nounced in  connection  with  the  letter  /,  and  therefore  may  be  called  ft,  ?t,  at;  at,  Tit,  not. 
If  the -student  will  make  himself  thoroughly  familiar  with  the  subjoined  table,  he  will 
experience  no  difficulty  in  acquiring  the  correct  sound  of  the  short  vowels. 

In  pronouncing  short  vowels,  be  careful  to  give  their  exact  sound  in  the  word,  and 
not  to  pronounce  them  long  in  spelling  and  then  change  immediately  to  the  short  sound 
in  prowutfiaiion.  For  instance,  in  the  word  fitt  give  tf  its  short  sound  in  spelling  as 
well  as  in  /n'oiioitiicing  ;  if  you  sound  a  long  in  spelling  yon  should  pronounce  it  the 
same  way  in  the  word,  which  would  then  Ix?  fate  instead  of  fat.  lTntil  you  are  familiar 
with  the  sounds  of  the  vowels,  pronounce  each  letter  in  a  word,  as  >n-T-I-k,  l-T-»t,  l-T<\ 
giving  the  vowel  its  proper  sound  both  in  spelling  and  in  pronunciation. 

SHORT  VOWELS. 


i  st- Place  Light- Dot  Vowel,  ist-Place  Light- Dash  Vowel 

fas  in  Jt  o  as  in  on. 


2d-Placc  Light- Dot  Vowel 


3d-Place  Light-Dot  Vowel 


c  zd-Place  Light-Dash  Vowel  -|  u 


e  as  111  met 


a  as  iu  at 


«?  as  in  iip 


jd-Place  Light-Dash  Vowel 


88 


off  as  in 


29.     The  first-place  light-dot  vowel  is  f;  it  has  the  short  sound  of  T  ins 
and  is  always  written  at  the  beginning  of  the  consonant,  thus  (See  Rule,  page    5    ): 

milk  limb  live  Lily  thick          lip          vim          dim 


hit  tick  guinea  finny  king  kitty  pig  big 


pill  pick  fill  filly  billy  rip  rib  billow 


jill         chimney         giddy          fig  rig          ship        jib         tip          jockey 


HUMPHREY'S  INTERLINEAR  SHORT-HAND. 


itch         niche  nib  nick 


iiHiny 


Minnie  mill          miff 


30.  Rri.K  FOR  WRITING  SHORT  SECOND-PLACE  VOWELS. — Second-place  vowels, 
when  short,  are  written  before  the  sccomi  consonant. 

31.  The  second-place  light-dot  vowel  is  e;  it  has  the  short  sound  of  e  in  — —  fgg, 
and  is  always  written  to  the  middle  of  the  consonant,  thus: 


bell         dell 


•  \      /    -I /- 

ebb     etch     eddy    jelly  Xclly  peck  peg 

2  V-  -^y      •  ^   r   /^    /7 

berry         merry-         keg  egg         ell         gem         ledge          knell          Perry 

r"-  v 


v 


wreck         wrench         leg         bellow         fellow         mellow         meadow          poem 
penny          levy  lessee  lower          laity          gayety  legacy  cherry 


poet          fed 


bed          jet 


death      petty 


petty-       fetch        jetty          bevy 


fc-Htrtfc 


32.     The  third-place  light-dot  vowel  is  a;  it  has  the  short  sound  of  a  in  •"    ^'    am, 
and  is  always  written  at  the  end  of  the  consonant,  thus: 


galley  Nancy  Fanny 


\ 


knack 


/.I 
rat 


nag 


rag  back  pack  nap  mam 


rap 


lap  cap 


mash         rash         cash         gash         lhaBbv        shallow         narrow  faro         b'alch 


•^       J 

patch         paa 


pad         add         ash         at         hat  farrier  famish  piano 

LIGHT-DASH  VOWELS. 

33.     The  first-place  light-dash  vowel  is  o:  it  has  the  short  sound  of  o  in  ^— '   on, 
and  is  always  written  at  the  beginning  of  the  consonant,  thus: 


HUMPHREY'S  INTERLINEAR  SHORT-HAND. 


£7 


lobby  lofty              doll              loll              knob            notch            mop           lodge 

Z,  F 

jog  jolly         bonny             Polly        jockey          rocky          volley         Molly 

r  Q.  < 


lock         thong         fog  foggy 


cog  coffee  cob 


34.     The   second-place   light-dash    vowel    is  «;    it  has  the  short  sound  of  «  in 
and  is  always  written  to  the  middle  of  the  consonant,  thus  (Set-  Rule, 


bug  rug  dug  tug         budge        fudge  funny  bugg 


\ 


mummy          muddy  gummy  tongue  hung          lung          buck 

"?  /\ 

numb  thumb  lunge  dumb  dum  much  nib 


sin 


duck 


love 


cuff 


bulk 


money 


ruddy 


35.     The   third-place   light-dash    vowel    is   tf;    it   has   the   short   sound  of  oo  in 
-  nook,  and  is  always  written  at  the  end  of  the  consonant,  thus: 


^f- 
pulley 


book 


.rook 


cook 


foot) 


shook 


pull 


-\^ 

bullv 


V   -I 

bullet 


V    1 
pullet 


root 


fully 


look 


hook 


QUESTIONS  AND  EXERCISES  ON  LESSON  III. 

28.  What  are  the  names  of  the  light-dot  and  light-dash  vowels?  How  are  they 
written  with  reference  to  the  consonants?  In  connection  with  what  letter  are  they  most 
easily  pronounced,  and  what  may  they  be  called?  What  is  said  in  regard  to  giving  the 
long  and  the  short  sound  of  vowels?  29.  What  is  the  first-place  light-dot  vowel,  and 
where  written?  Write  each  example  five  times.  30.  Give  the  rule  for  writing  second- 
place  vowels  when  short.  3 1 .  What  is  the  second-place  light-dot  vowel,  and  where  is  it 
written?  Write  each  example  five  times.  32.  What  is  the  third-place  light-dot  vowel, 
and  where  is  it  written?  33.  What  is  the  first-place  light-dash  vowel,  and  where  is  it 
written?  Write  each  example  five  times.  34.  What  is  the  second-place  light-dash 
vowel,  and  where  is  it  written?  Write  each  example  five  times.  35.  What  is  the  third- 
place  light-dash  vowel,  and  where  is  it  written?  Write  each  example  five  times. 


LESSON  IV. 


DIPHTHONGS— POSITION  OF  CONSONANTS. 

36.  There  are  four  proper  or  perfect  diphthongs,  which  occupy  two  positions  to  the 
consonant  stem,— at  the  beginning  and  at  the  end.  They  are  represented  by  small 
angular  characters,  as  in  the  following  table: 


I 


01 


aisle       oil 


OU         EW 


ieiv 


37.  The  diphthong  signs  always  point  exactly  up  or  down,  in  this  respect  differing 
from  the  dash  vowels  which  accommodate  themselves  to  the  direction  of  the  consonant 
stroke.     The  sign  for  /  does  not  depend  upon  position  for  legibility,  and,  when  conveni- 
ent, may  be  written  in  the  second  or  third  position  to  the  consonant.     When  standing 
alone,  it  represents  the  pronoun  /.     The  sign  for  *    nv  represents  the  pronoun  you. 

38.  When  placed  to  a  consonant  stem,  diphthongs  are  read  in  the  same  manner  as 
the  simple  vowels.     (See  Rule,  Ti  17)- 

39.  /  has  the  sound  of  aJ  in  w        rt/'sle ;  and,  although  classed  with  the  first-posi- 
tion vowels,  owing  to  its  shape,  it  may  be  written  in  any  one  of  the  three  positions,  thus: 


V     \ 


0 


tie  by         sigh         lie  die         fie  shy  ice         eyes         ire  mile 

\  V  x    1  1  C  C     u 

zV  r        v-      '  '  y  v-  v       yy  -^^^  ^-^ 

pie         dial         ivy      Ida  eyed  icy       thigh       thy          vie  nigh  my 

,v  .  v  I  I                      i  i 

3      I/7"  (   y       £   y  >*  l^~^y       v,, ^          | y  V — ->s  v- — x^ 

tiara  ally         high  pile  time  tiny           dike         rhyme  dime 


ride  gibe  idol  China  kite  hide  lyre  knife 


alike 
6    \  —  i 

l 

like        Nile         belie             mica            Siam           timely           tire 

M     L       n      \r    ^      Jf    1 

vi         -u^            i  v\           r                          .^-^            <~^LS 

V) 

Pica 

unite 

attire          alight          dial         higher             rely               Zion 

7\ 

j      I 

^        J 

;   ;  v. 

^   ^    1V 

\ 

1 

! 

v        * 

pipe       tide       t\-;x:       abidt       lidy         tithe         byway         bite         fife         five 


HVMPHRKY'S    INTKKUXKAR    SHORT-HAND. 


40.      OI  has  the  sound  of  oi  in    *(      oil,  and  is  always  written  at  the  beginning  of 
the  consonant,  thus : 


/" 


VA  !• 

V-    L 


toy         boy          joy  coy  coil  boil  decoy 


enjoy          annoy 


foil         toil         ahoy            boiler 

41-     OU  has  the  sound  of  on  in     /O 
consonant,  thus  : 

1  (  v               O 

boyish           envoy          joyous           toiler 
h0«r,  and  is  always  written  at  the  end  of  the 

/  /^  L  L    ,,  1 

3C5      .v.' 


thou      bow      cow         now         mouth       couch         allow         avow       avowal      Dow 

1  • 

J^ 


pouch 

3      1 

power 

A^ 

bower 

-nr- 

downy 

dowe^ 
( 

AY. 
hourly 

towt^ 

vowel 

cower 

) 

•^ 
aowel 

A( 
cowl 

A/ 

gouge 

Afowl 

Oouch 

endo 

!A 

w          dot 

ghty 

shower 

42.     Ell'  has  the  sound  of  eiv  in 
consonant,  thus: 

'  I     ",)    '„)      „( 


new,  and  is  always  written  at  the  end  of  the 


due 


vouth         few         view 


mule 


furv 


pure 


43.    .  When  two  vowels,  or  a  diphthong  and  a  vowel,  precede  the  first  or  only  con- 

v  ! 
sonant  in  a  word,  the  first  one  uttered  is  written  farthest  from  the  stroke,  as  in    "|.    Iota, 

l.      Iowa.     If  two  vowels  follow  the  stroke,  the  last  is  written  farthest  from  it,  as  in 
\/  *• 

<£\        Ohio,      |.    idea 


'.   Noah. 


POSITION  OF  CONSONANTS. 

44.  The  pupil  will  observe  that  the  consonant  outlines  of  all  the  foregoing  ex- 
amples are  written  either  above,  on,  or  below  the  line  of  writing.  These  positions  corres- 
pond to  the  first,  second,  and  third  accented  vowel  positions.  The  object  of  writing  a 
word  in  the  position  of  its  accented  vowel  is  to  imply  the  vowel  without  writing  it,  there- 
by adding  greatly  to  the  speed  with  which  phonography  may  be  written.  To  illustrate, 
take  the  word  meek.  Its  accented  vowel  is  the  first-position  long  <?,  which  is  written 
above  the  line  of  writing.  Now  write  the  first  consonant  outline  of  the  word  in  the  first- 

posilion,  and  you  have'the  word,  thus: meek.     Any  other  first-position  vowel  or 

diphthong  is  implied,  consequently  this  outline  may  be  read Mike,  or mock, 

the  context,  or  the  sense,  enabling  the  writer  to  decide  at  a  glance  which  is  the  proper 
word.     Again,  take  the  word  came;  its  accented  vowel  is  long  a.     Now  write  the  con- 


14  HTMPHREY'S    INTERLINEAR    SHORT-HAND. 

sonant  outline  in  the  second-position,— the  position  of  a, — and  you  have  - 

which  is  also  the  outline  for  come  or  comb.     In  the  same  manner,  a  word  whose  accented 

vowel  is  in  the  third-position  should  be  written  in  that  position  to  imply  the  vowel,  as: 

^^       Mack^  sack smack  snag  gag. 

The  consonant  positions  are  as  follows: 

45.     FIRST  POSITION. — Half  the  length  of  the  phonographic  letter  /  above  the  line  of 
writing  for  perpendicular,  inclined,  or  horizontal  stems,  thus: 


t         p         v         w         ray         m         ing         gay 

46.  SECOND  POSITION. — On  the  line,  thus: 

r    —      / 

1  k  chay 

47.  THIRD  POSITION. — Half-way  through  the  line  for  perpendicular  and  inclined 
strokes,  and  below  the  line  for  horizontal  strokes,  thus: 


d  jay  m  n  k 

48.  The  first  perpendicular  or  inclined  stem  of  a  word  always  determines  the  posi- 
tion of  the  consonant  outline.  For  example,  take  the  word  guide:  rf,  and  not  gay\  is  the 
stem  which  shows  its  proper  position,  which  must  stop  short  of  the  line  of  writing,  thus: 

I  guide;  if  gay  determined  the  position  it  would  be  written  thus:          I  The 

position  of  the  word  security  is  determined  by  the  consonant  /,  and  not  k,  thus :  "  I  . 
security.  If  k  determined  the  position  it  would  carry  the  word  too  far  below  the  line  of 
writing.  Should  the  consonant  outline  consist  entirely  of  horizontal  stems,  the  position 
of  the  first  will  determine  the  position  of  the  word,  thus: 


kick  cake  canoe 

When  there  are  several  consonants  in  a  word,  the  proper  position  for  the  first  per- 
pendicular or  inclined  stem  should  be  determined  and  the  rest  be  allowed  to  follow  in  the 
natural  order  of  joining. 

49.  WHEN  THE  RULE  OF  POSITION  MAY  BE  VIOLATED. — The  rule  of  position  may 
be  violated  when  the  consonant  outline  is  sufficiently  legible  to  admit  of  writing  the 
word  on  the  line  without  danger  of  its  conflicting  with  some  other  word.  The  necessity 
for  writing  according  to  position  arises  from  the  fact  that  a  single  sign  frequently  repre- 
sents several  words,  and  to  prevent  such  words  from  clashing  different  positions  are 
assigned  them.  It  would  obviously  add  to  speed  if  all  words  could  be  written  on  the 
line,  and  experienced  stenographers  so  write  them  whenever  they  can  do  it  without  im- 
pairing the  legibility  of  their  report. 


HUMPHREY'S   INTERLINEAR   SHORT-HAND.  15 

QUESTIONS  AND  EXERCISES  ON  LESSON"  IV. 

36.  How  many  proper  or  perfect  diphthongs  are  there?  What  positions  do  they 
occupy  in  relation  to  the  consonants ?  How  are  they  represented?  Name  them.  37 
How  do  the  diphthong's  differ  from  the  dash-vowels?  Does  /  depend  upon  position,  for 
legibility?  How  may  it  be  written?  When  standing  alone,  what  does  it  represent? 
What  does  the  sign  for  ew  represent?  38.  How  are  diphthongs  read?  39.  What  is  the 
sound  of  /,  and  how  may  it  be  written?  Write  each  example  five  times.  40.  What  is 
the  sound  of  ot\  and  where  is  it  written?  Write  each  example  five  times.  41.  What  is 
the  sound  of  ou,  and  where  is  it  written  ?  Write  each  example  five  times.  42.  What  is 
the  sound  of  ew,  and  where  is  it  written?  Write  each  example  five  times.  43.  What 
is  said  of  two  vowels  preceding  or  following  a  consonant?  Write  each  example  ten 
times.  44.  Read  this  paragraph  carefully.  What  is  the  object  of  writing  a  wprd  in  the 
position  of  its  accented  vowel  ?  What  is  the  accented  vowel  in  the  word  meek,  and  how 
should  the  outline  be  written  to  imply  it?  Is  any  other  first-place  vowel  or  diphthong 
implied?  Give  two  examples.  What  is  the  accented  vowel  in  the  word  came,  and  in 
what  position  should  the  consonants  be  written?  What  other  words  does  this  outline 
represent?  If  the  accented  vowel  is  third-place,  how  should  the  consonant  be  written? 
Give  an  example.  Read  paragraphs  45,  46,  47.  Name  the  consonant  positions.  48. 
Which  consonant  determines  the  position  of  a  word?  Give  an  illustration.  If  k,  in  the 
last  example,  determined  the  position,  what  would  be  the  effect?  If  the  outline  is  com- 
posed entirely  of  horizontal  stems,  how  is  position  determined?  When  the  proper  posi- 
tion of  a  consonant  is  determined,  how  are  other  characters  joined?  49.  When  may  the 
rule  of  position  be  violated?  Why  is  it  necessary  to  write  words  in  position? 


LESSON    V. 


INTRODUCTORY  TO  READING  AND  WRITING  EXERCISES. 

50.  The  preceding  lessons  having  been  mastered,  the  student  may  put  his  knowl- 
edge to  a  practical  test  by  reading  and  writing  sentences  composed  of  word-signs,  and  of 
words  illustrating  the  principles  thus  far  studied. 

51.  It  is  almost  impossible  to  arrange  sentences  in  this   manner  without  using 
words  involving  principles  in  advance  of  the  lesson,  and  when  such  occur  the  student 
should  assume  that  they  are  right,  according  to  the  translation,  and  pass  on  to  forms  with 
the  principles  of  which  he  is  more  or  less  familiar,  leaving  the  unfamiliar  ones  to  be  ex- 
plained at  the  proper  time. 

52.  WoRD-SiGXS. — Careful  calculation  has  demonstrated  that  there  are  about  one 
hundred  words  which,  by  being  frequently  repeated,  constitute  fully  one-half  of  all  oral 
or  written  discourse ;  that  is  to  say,  in  every  ten  thousand  words  about  five  thousand  will 
be  the  same  words  repeated.     To  secure  greater  speed  in  writing  it  is  found  necessary  to 
use  contracted  forms  for  such  words,  these  contracted  forms  are  termed  "word-signs,"  or 
"logograms,"  and  the  words  they  represent  are  called  "sign-words.'" 

53.  CONSONANT  WORD-SIGNS. — Consonant  word-signs  are  single  consonant  stems, 
with  or  without  hooks  or  circles  attached. 

54.  VOWEL  WORD-SIGNS. — Vowel  word-signs  are  composed  of  the  dot-  and  dash- 
vowels,  and  may  have  hooks  or  circles  attached. 

55.  CONTRACTIONS. — Contractions  are  abbreviated  signs,  composed  of  two  or  more 
consonant  stems.     This  method  of  representation  corresponds  to  the  custom  of  using 
contracted  forms  in  common  print,  as  etc.  (et  cetera),  e.  g.  (for  example),  /'.  e.  (that  is),  etc. 

56.  Word-signs  and  Contractions  are  written  according  to  the  rule  of  Position  (See 
\  44  ),  except  where  they  are  likely  to  conflict  with  one  another,  in  which  case  arbitrary 
positions  are  chosen  for  them. 

57.  A  word-sign  may  represent  several  words  in  the  same  position;  as  such  words 
are  different  parts  of  speech,  the  context  will  show  which  is  intended. 

58.  Monosyllables,  fully  expressed  by  outline  and  position,  often  occur  among  the 
word-signs,  and  should  be  memorized,  as  they  are  word-signs  to  all  intents  and  purposes. 
For  instance,  chay  written  above  the  line  represents  each;  this  is  its  proper  place  accord- 
ing to  the  Rule  of  Position.     Gay  written  on  the  line  represents  g o ;  b  above  the  line, 
by — all  in  their  proper  positions,  not  properly  word-signs,  but  classed  with  them.     B, 
written  on  the  line  for  be,  and  through  the  line  for  to-be,  is  properly  a  word-sign. 

59.  PLURAL  FORMS. — To  form  the  plural  or  possessive  case  of  nouns,  or  the  third 
person  singular  of  verbs,  the  s-circle  may  be  added  to  the  consonant  stem,  thus:  I  it,  b  its; 

x«^x  thing,  ^^   things ;  —  go,        n  goes ;    I  do,  t  does. 

60.  MEMORIZING  WORD-SIGNS  BY   POSITION. — When  studying  word-signs  they 
should  always  be  spoken  of  in  connection  with  the  position  in  which  they  are  placed ; 
thus,  M'  (em  one,  meaning  m  above  the  line,  or  in  the  first  position)  stands  for  me  or 
my;  M'  (cm  tu>o>  or  on  the  line)  stands  for  am,  may,  him ;  chay  stands  for  each,  chay  for 
which,  and  chay3  for  natch. 

61.  GRADED  OR  CONTRASTED  EXERCISES. — Graded  exercises  are  here  introduced 
for  the  purpose  of  rapidly  advancing  the  student  to  a  thorough  comprehension  of  the 
principles  of  Phonography  as  applied  to  the  swiftest  verbatim  reporting,  to  which  his 
future  practice  will  be  confined,  with  the  exception  of  a  few  exercises  composed  of  fully 
vocalized  outlines,  to  enable  him  to  understand  how  to  use  the  vowels  when  the  exigen- 


HUMPHREY'S  INTERLINEAR  SHORT-HAND.  17 

cies  of  reporting  require  it.  Until  the  pupil  is  familiar  with  vocalized  phonography,  the 
first  line  of  these  contrasted  exercises  will  be  vocalized ;  the  second  line  shows  the  same 
sentence  unvocalized,  with  word-signs  introduced,  and  the  third  line  shows  the  same  sen- 
tence phrased,  and  written  in  the  brief  "reporting  style."  (The  word  "vocalized,"  as 
used  in  Phonography,  indicates  that  the  vowels  are  placed  to  the  consonant  outline.) 

This  method  of  showing  at  a  glance,  as  it  were,  the  gradations  thrpugh  which  the 
student  must  pass  to  reach  verbatim  speed,  has  many  advantages  over  the  old  method  of 
requiring  him  to  practice  for  months  on  the  more  elementary  forms  before  venturing  in- 
to the  field  of  Reporting  Word-signs  and  Contractions.  If  the  instructions  hereafter 
given  are  faithfully  followed,  the  student  may  expect  to  acquire  a  degree  of  proficiency  in 
three  months  which  had  never  before  been  thought  possible. 

62.  PHRASING. — Phrasing  is  the  joining  together  of  words  that  naturany  combine 
into  phrases  or  clauses,  and  its  judicious  use  adds  materially  to  speed  and  legibility. 
Words  that  are  phrased  in  the  following  sentences  are  connected  with  hyphens ;  as,  you- 
may-be;  I-will;  some-time-ago,  etc. 

63.  When  a  word-sign  represents  several  words,  the  sign-words  will  be  inclosed  in 
parentheses.     When  reading  the  exercises  cover  the  translation  with  a  card,  but  refer  to 
it  whenever  there  is  doubt  as  to  the  correctness  of  your  translation. 

(Read  5  times.) 

You    may    be    up    my    way   some   time   to-day;    when   I   shall    be   glad   to   see 

— U J — <^$ &- ^ — E* — =^^± 1 ^i t^ £^$ — i^-si — X.^ 

you     at     my     house.       If    you     come    I    will     show     you     my     new     piano. 

(Write  20  times.) 


You    may    be    up    my    way   some    time    to-day;    when    I   shall   be  glad   to  see 


you     at     my     house.       If     you     come    I    will     show     yon     my     new     piano. 

(Write  25  times.) 

(a)  (b)  (c) 


I -shaft - 


You-may-be   up  my-way  some-time   to-4ay;     when    I-shSrl-be-glad   to  see-you   at 
6    ,^^         o          V_n •/  J         / — v,          N^^ 


my  house.      If-you-come  I-will  show-you  my  new  piano. 
(Read  5  times.) 


A 


? 

sli 


c  i  ' 


c 


—  — — . — f • — o  ^ — *- — *- — • — * • ^ — ^ ^— — 

It   is  as   I   liave  slid,  and  he   knows  that    it    is   so,    and   I   think    that    they 

8     /-  (    v  /I'S          *      \        (    '\    '^\    ^    v 

V  VyX  V.  S V-        ^vl  \^  )*  V  I  )  .) 

all     know     that     I     am     right     when     I     say    that    it    is    as    I 


1 8  HUMPHREY'S  INTERLINEAR  SHORT-HAND. 

(Write  20  limes  ) 

w 

9    I    °  0  v   ^    f      .     -    ^j>     <    I    M      .    v    (      <      ( 

It   is  as   I   have  said,   and   he   knows  that  it   is  so,    and    I    think    that    they 


10        \ 


'3 


.         <         v     _X|  ^     v       )          C         I       o      o 


all     know     that     I     am     right     when     I     say    that    it    is    as    I    have    stated. 


know 


L   •    V«       T       ^j>     <.      )          ^          (    > 

It-is  as  I-hav<f-said,  and-he  knows  that-it-is  so,  and   I-thmk-that  they  all 
tliat-I-am-right  when  I-say  tliat-it-is  as-I-have-stated. 

cc-i-T— ^  <:  (:  ^^  '-^ 


Worild     you     think     of    going     if    you     thought     we     were     to     be     there? 


TT^  ^^  .         .     V 

na 


•»^  S  -v   r  \r°v  r  ^l  ^  ^  ^    /c~  i 

or    wlrat    were    yofir    plans,    if    yon    had    any?     We    wouW    like    to    know. 
t5  (       N  ^  (  c  \ 

_; 3  n \  ,        Q g \        \ 

Would     you     think     of    going     if    you     thought     we     were     to     be     there? 

o  I 

or    what    were    your    plans,    if   you    had    any?     We    would    like    to     know. 


-yke 


Would-you    think-of-  going    if-you-thought    we-were   to-be-ykere?    or   what-were 


your-plans,  if-you-had  any?    We  would  like  to  know. 

(a)  The  sign  for  may-be  is  called  emp  or  emb,  and  should  be  shaded.  (See  f  189.) 
(6)  Read  ^  175.  .  (c)  To  may  be  implied  by  writing  a  sign  in  the  fourth  position, 

just  below  the  line  of  writing,  as,  -^--~  lo-go\--^=^ to-make.     (rf)  Read  \  140. 

(c)   You  may  be  inverted  for  convenience  in  phrasing. 

QUESTIONS  AND  EXERCISES  ON  LESSON  V. 

Read  paragraplis  50  and  51.  52.  What  are  word-signs?  What  are  the  words  they 
represent  called?  53.  What  arc  consonant  word-signs?  54.  What  are  vowel  word- 
*'"!ii;'>  55-  What  are  contractions?  56.  How  are  word-signs  and  contractions  written ? 
57.  Can  a  word-sign  represent  more  than  one  word?  How  are  they  distinguished  from 
each  other?  58.  What  is  said  in  regard  to  monosyllables?  59.  For  what  purpose  is  the 
s-circle  added?  60.  How  should  word-signs  be  spoken  of?  61.  Read  this  paragraph. 
62,  What  is  phrasing? 


'9 


LESSON   VI. 


ISS,  Z  AND  SES-CIRCLES,  ST  AND  STR  LOOPS. 

64.  5  and  z  represent  sounds  of  such  frequent  occurrence  that  it  is  necessary  to 
provide  an  additional  sign  to  the  full-length  stems  by  writing  a  small  circle  to  the  con- 
sonant.    This  circle  is  called  iss,  to  distinguish  it  from  the  consonant  stem  s. 

65.  fss  is  written  on  the  inside  of  perpendicular  and  inclined  stems  by  a  motion 
contrary  to  that  of  the  hands  of  a  clock,  as  in  figure  i ;  and  on  the  concave  side  of  curves 
in  the  direction  of  the  curve,  as  in  figure  2.     When  occurring  between  strokes,  the  circle 
is  written  in  the  most  convenient  way,  as  in  the  following  examples : 


Figure  i 


Figure  2 


.  iss-l-iss 

EXAMPLES. 


X 


J- 


t-iss-t-iss  d-iss-r-iss  j-iss-t-iss  d-iss-k-iss  v-iss-1-iss 


. 


s-iss-t-iss          f-iss-1-t          k-iss-t-m-iss  iss-1-iss-t-iss  m-iss-1-iss 


iss-r-m-iss 


1-iss-r 


iss-f-r-isy 


iss-t-iss-m-iss 


m-iss-mg 


r-iss-mg 


n-iss-ing 


66.  Words  with  iss  joined  are  vocalized  the  same  as  if  they  had  no  circle  attached. 
The  initial  circle  is  always  read  first  ;  then  any  vowels  placed  before  the  consonant;  then 
the  consonant;  then  the  vowels  following  it;  lastly  the  final  circle,  thus: 


sages 


suppose 


safely 


schemes 


67.  The  rules  for  vocalization  apply  only  when  both  consonants  between  which 
the  vowel  occurs  are  written  with  strokes.  When  a  stroke  and  a  circle  are  written 
together  the  vowel  is  placed  to  the  stem  in  connection  with  which  it  is  immediately 
sounded,  even  though  it  is  contrary  to  the  rule  for  writing  second-  and  third-place  vowels, 

thus  : 


HfMPHRF.Y'S .  JNTERUXKAR    SHORT-HAND. 


gusset          dnsk  innsk  musty  mask  bask  task  nisk 

According  to  the  rule,  the  short  vowels  in  these  words  should  be  written  to  the 
second  stroke;  but  this  cannot  be  done,  because  of  the  intervening  circle. 
68.     When  a  word  begins  with  s,  use  the  circle,  thus: 


pv  pv 

•  r     r-    ^—    v 


stye          stay          spike  spoke  speak  snake  sneak 

69.     When  a  word  ends  with  s  or  s,  use  the  circle,  thus: 


lace          less         loss         toss         moss  mice  mess  nice  guise 

70.     When  a  word  begins  with  s  or  z  preceded  by  a  vowel,  use  the  stroke,  thus: 

' 


. 

oozing  ease  owes          ooze          easy  Esau  Isaac  Aztec 

71.     When  a  word  begins  with  .?  followed  immediately  by  a  vowel,  use  the  stroke, 
thus  : 


zealously  Zion  zeal  zealous  zany  zero  zinc 

72.     When  a  worjd  ends  with  a  vowel  preceded  immediately  by  s  or  2,  use  the 
stroke,  thus  : 


n 


Jtssie         fussy          mossy          massy         cozy         lazy  gauzy  assignee 

73.  EXAMPLES. 

Q  ^  P  >Q_^  p  ^  '} 

space          spice         stays          sneeze          slays          slice          snows          easier 

T 


tattv 


disk  task  tusk  basks  K35?  cask  sought 


gustj'          nasty          sit        sight        sat          valleys        sad          seen          same 


4o  .   ^  ^         V^s  ^ 

l<_>  Q : 

sake  soon  sick  sack  sin  sing  sung  save 


HUMPHREY'S  INTERLINEAR  SHORT-HAND. 


>{    ^    £  v   '^    ^   ^    -f      ^  •/ 

justice       soup       seal        soul         seem          sane          sear      sowed      siege      sage 

6\          K  \  '  X°          '^"  if          ,fk 

sip          sup          sap          sought          such          sill          sag          sell          sum 

7  )•      I      J ZIY ^ ^=4 N     !• 

>      C  <J    nr       3      T~  "j 

sow         pussy        TassJ^       saucy        lassie        lasso         Nassau        busy       daisy 

x        J-e      <K 


ox 


sang        soar          sour         safe         business        baseness        disguise        dismiss 

»1     °   )•    ^  s    ^  ^ .  y 

\    j?  ^^ 

/Esop        eyes        essayed        ac|d        aces         Isis        eases        ooze-        easily 
SES-CIRCLE. 

74.  The  syllables  5«,  si's,  sys,  sus,  rise,  are  represented  by  a  circle  double  the  size 
of  m,  called  the  O  5«-circle. 

75.  The  i«j-circle  may  be  vocalized  by  writing  a  vowel  or  a  diphthong  within  the 
circle;  but  this  is  seldom  necessary. 

EXAMPLES. 


L_ 


_ 

pieces         doses         chases          tosses         kisses          leases          losses          Moses 

•    /         Xa     V    .        ^          '3        ^      °^      ^ 
o^~  ^ 

chooses         poses         forces         appeases         assizes       amazes       successive      opposes 

3 


noises         vices         spices         arises       possessive       possessed       insist       discusses 

ST  AND  STR  LOOPS. 

76.  The  sounds  of  si  and  str  (pronounced  steh  and  stir)  are  represented  on  conson- 
ant stems  by  a  small  initial  or  final  loop,  that  for  st  extending  about  one-third  the  length 
of  the  stem,  and  that  for  str  about  two-thirds  the  length  of  the  stem,  thus: 


st-d  st-k  st-p  k-st  k-str  p-str 


b-str  m-str 


22 


HUMPHREY'S  INTKRLINEAR  SHORT-HAND. 


77.     A  small  circle  may  be  added  to  the  large  circles  and  loops  by  turning  it  on 
the  opposite  side  of  the  stroke,  thus : 


o-i£)        r 


exercises          successes          costs          masters          pastors          posters          boasters 
78.     Stems  with  loops  attached  are  vocalized  as  in  1f  66. 
EXAMPLES. 


\ 


Ir      /      / 


paste     pest      past      beast      baste      test      tossed      dust      chest      chaste     just 


cost  ghost  guest  fast  faced  vest  voiced  assist 


yeast        haste         host         richest         rejoiced         thickest        suggest        stillest 

4  \      [.    r 


V 

ist 


papist        deepest      debased      latticed      BudcRiist      digest 


\ \ \  f°- 

rp  ^r~  ^t^ 

uddhist      digest        ballast 


pierced 


"f 


stoop        stub         state      stout      steed      staid      stitch       stage      stake      stick 

0  ft  V-  ,C        -C          ^          <=5\  \^,       L 

stave        stove         stale         steel         stall         steer         store         story         stock 


7^— f 


5\ 


,     O 


storage      stood      stir       Stirling      steamboat      steamship      stature>      stormiest 


strange      strangeness      strength       string       strong      strongest      strung      strangest 

9  /F    k  .      If     _i-L_ 


tify      tasJjefu 


artistic      testify      tasJjeful      destiny       majestic      justify       elastic       Buddhistic 


eulogized     catechised      chastised      disposed      reposed      despised      infused      raised 


noised         sneezed         hazed         housed         perused         caroused         theorized 


\ 


HUMPHREY'S  INTERLINEAR  SHORT-HAND.  23 

Ir  ^        4 

_£ £_„_ X-T^ 3L_ 


paused      abused      dazed      accused      suffused      amused      amazed      beasts      tests 


pastor      duster      jester       coaster       castor       feaster        faster       foster       vaster 


wrester      muster      Nestor      sinister      youngster      songster      Hester     ancestor 
QUESTIONS  AND  EXERCISES  ON  LESSON  VI. 

64.  Why  is  it  necessary  to  provide  an  additional  sign  for  s  and  2,  and  what  is  the 
sign?  What  is  it  called?  65.  How  is  us  written  on  the  inside  of  perpendicular  and  in- 
clined stems?  How  on  the  concave  side  of  stems?  How  when  occurring  between 
stems?  Write  each  example  under  this  paragraph  five  times.  66.  How  are  words  with 
iss  joined  vocalized?  How  is  the  initial  circle  read?  How  are  the  vowels  read?  When 
is  the  final  circle  read?  Write  the  examples  under  this  paragraph  five  times.  67.  When 
do  the  rules  for  vocalization  apply?  When  a  stem  and  a  circle  are  written  together,  how 
is  the  vowel  placed?  According  to  the  rule,  how  should  these  vowels  be  written?  Write 
the  examples  under  this  paragraph  five  times.  68.  What  is  said  about  words  beginning 
with  s?  69.  About  words  ending  with  j  or  z?  70.  About  words  beginning  with  s  or  z 
preceded  by  a  vowel?  71.  About  words  beginning  with  2  followed  immediately  by  a 
vowel?  72.  About  words  ending  with  a  vowel  preceded  immediately  by  s  or  *?  73. 
Write  each  example  under  this  paragraph,  and  under  paragraphs  68,  69,  70,  71  and  72, 
five  times.  74.  How  are  the  syllables  ses,  sis,  sys,  etc. Represented?  75.  How  may  the 
.^-circle  be  vocalized?  76.  How  are  st  and  sir  pronounced,  and  how  are  the  sounds 
represented?  St  occupies  about  what  proportion  of  the  consonant  stem?  Str  about 
what  proportion?  77.  How  is  a  circle  added  to  the  large  circles  and  loops?  78.  How 
are  the  stems  with  loops  attached  vocalized?  Write  the  examples  under  this  paragraph 
five  times. 


LESSON  VII. 


VOCALIZED  READING  EXERCISE 

79.  In  reading  this  exercise,  the  student  should  spell  out  each  word  carefully,  so  as 
to  become  familiar  with  the  vowels  and  their  positions. 

80.  In  the  construction  of  sentences,  words  involving  principles  in  advance  of  the 
lesson  were  unavoidably  used  here  and  there :  the  paragraphs  explaining  them  may  be 
referred  to  during  the  progress  of  the  lesson,  or  the  student  may  wait  until  he  reaches 
them  in  due  course  of  study.     For  instance,  the  words  instructor,  instructing,  subscriber, 
English,  language,  and  advantage,  involve  the  use  of  the  in-,  /-,  r-,  and  a>-hooks,  the 
vtg-Aot,  and  the  tialving  principle      Reference-marks  are  placed  above  some  of  these 
words,  so  that  the  paragraphs  explaining  them  may  be  referred  to  without  loss  of  time. 

.81.  Upon  the  completion  of  this  lesson  the  student  will  be  sufficiently  familiar 
with  the  vocalization  of  simple  words;  this  style  will  therefore  be  discontinued  in  the 
following  lessons,  and  words  will  be  vocalized  only  where  it  is  necessary  to  illustrate 
some  principle,  or  where  legibility  requires  it 

NOTE. — The  foot-notes  to  which  the  reference-marks  refer  will  be  found  On  page  29. 

READING  EXERCISE. 

(Cover  translation  and  read  five  times.) 

(b) 


I     hope      that     all     of     the      members     of  the     party     are     happy,     and 

<«)  <•) 

/      V     fc  ]y  \  C  ^.  ^.       ^  L 

each     will     take     advantage     of  the  opportunity     given     him     to 

_  (e)  _(d) 

L^ ._ 


tJt 


subscribe    a    dollar     to     pay     an     instructor     for     instructing     our     young 


\  ~  f\ 

people     in     the     English     language.      Few,      if     any,     ever     wish      to     see 

.)  -(     1   (X  v  ^r  U*  L_^      .    -S 


themselves     as     otherS     see     them.     I     will      try     to     come,     because     we 

T  S   ~>v    I    VSS/""^  *N  ^  r       (- 

V.  _  J  _  A  _  U   /  _  IT  I      A         IV      •1.   ^        •,•,  ^ 

that  we  womd  do  so  ;  we  will  meet  here,  and  all  go  there  together. 


have  promised 

v^,-..    6 


. 

nd     dollars     several 


He      promised      me     a     thousand     dollars     several      months     ago  ;     I     hope 


HUMPHREY'S    IXTKRLIXKAR   SHORT-HAXD. 


.1  c  uc  *s;  c  ^.^i/^  n  c. 


that  he  will  pay  me  at  this  time,  for  I  wish  the  money  very  much.     It  is'usual 

9|.   r*  )   C.Vl   C ^  C       -^    7    I-  ^|  f     £ 

to    allow    us  the   use  of   the  carriage  for  an   hour  each   day,   and   they   usually 

to_^Jk  j    |    C  U^S   'I    ^  ^    ( 


with   it     Now   thalt 


come  out  at  this  time   with   it     Now   that  my  attention   is    called    to    it,    I 


_ 
never  Knew  him  to  own  anything,  or  have  or  hold  any  stock  in  any  company. 

CO  C  ^  "i  c  ^^,  C 


This    is    the    rule,     and     this    has    been    the    rule,     as    it    was    made    by 
themselves.      Am,    may,   and   Aim   are    represented  by  the  same  signs    in    short- 
hand;     this     is     a      thing     tnat      is      commonly     done       I      think      he 


c      C  &  . 


_ 

thanked'     him      several      times      for      the      thouand      dollars      given      him. 

c-    c 


Though      thou      wilt     refuse,      thou      shalt     go,      and     she     shall     accompany 


thee.      The    company     has    come,     and     will    accompany     you    on     the     way. 


SIMPLE  CONSONANT  WORD-SIGNS  AND  CONTRACTIONS. 

NOTE. — These  word-signs  should  be  memorized,  either  by  writing  the  following  sentences  in  which  they 
occur,  over  and  over  again,  or  by  writing  each  word-sign,  singly,  a  great  many  times,  as  given  in  the  list. 


\ 


N 


up  (hope  happy  party)  by  be  to-be  subject  subjected  it  (at  out)  time  its  itself  do 

/   /     ,     /      -     -r 


had    dollar    each    which    much    advantage    common    commonly  (come    company) 

_          -»     - ^l     .>     I .      I  C 

accompany-ied  because  give-n  (together  go  ago)  if  for  few  ever  have  however  several 


26  HUMPHREY'S  INTERLINEAR  SHORT-HAND. 

4     \ f 2 k (. va        ( 

think  (thank-ed  thousand)  (thee  thy)  (them  they)  (though  thou)  these   this  (those 

j <*          > )    }     V)    J       J 

thus)  (this-is  this-has  themselves)  see  so  (us  use)  was  use  (wish  she)  (shall  shalt) 

r  1  d 

usual-ly  (will  wilt)  (whole-ly  allow)  (here  her)  are  (our  hour)  (hers  herself)  (ours  our- 

^  ^/       ^  ^^ 


^ 
self)  ourserv 


lf)  ourselves  me-y  (am  may  him)  whom  myself  himself  (in  any)  (no  know)  now 


(knew      own)      influence       influences      influenced       thing      (language      length) 

9      ^        ^  ->>  ^    r      c  < 

(long     along     young)     why     way     away     your     (yours     yourself)     yourselves. 
WORD-SIGN  SENTENCES. 

82.  These  are  the  same  sentences  that  are  given  in  the  preceding  exercise,  but 
written  in  the  Reporting  Style.     They  should  be  written  and  re-written  until  the  student 
can  write  them  easily  at  the  rate  of  fifty  words  a  minute  ;   they  should  then  be  dictated 
to  him  at  the  rate  of  about  sixty  words  a  minute  —  reading  them  over  and  over  for  an  hour 
at  a  time,  but  never  fester  than  the  writer  can  take  the  words  down  and  fonn  perfect  out- 
lines.   'As  soon  as  the  student  can  write  the  unphrased  sentences  easily,  and  is  familiar 
with  each  word-sign  in  the  list  and  its  proper  position,  the  greater  part  of  his  practice 
should  be  given  to  the  phrased  sentences,  writing  them  from  dictation  for  an  hour  or  two 
each  day,  until  he  can  write  them  at  the  rate  of  one  hundred  words  a  minute,  and  then 
reviewing  them  from  time  to  time  until  they  can  be  written  at  the  rate  of  one  hundred 
and  fifty  words  a  minute. 

83.  When  writing  from  dictation,  if  you  cannot  put  the  words  down  at  the  rate  of 
at  least  forty  words  a  minute,  stop  the  dictation  and  practice  writing  the  characters  a  few 
hours  before  attempting  to  write  from  dictation  again.     If  you  hesitate  on  any  particular 
word,  underscore  it,  and  when  through  with  dictation  look  it  up  and  write  it  hundreds  of 
times  ;  waste  a  ream  of  paper,  if  necessary,  in  order  to  memorize  it 

84.  The  directions  for  practice,  given  at  the  beginning  of  each  exercise,  are  intend- 
ed for  those  who  are  pursuing  the  study  without  the  aid  of  a  teacher,  and  who  may  not 
know  how  to  assign  lessons  for  themselves.     Teachers  can  use  their  judgment  in  the 
number  of  times  the  student  should  be  required  to  writ"  each  exercise  before  attempting 
to  write  from  dictation. 

WRITING  EXERCISE 

NOTE.  —  The  word-signs  given  in  these  sentences  will  be  found  in  the  list  on  page  15.  The  hundredth 
word  in  each  exercise  for  dictation  is  underscored,  and  the  number  printed  in  the  margin  ;  at  the  conclusion 
of  the  exercise  the  fall  number  is  given. 


HUMPHREY'S    INTERLINEAR   SHORT-HAXD. 

(Copy  twenty  times.     \Vritc  from  dictation  twenty -five  times.) 

(a)  (W 

v\  C^^>c\  V"       •  — x 

\         v V  \          ^      \ 


/ 


I  hope  that  all  of  the  members  of  the  party  are  happy,  and  that  each  will  take 

(c) 

'  _  /  -  _  -V    —  r  >  t^    I  .\  .1- 

advantage  of  the  opportunity  given  him  to  subscriBe  a  dollar  to  pay  an  instructor 


V  T 

V.          L. 


V  V_X     V. 

^^  ^-^  ^- 


for  instructing  onr  young  people  in  the  English  language.     Few,  if  any,  ever  wish 
-x  (e)  (b) 

4.  ;      6    o    ^       c   v  r  -°  *  i 


to  see  themselves  as  others  see  them.     I  will  try  to  come,  because  we  have  promised 
10  (  )  M 


them  that  we  would  do  so ;  we  will  meet  here,  then  all  will  go  there  together.     He 

V-^     -^     ^       I   ^    ^~t v  \     <  '  r \  ^ 

promised  me  a  thousand  dollars  several  months  ago;  I  hope  that  he  will  pay  me 


c       promptly  this  time,  for  I  wish  the  money  very  much.     It  is  usual  to  allow  us  the  use 

"»-    •     ^7^    .-.      /I      •    <     -J    -  '    ' 


of  the  cairiage  tor  an  hour  each  day,  and  they  usually  cone  out  at  this  time  with  it. 

(0 


9   . 


Now  that  my  attention  is  called  to  it,  I  never  knew  him  to  own  anything,  or-  to 

(g) 


•       .    L  6  \   ' 


have  or  to  hold     stock      in   any   company.      This  is  the  rule,  and  this  has  been  the 
rule,  as  it  was  made  by  themselves.      Am,  may,  and  Aim  are  represented  by  the 


C 


same  sign  in  short-hand  ;  this  is  a  thing  that  is  commonly  done.     I  think  he  thanked 


I 


r 


g        him  several  times  for  the  thousand  dollars  given  him.     Though  thon  wilt  refuse, 


28  HUMPHREY'S   INTERLINEAR   SHORT-HAND. 


14  x  j  _  .  ^  j    _          •     _  o  _  .  r 

thou  shalt  go,  and  she  shall  accompany  thee.     The  company  has  come,  and  will 


accompany  you  on  the  way.    (227  words.) 

WRITING  EXERCISE—  PHRASED. 

(Copy  twenty-five  times.     Write  from  dictation  twenty-five  times.) 

\    *   i     <s»    i   \x  ^  \       \-  _  1  _  Z 

I-hope-that  all  of-the  members  of-the  party  are  happy,  and-that-each-will  take  advan- 


1        .  1:  _  L 

tage  of-the  opportunity  given-him  to  subscribe  a-dollar  to-pay  an   instructor  for 


3 


_ 

i  v^  ^^  --     7 

instructing  our  young  people  in-ihe  English  language.     Few,  if-any,  ever  wish  to-«e 

4       {.  j  )  J~  1    .  -^       \         'V-x        ( 

gj  themselves  as-others  seeVhem.     I-will  try  to  come,  because  we-have  promised  them 

5  <     *      \      C  -  ^   (.  »  r  -      —     ' 


that  we-would  cloo  ;  we-will  meet  here,  then  all  will  go-there  together.     He  promised 


(o 
me  a-thoi4and-dollars  several-months  ago;    I-hope-that  he-will  pay   me  promptly 

7  C        ^     J         ^^        ^  I      J    .         r      •      )       I 

8    this-lime,  for  I-wish-the  money  very-much.     It-is  usual  to  allow-us  the  use  of-the 

8  c^-7          i  /    I  7  J  S 

--+—£- 

carriage  for-an-hour  each  day,  and-they  usually  come  out  at-t^js-time  with-it.     Now 
9 


tliat-my  attention  is  called  to^it,  I-never  knew-him  to  own  anything,  or  to-have  or  to 

(g) 

io   r  ^  ^_  ^^-^  _  (^  7  _ 

2,    hold  any  stock  in-any  company.     This-is-the  rule,  and-this^las-been-the  rule,  as-it 


was-made  by-themseh-es.     /iw,  w/oy,  and  him  are  represented  by-the-same  sign  in 


HUMPHREY'S   INTERLINEAR   SHORT-HAND.  39 

-V 

short-hand;  this-is-a  thing  that-is  commonly  done.     I-think-he  thanked-him  sevft-al- 
\ 

*3  V,.  ( ~^_ / (> *  (       J  — 

\~~  \  \       /  ^o      V 

times  .for-the  thousand-Hollars  given-him.     Though  thou-wilt  refuse,  thou  shalt  go, 

b 

x 

r 


and  she  shall  accompany  thee.     The  company  has-come,  and-will  accompany-you 

•5       ^ 

on-the-way.    (228  words.) 

(a)  See  1  175.  (b)  1 129.  (c)  1 193-  .  (d)  1  233.  (e)  1  218-  (f)  1  128-175. 
(g)  1  143.  (h)  H-tick  to  express  him.  (i)  Writing  a  character  below  and  against  the 
line  express  to.  (e)  ^  139.- 

QUESTIONS  AND  EXERCISES  ON  LESSON  VII. 

Read  paragraphs  79  and  80.  Make  free  use  of  the  reference-notes;  you  willv learn 
many  principles  in  advance  of  the  lesson,  and  thereby  hasten  your  progress.  No  person 
can  hope  to  make  a  rapid  writer  without  dictation.  If  two  or  more  are  studying  together, 
take  turns  in  dictating  to  each  other ;  if  studying  by  yourself,  employ  some  one  to  read 
the  exercises  over  to  you  for  two  or  three  hours  each  day.  Lose  no  opportunity  to  write 
from  dictation;  do  not  fail  to  go  over  the  exercises  tints  written  and  correct  mistakes, 
and  then  write  the  outlines  of  the  corrected  words  fiftv  or  a  hundred  times  each. 


3o 


LESSON   VIII. 


RULES  FOR  WRITING  L  OR  LAY,  R  OR  RAY,  ISH  OR  SHAY. 

85.     When  /  is  written  ufnvard  it  is  called  lay,  to  distinguish  it  from  the  don-n- 
icard  stroke  /. 

L  is  written  upward  when  it  is  the  only  consonant  in  a  word,  thus: 


°c  r  ^  c  c  c 


ale       oil        sale       less       soil       laws       loss       lost       laced       lie       ally       lose. 

86.     When   /  is  the  first  consonant  in  a  word   not  preceded  by  a  vowel,  and  is 
followed  by  _  k,  —  —  gay,  or  x  —  v  in,  it  is  written  upward,  thus: 


^ 1    VT^S f—f 

'  lamb     lake      lame      lucky      leg     Logos      Lacedemonia     look     lack      Luke. 

87.     When  /  is  preceded  by  a  vowel  and  followed  by  a  consonant,  it  is  written 
downward,  thus : 


•C  ., 


along        Alleghany        alkali       alum        Aldska        alack        illuminate        alike. 

88.     L  should  be  written  upward  when  immediately   followed  by  a  downward 
stroke,  thus: 

>rv    (7 


^ 

elbow       elegy       lobe        lady       allowed       allude       loop        looser       Louisiana. 

89.     When  /  is  the  final  consonant  in  a  word  and  is  followed  by  a  vowel,  it  is 
written  upward,  thus: 


£_ 


-&. 


fellow       follow       billow       below      serially       »aily       lamely       valley       tally. 

90.     Final  /  is.best  written  upward,  even  when  it  is  not  followed  by  a  vowel,  after 
Pi  k  k,  gay,  chay,  jay,  and  m,  thus : 


bill         keel  kill  gill  chill          jail  mill  pill          mail 

91.     After  f,  v,  ray,  hay,  if  any  vowels  follow,  /  is  written  downward,  thus: 

Vr 


r 


r 


feel       file       vile       revile      vail       hulling       healing       fail       avail 


vowel. 


HUMPHREY'S   INTERLINEAR  SHORT-HAND. 

92.     When  /  precedes  ing  it  is  usually  written  downward,  thus : 


V 


r.  ^     T7 

falling         long        lung         spettirig         sling         slang         faiWBg         feeling. 

n  r  is  the  first  c( 
thus: 

x\      A 


93.     When  r  is  the  6rst  consonant  in  a  word  not  preceded  by  a  vowel,  ray  is 
generally  usel,  thus : 


x\ 


reap  rope  rip  rap  ripe  rib  robe  rate 


read          reach          roach          rage          ridge  rake  rack  rag 


•4 


review          rug          reef         rough          wreath       wreathe         wrath         writhe 


rise          rice          raise          rose          rash          rush          rogue          reel          rang. 

94.     Exception  is  made  to  the  above  rule  when  the  following  consonant  is  m,  which 
forms  a  better  angle  with  the  downward  stroke,  as  in 


remiss       rhyme      roam       rum       remedy       reminisence      rim      ream      ram. 

95.     When  initial  r  is  preceded  by  a  vowel,  the  downward  stroke  is  usually  em- 
ployed, thus: 


•  < 1.  A>        •  > 

arise      ear      irksome      Arctjc oars      heirs      our      ark      early      orb      or. 

96.     When  the  next  consonant  following  r  is  a.  downward  stroke,  except  p,  6,  /, 
and  v,  to  secure  better  outlines,  ray  is  used,  even  when  preceded  by  a  vowel,  thus: 

<\    ^ 


arduous       aright       arrayed      arid       radiite       radius       earth       urge       arch. 

97.     When  r  is  the  final  consonant  in  a  word,  and  is  followed  by  a  vowel,  ray  is 
used,  thus: 

borrow     burrow      tory      Dora     cherry     chary      tarry      bureau      Peru      Peri 


jury       Jerry       carry       curry       gory        fairy       vary       dairy       savory       dory 


HUMPHREY'S    INTERLINEAR   SHORT-HAND. 


theorized         theory         thorough         zero        shefty         Laura        miry        salary 


_ 
Nero      narrow      inarry      Murat      caress      carouse      Monterey      Harry      hurry 


Coterie      Morris      Murray      Morrow      aspiratory      sorcery      tomfoolery      tyro. 
98.     When  no  vowel  follows  r,  the  downward  stroke  is  usually  employed,  thus  : 


\  \ 


\ 


I  I  I 

S    S     S 

are''      tar'      tower 


pier       bier       tear       fur       po*r       paiv     power       tare"      tar1      tower       sho 

J 


chair        fair^      far*'      Cza»>       wooer 


shart 


core        lower        soar        charr        fair-^      fer^      Cza»^       wi 
99.     When  r  is  preceded  by  m,  ray,  or  two  downward  strokes,  ray  is  used,  thus 


rare       roar       career      barrier      carrier      furor      posterior       terror      inferior. 


100.     When  r  with  an  initial  circle  or  steh  loop  is  the  only  consonant  in  a  word, 
and  is  both  preceded  and  followed  by  a  vowel,  it  is  written  upward,  thus  : 


sorry        series        Sarah         story 


surry 


serf 


QUESTIONS  AND  EXERCISES  ON  LESSON  VIlI. 

85.  What  is  the  upward  stem  for  /  called?  Why?  When  /  is  the  only  consonant 
in  a  word,  how  is  it  written?  86.  When  it  is  the  first  consonant  in  a  word  not  preceded 
by  a  vowel  and  is  followed  by  £,  gay,  or  ;«,  how  is  it  written?  87.  How  when  it  is  pre- 
ceded by  a  vowel  and  followed  by  a  consonant?  88.  How  when  a  downward  stem  im- 
mediately follows  it?  89.  How  when  it  is  the  final  consonant  in  a  word  followed  by  a 
vowel?  90.  After  what  letter  is  final  /  best  written  upward?  91.  How  is  /  written 
after  _/J  Z',  ray,  and  hay,  if  followed  by  a  vowel?  92.  How  is  /  preceding  ing  usually 
written?  93.  When  r  is  the  first  consonant  in  a  word  not  preceded  by  a  vowel,  which 
form  is  generally  used?  94.  What  is  the  exception  to  this  rule?  95.  When  initial  r  is 
preceded  by  a  vowel,  which  stroke  is  usually  employed?  96.  When  is  ray  used  to  secure 
better  outlines?  97.  When  r  is  the  final  consonant  in  a  word  followed  by  a  vowel, 
which  form  is  used?  98.  When  no  vowel  follows,  which  form  is  generally  used?  99. 
When  r  is  preceded  by  m,  ray,  or  two  downward  strokes,  which  form  is  used?  100. 
When  r  with  an  initial  circle  or  steh-loop  is  the  only  consonant,  and  is  preceded  and 
followed  by  a  vowel,  which  form  is  used?  Read  each  example  under  the  preceding 
paragraphs  ten  times,  and  write  them  once. 


33 


LESSON   IX. 


DIFFERENT  METHODS  OF  EXPRESSING  W  AND  K 

101.  The  sounds  of      1  w  and  f     y  never  occur  in  English  except  before  vowels; 
and  occur  so  frequently  that,  in  addition  to  the  full-length  stems,  brief  signs  are  provided, 
called  c  weh,  D  with,  u  yeh,  *  yuh,  and  the  ?"-hook. 

102.  The  full-length  stems  for  w  and  y  are  used  in  the  following  cases  : 

103.  In  all  words,  except  c  we,  in  which  w  is  the  only  consonant  ;  as  in     i  weigh, 
l  woe,  Xwoo. 

104.  When  w  is  followed  by  s;  as  in     d    weighs,     5"  waste,     a   wise,     0  west 

105.  When  a  vowel  precedes  w,  as  in   j  _  awake,    A.  —  awoke. 

106.  Y  is  used  in  most  words,  except  u  ye  and  n  yott,  in  which  y  is  the  only  con- 
sonant, as  in  f*     yea,  in     yew,  and  in  the  words 


£ 

oke     yaxfa. 


yesterday     yews    yes     yeas    yeast     Yost      yeomaii     yahoo  n/yule      yoke     y 

107.  The  brief  signs  for  w  and  y,   c    weh,    -3  with,  o  yeh,   /•>  yuh,  are  placed  to 
the  consonant-stem  to  give  the  sound  of  w  and  y  to  the  vowel  whose  position  they 
occupy;  they  are  made  heavy  to  represent  the  heavy-dot  and  dash-vowels,  and  light  to 
correspond  to  the  light-dot  and  light-dash  vowels. 

108.  To  add  w  to  the  heavy-dot  vowel  e,  c  weh  is  placed  to  the  consonant-stem  in 
the  position  occupied  by  e,  forming  rc-e,  thus  : 


T     cf    c\    c\ 


weed     weedy     Swede     sweep     weep     weave     week      ween       weal       weakest. 

109.     To  add  w  to  the  heavy-dot  vowel  a,  c  weh  is  placed  to  the  consonant-stem  in 
the  position  of  a,  forming  zv-fl,  as  in 


wade       wave       swayed       waif      wain       wait       wake       Wales       wage       wages. 

no.  It  should  be  remembered  that  weh,  to  express  the  heavy-dot  vowels,  is  always 
shaded  Jicavy  and  opens  to  the  right.  To  indicate  the  light-dot  vowels,  it  is  placed  to  the 
consonant-stem  in  the  same  manner,  but  not  shaded,  as  in 


wish     wit     widow     wet     web     wed     wedge    wick      wig     win      wiolh     will. 

in.     To  add  w  to  the  dash  vowel  series,  ?  wuh  is  used  —  made  heavy  to  represent 
heavy-dash  vowels,  and  light  for  the  light-dot  vowels,  and  always  opens  to  the  left,  thus  : 


34  HUMPHREY'S    INTERLINEAR   SHORT-HAND. 

,'|    ._    '-^     7     >j   >\ 


wad      walk      Walker     watch     wash     Wabash     washing     wove      woven     wooed. 
112.     To  add  y  to  the  heavy-  and  light-dot  vowels,  u  yeh  is  used,  as  in 


*L     -x,       ^      r ^    «F 

\j\, — ,. 

year       Yates       Yarmouth       yearn       Yale       Yahoo  yet       yellow       yearly. 

AV 

1 13.     To  add  y  to  the  heavy-  and  light-dash  vowels,  n  yuh  is  used,  thus : 


.)  0    .( — I.  ^ 


.1 L 


yawn     yacht     yoke     young     use     use     youth     due     mew     mule     fe 


:1M    "Kiel 


beauty    duty     cube    youths    view    Hughes     Hume    humor    humorist    Huron. 

114.     The  triphthongs,    *~    wt\  n     zuoi,  -,    wou,  are  expressed  by  writing  w  at  an 
angle  to  the  consonant-stem,  thus : 


L|>- 


wide       wipe       wife       wives       wire       wiles       wire-gauze       wiriness       widest. 

115.  Experienced  phonographers  generally  use  these  brief  signs  initially  to  repre- 
sent the  simple  power  of  w  or  y,  leaving  the  vowel  to  be  understood.  When  so  used, 
either  half  of  the  circle  may  be  written,  according  to  convenience  in  joining  it  to  the 
consonant-stem.  When  one  sign  is  as  readily  joined  to  the  consonant-stem  as  the  other, 
use  the  one  which  indicates  the  group  to  which  the  vowel  belongs,  as  follows: 

-IN      T    V.     .1    \     V      1      1      / 

weed       weep      witty      weave      wait      wipe      Webster      sweet      Swede      witch 


^TTA     -,   n 

bewitch      watch      wage      walk      woke      wake     weak     wedge     waxed      waxes 


J.  y  A- 

•>»» 


weeks      wigs     wings      wash     waif     wife      withe      wooed      wag       war       warp 

4  t       1         1 


widest  whitest  wettest        sweetest        sweeter        sweetly        sweep        swoop 

f  *i  1             «»• 

5    '              \  'I  *— 

switch  sweat  swayed       swig      swath       swathe      suave       suavitjy     Assuage 


HUMPHREY'S   INTERLINEAR  SHORT-HAND. 


35 


jfeuages      swung      swing      swash      wish      width      Wabash      Walker      Watson 

I        ^       V      .1     "^  <^ 
—5 -1 L ^ 

dissuade         unswayed         widely         Yatcs          year         yon          young 


youngsters         yell         yellowish         Yankee         yam         yank         unique        unity 
(JSNX~>^-X  /  ^  f 


unite      yoke      yearling      Yale       yawns       yawl       yelp       yore       genii       unyoke. 

SMALL  W-HOOK. 

1  1  6.      IV  is  also  represented  by  a  small  initial  hook  on  I,  ray,  m,  and  «,  as  follows, 
and  may  be  used  in  place  of  brief  weh  and  wuh  when  convenient: 

C          </         ^x          ^ 

wel  wer  wem  wen 

117.     The  small  ze»-hook  is  always  read  before  the  consonant-stem,  thus: 


weal      well      wool      woolly      wily      willow       walrus       Waltham       welcome 


wealthy    Welsh     William     wear    wary    wearily   weariness  worry   worm    worship 

a  v  •  «  •  <i si  s~  s~  V 

^  (/ •& i ! 

work     warehouse     wine      win      wean     winnow     window    swill    swallow    swine 


swell        swear        swirl        swann         swarthy        swim        swimmer        swimming 

5     J_         ^£~      -^      ^^'      ^*A      ^^/      ^^       ^ 

Edwin       unwell      unwieldy      unworthy      unwearied      unwary      wince      winced 

TV    cX 


winces      worst      Worcester      Wednesday      welfare  •'  worthy      windy      welkin 

vx         ^ 


wormwood  worthless  swarthy  soiree'  unwelcome. 


36  HVMPHREY'S    INTERLINEAR   SHORT-HANU 

QUESTIONS  AND  EXERCISES  ON  LESSON  IX. 

101.  What  is  said  about  the  sounds  of  w  and  y!  What  additional  signs  are  pro- 
vided, and  what  are  they  called?  102.  In  what  cases  are  the  full-length  stems  for  w  and 
V  used?  103-4-5-6.  In  what  words  is  y  usually  employed?  107.  For  what  purpose  are 
the  brief  signs  for  w  and  y  placed  to  the  consonant  stems?  For  what  purpose  are  they 
shaded?  For  what  purpose  are  they  written  light?  108.  How  is  weh  placed  to  add  w 
to  heavy-dot  vowels?  Give  an  example.  109.  Where  is  weh  placed  to  add  w  to  <z? 
Give  an  example.  1 10.  How  should  weh  be  written  to  indicate  a  heavy-dot  vowel,  and 
in  what  direction  should  it  open?  How  should  it  be  written  to  indicate  a  light-dot 
vowel?  in.  How  should  with  be  written  to  add  w  to  the  dash- vowel  series?  How 
should  it  be  written  to  indicate  the  light-dash  vowels?  Weh  opens  in  what  direction? 
Give  an  example.  112.  What  sign  is  used  to  add  y  to  the  heavy-  and  light-dot  vowels, 
and  in  what  direction  does  it  open?  Give  an  example.  113.  What  sign  is  used  to  add 
y  to  the  heavy-  and  light-dash  vowels,  and  in  what  direction  does  it  open?  Give  several 
examples.  114.  How  are  the  triphthongs  expressed?  Give  several  examples.  115. 
How  may  experienced  phonographers  write  these  signs?  Give  several  examples  of  w 
and  y  joined  initially.  116.  On  what  stems  may  w  be  expressed  by  a  small  initial 
hook?  Write  each  example  in  this  section  ten  times.  117.  How  is  the  small  ?*>-hook 
read?  Write  each  example  under  the  foregoing  paragraphs  five  times. 


37 


LESSON  X. 


WRITING  EXERCISE. 

(Copy  twenty  times.     Write  from  dictation  twenty-five  times.) 


L_J I 


V  ^  > 

He-was  amazed  at-tbjbir  vices  and-debased  condition,  and-said  that-tney-were  dazed 


at-tney-wer 


when  accused  by-their  pastors,  and  acted  more-like  beasts  than  men  possessed  of-reason. 


\ 


We  perused  the  news  from  Alleghany  saying  that-the  party  were  soon  to-sail  for 


Sweden,  and-that-their  wives  would-go  with-them.     They-are  all-good  sailors  and 


swimmers,  but  some  are  unwieldy  and  we-will-have  to-look  out  for-their  welfare. 

6          ^ £\      C^ ._„  f 

There-are-several  Yankees  and  wealthy  Yale  men  among-the  crew,  who-will  make-the 

8   welkin  ring  with-the  Yale  yell.     Messrs.  Yates,  Watson,  Worcester,  and  Welsh  will 


r 


show- their' Irish  wit  and  irony,  and-they,  too,  will    bear  Vatchiug.     Waltham  and 
(b) 


ft  ~i  ^      •*         —  —  fi 

Wooley,  and-all  of-the  other  young-men  and  wags  from-the  Wabash,  will  spear  walrus, 


—  >. 

} 

weath 


wind  and-wave-and  weather  permitting.     We-are  all  ver)T-sorrj'  to-ha^fe-them  go,  and 


S>    wish  them  safe  return. 


448439 


38  Hr.MI'HRKY'S   INTERLINEAR    SHORT-HAND. 

VOWEL  AND  BRIEF  W  AND   Y  WORD-SIGNS. 

1 1 8.  '  The  vowel-signs  occupy  two  positions,  except  ah,  which  is  written   in  the 
third;  a  fourth  position  is  sometimes  used  to  express  an  additional  word,  as — * — to-the, 
— ^ — to-him,  — | — to-a,  the  sign  being  written  just  below  and  against  the  line. 

119.  A  name  is  given  to  the  dash-vowel-signs  by  affixing  the  Greek  termination 
aid  (meaning  like,  or  resembling)  to  half-length  stems ;  thus,  bed-oid,  like  b ;  ded-oid,  like 
d\  jed-oid,  like  /.     Pet-oid'  is  the  sign  for  of;  pet-oid'  is  the  sign  for  to  or  two;  chet-oid' 
is  the  sign  for  he;  ret-oid'  is  the  sign  for  on.     Ret-d\A.  (like  ray)  is  written  upward,  while 
the  sign  for  he  is  written  downward.     The  name  for  the  symbol  representing  /  is  pet-oid' 
ret-oid.     The  figures  i,  2,  3  accompanying  a  word-sign  indicate  the  position  in  which  the 
sign  should  be  written, — whether  first,  second,  or  third. 

(Copy  twenty-five  times.) 


/       \       I 


The  a  an-d   ah  all  (already  awe)  ought  of  or  on  he  (two  too)  (O  oh  owe)  owing 

X £ £ I i, I / 

who-m   whose  (who-is   who-has)  whoever   to  (to-the  to-him)  to-a   how   but  should 

3  v C       c          c         ?  "  

(I  eye  aye  high)    we   with    were   what   would    ye    year-s   yet    beyond    you. 

CIRCLE  AND  LOOP  SIGNS. 

,      o                                     O 
o Q (? 

(is,  his)  (as,  has)  (is-his  is-as  his-is  his-has)  (as-is  as-his  as-has  has-his  has-us.)     First 

is-there  lias-there. 

WRITING  EXERCISE. 

(Copy  twenty  times.     Write  from  dictation  twenty-five  times.) 

1  '     '   ^  r-  \    ^     '    _-    »  l  -     L        »       I 

He  ought  to  look    up  to-liim  with  great  awe,  if  he  does  not  already  doUo.      How 

2  v     ^  ^  <:>>\  c 

should  I  know  whom  you  owe?     You-may-be  owing  everylody  with  whom  you  were 

3 ' V^ I              c                 (                                6 
— ^~>> 2 n        c        w o  c       . '      \ 

B)  on  borrowing  terms.     We  would  that  you  were  yet  with-us  as  ye  were  a  year  or  two 
ago.     Who-is  this  man  who-has  carried  himself  so  high?     Aye,  sir,  I  would-know 


HUMPHREY'S  INTERLINEAR  SHORT-HAND.  39 


who  he-is,  and-whence  he-came,  and-what  he-would-do.     He-lias  lived  years  beyond- 


6  '  ^^"'    „     .  _          k        1f  .0^  f 

o   his  time,  and  may  live  years  yet  to  come.     It-is-as  I-have-said  and  as-has-been  said 

(c) 

O  S\  \      N  I 


?  v     °  .  vx  n  n    ^*  -> a.  __ 

before,     Is-his  a  happy  life,  as  his  friends  all  say?     Has-his  time  already  come  to-go? 

(d)  (e) 

8     ^         ^_^  ^  i  ^^  />  L        ^       n 


First,  you-may  tell-us,  is-there-not,  or  has-there-not-been,  such-a  statement  made  as-is 

9"^     *-    '    Q  •     L     P  N 

jo  herein  described,  or  is-as  his  statement  is-said  to-be? 

(a)  See  193*  (b)  An  /-hook  may  be  added  to  the  diuA-vowel  word-signs  to  express 
all  or  will  (c)  \j  Btf  is  a  better  sign  for  before  than  I  ded-oid,  as  it  can  be  halved  for 
\>before  it.  (d)  A  very  convenient  and  legible  form  for  z>  there,  (e)  Has  their  may  be 
written  on  the  line  in  phrase ;  below  the  line  when  standing  alone. 

QUESTIONS  AND  EXERCISES  ON  LESSON  X. 

Copy  the  writing  exercise  twenty  times,  and  write  it  from  dictation  twenty-five 
times.  1 1 8.  How  many  positions  do  the  vowel-signs  occupy?  What  does  the  fourth 
position  indicate?  How  should  a  sign  in  this  position  be  written?  119.  What  are  the 
Vowel  Word-signs  called?  What  is  pet-oid  one  the  sign  of?  Pet-oid  two!  Chet-oid 
one!  Ret-oid  one?  In  what  direction  is  ret-oid  written?  In  what  direction  is  the  sign 
for  he  written?  What  is  pet-oid  one  ret-oid!  What  do  the  figures  i,  2,  and  3,  in  con- 
nection with  phonographic  characters,  indicate? 


LESSON  XL 


LARGE  INITIAL  W-HOOK. 

1  20.     Unlike  the  small  w-hook,  which  is  always  read  first,  the  large  w-hook  is  read 
after  the  consonant-stem,  thus  : 


tw       dw         gw         kw 

121.  The  vowels  are  not  written  between  the  stroke  and  the  hook,  as  in  the  case  of 
the  small  w-hook,  but  the  stroke  and  hook  must  be  pronounced  together  as  one  syllable. 
/ss  may  be  written  within  the  hook. 


EXAMPLES. 


r  (v  r 


c_ 


equity       twist       twirl       twitch         twang         twitching         twirling         quake 


quiet         dwell         dwelling         quick         quoth         quell          qualm          Dwight 


acquire  quota  equip  quire  querulous  quorum 


inquire  liquefy  earthquake  bequest 


squeal  exquisite  anguish  lingual  quackery 


request  liquid 


7  V 


equal  aquatic 


C-x+C 


query  quash  quarto  quiz  quizzing  quietness  twice 


queerly  quickness  quieter  quarry  bequeath 


HUMPHREY'S   INTERLINEAR  SHORT-HAND. 


squad  iniquity  squire  squeezing  squab  squelch 


equinox  squaw  squawk 


quietus  Quebec  quagmire  guano  tweezers  squeezed 


QUESTIONS  AND  EXERCISES  ON  LESSON  XL 

1 20.  How  is  the  large  a»-hook  read?  In  what  respect  does  this  differ  from  the 
small  a^-hook?  121.  Are  the  vowels  written  between  the  stroke  and  the  hook?  How 
must  the  stroke  and  hook  be  pronounced?  How  may  the  w-circle  be  written?  Write 
each  example  five  times. 


LESSON  XII. 


DIFFERENT  MODES  OF  EXPRESSING  ASPIRATION. 

122.  In  phonography  four  methods  of  aspiration  are  employed. 

123.  First,  a  full-length  stroke  for  A,  thus: 


t  <S*->      <^v         ^ *2 ^_ 

husk  hung  hang  hush  bash  heath  hasp 


Harriet  horrid  harp  hearty  host  hasten 

3    <Z 


x — r- 

hero  Hindoo  hawser  hubbub  harrow  hurry 


haughty  heavy  huffy          honey         .Hannah  hasty  hastily 


S*        ^ S*  <t\  /\  

~c-~  c.  _|  c.-/ 

house        hiss         Hayes        hose        hood         heed       hedge       hatch        hitch 
1 24.     Second,  a  dot  placed  before  a  dot-vowel,  or  above  a  dash-vowel,  thus : 

,     ,     -\  >\       <        .,      1      1       'i 


yr 

liad      half       heap       hip       hope       happy       happily      hide       height       whit. 
1 25.     Third,  an  A-tick  (heh\  thus : 


3 


liack  hock  hook_          Huxley  hackney  hectic  Hague 


ham  homely  hag  humming  hear  hair  Hugo 

A r z_ 


harem          hell  hill          help  hollow  howl  holy  halo 


hugging        hog        hogshead         home         hum        ban        homily          helm 


HUMPHREY'S  INTERLINEAR  SHORT-HAND.  43 


haze  hazy         hussy         hazing        huzza         hussar  hazardous  Hume 

*whig            whey            whiz  why            whisk  whiskey  whip 

,  f    fr    L  I     f  t  V, 

wheat         whitlow         Whitney  Whittier        whittle  wheatland  whiff 


whiffletree  .    whet      whack. 

When  /  follows  wh,  the  tf/£sign  may  be  used,  thus  : 


1 


x 

white-cap         whiteness        white        whitewash        whiter        whitest        white  oak. 
1  26.     Fourth,  shading  the  small  ?£>-hook,  thus  : 

1  ^       'C     ^      ^       ^j>       C\ 

while          whale          whim          whine          whence          whelp          whimsical. 

127.     Advanced  writers  omit  the  aspirate  whenever  they  can  do  so  without  impair- 
ing legibility. 

*  Observe  that  in  this  line  w  is  read  before  A,  as  h  never  occurs  before  w. 


TICK-SIGNS  WRITTEN  IN  PHRASE 

(Write  twenty  times.) 


or   x          or 


X^ 


_  . 

-  S  -  -  =*  -       ^  -    -      -  - 

with-the   for-the   in-the   to-the    of-the    take-the  make-the  upon-the  ferch-the  bring- 


the     which-the    send-the    give-the    from-the    get-the     have-the     and-the.      And-a 

3\         ^         1       1       -          7  _  !  _  ^  _  X- 

and-for  and-that-a  and-it  and-do  and-all   and-which   and-with-a  and-when-the  and- 

±  _  [     s   I  .  -^    /     v.,  -^  .-^.-^  -  2— 

for-a   at-a   with-a   take-a   can-a    which-a   have-a  give-a    to-a    and-in-the  and-which- 


the   and-when-a   and-do-a   and-do-the   of-a   or-the    or-a    but-the    but-a    on-the    on-a 


HUMPHREY'S    INTERLINEAR   SHORT-HAND. 


should-the    should-a     is-the    is-a    as-the    as-to-the    as-a    as-to-a    were-the     were-a 

7  1        '        P 2 => * ± ^ 

would-the  would-a  beyond-the    beyond-a    andof  and-to    and-is-the    and-is-a    as-to- 

8  A     «         of  (^ 

ac 6  j 

*>  s~ 

\vhat   he-is-the   he-is-a   he-is-not   he-has-not   how-the   how-a, 

QUESTIONS  AND  EXERCISES  ON  LESSON  XII. 

122.  How  many  methods  of  aspiration  are  employed  in  Phonography?  123.  What 
is  the  first?  124.  What  is  the  second?  125.  What  is  the  third?  126.  What  is  the 
fourth?  127.  Do  advanced  writers  ever  omit  the  aspirate?  Write  each  example  once. 
Write  the  Tick  Phrases  twenty  times,  and  review  them  every  day  until  learned. 


LESSON   XIII. 


thus: 


DOUBLE  CONSONANTS— INITIAL  HOOKS  FOR  L  AND  R. 
128.     L  is  represented  by  a  small  initial  hook  on  the  circle-side  of  the  consonants, 


r  f 


_(L^ 


pel      bel     tel     del     chel      jel       kel       gel       fel      thel     thel     shel     zhel     yel. 

1 29.     R  is  represented  by  a  sinall  initial  hook  on  the  opposite  side  of  the  consonant- 
stem  from  the  /-hook,  thus : 

*\  \    1    1       /7f__^^*)c) 


Ov      ^        ^\  0        } 

per     ber     ter     der     cher     jer        ker        ger        fer     ver     ther    ther     sher     zher. 

130.  These  hooks  must  not  be  separated  from  the  consonant-stem,  but  the  hook 
and  the  stem  should  be  pronounced  together  in  one  syllable,  thus:  c. —   kel,  not  h-l\ 

s'       gel,  not  g-l;    c ker,  not  k-r. 

131.  In  naming  the  double  consonants  they  should  be  called  by  single  syllables,  as 
above.  .  . 

132.  c*r    Shel  and  c^S  zhel  never  stand  alone,  and  are  always  written  upward. 

133.  )  .S,  )  3,^^/ing,  and  £    h  do  not  take  the  /-  or  r-hook. 

134.  The  /-hook  is  not  attached  to  the  stem  for  /;  neither  is  the  r-hook  attached 
to  the  steins  for  r  and  y. 

135.  RULE  FOR  VOCALIZING  THE  INITIAL  HOOK  SERIES. — A  vowel  written  to 
a  double  consonant  should  not  be  read  between  the  hook  and  the  stroke,  but  before  or 
after  both,  according  as  it  is  written  before  or  after  the  sign. 

136.  The  following  diagrams  will  assist  the  student  in  remembering  the  /-  and  r- 
hooks  on  the  straight  stems : 

PR  AND  PL  HOOKS. — If  the  right  hand  be  held  up,  with  the  first  finger  bent,  the 
outline  of  tr  will  be  seen ;  and  if  the  left  hand  be  held  up  in  the  same  way,  the  outline 
of  //  will  be  seen.  By  turning  the  hand  round  in  the  following  positions,  all  the  double 
consonants  of  the  pr  and  pi  series  will  be  formed. 


tl 


FORWARD  MOTION. 


BACKWARD  MOTION. 


O 


g  HUMPHREY'S  INTERLINEAR   SHORT-HAND. 

i  r  When  the  pen  moves  in  the  same  direction  as  the  hands  of  a  clock,  or  as  we 
drive  in  a  screw  we  say  that  it  moves  forward;  and  when  it  moves  in  the  contrary 
direction,  we  say  that  it  moves  backward.  In  this  principle  of  motion  we  have  a  uniform 
rnle  for  attaching  a  hook  or  a  circle  to  straight  letters,  in  whatever  d,rection  they  may 
be  written,  as  shown  in  the  following  rhyme: 

To  keep  in  mind  the  way  to  trace 

The  hooks  and  also  circle  s,— 

On  STROKES  THAT  CURVE,  by  this  abide, 

All  hooks  and  circles  turn  inside. 

On  all  STRAIGHT  LINKS,  the  simple  s 

Is  written  backward ;  aso.!—  sake  — O  guess : 

Initial  hooks,  remember  well, 

Forward  for  r,— backward  for  /  : 

For  final  hooks,  you  turn  your  pen 

Forward  to  signify  an  «, 

And  backward  for  an  /  or  v, 

As  in  — T-y  ken,- — =>  cough,  you  clearly  see. 


138. 

^  1  \V 

I      \  \>  \ 


EXAMPLES. 


plea        pleas        ply     '    pry        prime         prize         prim         premise         climb 


^ 


S.     V      V-. 


play         pray         bray         plug         plum          pluck         blow         blame         flay 

V  t  u  c 


5v 


tish       plague       break       able       brace       bleat       blotch       block        dntg        floss ; 


4<\      TUT 


| 

preach  '     tree         trim          trip         trod         draw          dream          drop         dry 


% 


X 


f 


pfcfc 


plow        pfcfsh       prow       brow       brew       brass       apple       true       able       addle 


n 


r   r 


trick  crib  crop  cream  creed  crotch  try          dry- 


clause  gloss  gleam  glee  clip  cloth  drake 


V 

black        bloom         broom         drab        drag         trap>       dram        drape         prop 


HUMPHREY'S  INTERLINEAR  SHORT-HAND.  47 


10 


"  bleach      prick      brick      breach      bridge      bribe      broth       prong      blight      dray 

139.  It  has  been  shown  how  an  /-hook  may  be  attached  to  f,  v,  ilk,  and  thee.     It 
is  also  desirable  to  add  an  r-hook  to  these  consonants ;  and  the  only  way  in  which  it  can 
be  done  is  by  turning  them  over,  as  in  the  following  examples,  where  the  /-  and  r-hooks 
are  contrasted : 

*l        ^       <L         ^         C          *)  (  *) 

fl  fr  vl  vr  thl  thr  THL  THR. 

140.  If  the  stem  fl,  in  the  line  above,  were  made  of  a  piece  of  wire,  and  then 
turned  over,  it  would  represent  the  next  outline  to  it,  fr.     To  impress  these  hooks  more 
fully  upon  the  memory,  as  they  cause  considerable  trouble,  to  some  pupils,  at  first,  the 
following  examples  are  given,  and  when  possible  the  /-hook  is  placed  in  immediate  con- 
trast with  the  outline  turned  over  to  express  the  r-hook : 


flee     .    free        fly         fry         flock         frock         fleece         freeze        flow         fro 


flame       frame       flesh       fresh        freak        Fleek       flail       frail        flash       thrash 
c\    I        PI        i     C-—     <r\^"   ^          c>\_          )  <-)  ^N  r\ 

thrush       flush        flim        frill        flog       frog       three        thrice       throw       other 


7     1    ^      o-     j     . 
fc-  -N — ( — C  "xr-T 


_2 t 


thrive       throb       froth  throve  shrub       through       shrew       flange     flume 

c^       ^               -7  <L  ^         ^             0           ")       J 

5    ^-v         ^-N^X            ^L  ^^-^                  - - "^ 

flip         fling        shrug  flinch  offer        author       either       ether        shrink 
6 


shriek         shriU         thrill         shrive         thresh         throng         throve         threshold. 


48  HUMPHREY'S  INTERLINEAR  SHORT-HAND. 

WRITING  EXERCISE. 

(Copy  twenty  times.    Write  from  dictation  twenty-five  times.) 


The  flow  of-the  river  is  so  swift  that-it-will-not  freeze,  and-the  enemy  cannot  flee 


1, 


in-that  direction.     This  flock  of  sheep  have  very  fine  fleeces,  and-when  shearing  time 


coines  they-will  be  sheared  and-their  fleeces  made  into  frocks.     They  use  the  flail  to 

4    V         |        ^\    ^^|    v    .    ^          fr     ^J^V-  <    ^^— 

P 
thresh  out-the  grain  by  swinging  it  to  and  fro.     This-is-a  fresh  freak  that  Mr.  Fleek 

i-._L  ___  -—2-  L-d_^_  _  .    ^^^ 

has  attempted.     The  shrhb  does-not  seem  to  thrive,  and  shoulcfcnave  some  fresh  water. 


«•        ^°  ..     f    . 

8  The  throng  crossed  the  threshold,  anu-as  they-diS-so  a  shrill  shriek  to  fly  for-uTelr  lives 


thrilled  through  every-one  of-them. 

QUESTIONS  AND  EXERCISES  ON  LESSON  XIII. 

128.  How  is/ represented?  129.  How  is  r  represented?  130.  Should  these  hooks 
be  separated  from  their  consonant-stems?  How  should  they  be  pronounced?  Give 
several  examples,  132.  Do  shel  and  ahel  ever  stand  alone?  How  are  they  written? 
133.  Do  s,  s,  ing  and  h  take  either  the  /•  or  the  r-hook?  134.  Does  the  full-length  stem 
for  /  take  the  /-hook?  Do  the  full-length  stems  for  r  and  y  take  the  r-hook?  135. 
Give  the  rule  for  writing  vowels  to  the  initial  hook  series.  136.  Careful  study  of  the 
diagram  here  given  may  be  of  assistance  to  the  learner  in  memorizing  the  hooks.  138. 
Write  each  example  five  times.  139.  How  may  an  r-hook  be  added  to  /  v,  Uh,  and 
theeJ  Write  each  example  under  this  section  twenty  times.  140.  If  fel  were  made  from 
a  piece  of  wire  and  turned  over,  what  characters  would  it  represent?  Give  several  ex- 
amples of  prefixing  the  /-hook  to  /  Give  several  examples  of  turning  the  /stem  over 
to  prefix  an  r.  Write  the  examples  under  this  section  five  times.  Copy  the  writing  ex- 
ercise twenty  times,  and  write  it  from  dictation  twenty-five  times. 


LESSON  XIV. 


L  AND  R  HOOKS— CONTINUED. 

141.     When  an  accented  vowel  occurs  between  a  consonant  and  its  hook,  the  word 

can  be  more  easily  vocalized  if  full-length  stems  are  used  whenever  possible:  otherwise 

the  rule,  for  "special   vocalization,"  hereafter   given,  will  apply.     Write  V  /all,  not 

„    ;    y  ball,  not\     ;     Vtall,  not  |    ;  V  feel,  not  ^-  .     When  these  words  are 

represented    by   word-signs   the   mil-length   /   is  discarded  and  the  hook  employed; 


as, 


142-  EXAMPLES  FOR  PRACTICE. 


I\K  x  < 


people      topple      paper      taper      vapor      Babel       table      stable      bottle      spider 

r 


preacher       pitcher      stifle       trifle       cha>el       prattle       clatter       ladder       po 

3 


tackle       crackle       cracker       tat.l|er       paqdle       shallop       spatter       gavel       gastric 

^    "T  M     I" 


couple       labor       neighbor       major       ganger       ledger       cradle      glitter      shaker 

A    <^l   <^l   ^_    L    ^^     H- 


reaper       robber       writer        rider       fickle        trickle        beagle        lodger       tiger 
6  ^* 


meagre     muffle      telegram      clay      uncle      maker      smoker      eagl-;     claim     shovel 


^_^ 


7      T 


title       idle       fever       lever       heather       either      author       initial       official       hovel 


-f     \    /t  T- 

favor      lover      Ethel      bethel      level      agree      measure      loafer      glazier      claw 


HUMPHREY'S  INTERLINEAR  SHORT-HAND. 


.<£ 


A 


bugle      sugar      gather 


cljkttel       taf 


e      voucher       Hoosier       Luther       usher 


J 


\ 


pressure          thresher          fresher          leisure          leisurely  erasure  treasure 

M 


— v  o 

facial      special      glass-work      gleeful      geograpfeicaL     Gernlantown       gluttonous. 

143.  An  r-hook  may  be  prefixed  to  fay,  and  an  /-hook  to  ray,  m,  and  «,  by  a  large 
initial  hook,  thus:   C/  rel,     0     ler,    Cornel,    <^S  nel. 

144.  When  an  r-hook  is  prefixed  to  m  and  n  the  steins  of  these  consonants  are 
sfiaaed,  so  that  the  r-hook  shall  not  conflict  with  the  z^hook. 

145.  Shaded  «,  with  an  initial  hook,  cannot  be  mistaken  for  ing ,  as  ing  does  not 
take  a  hook.      W-n'z—S  when  shaded,  is  changed  to^«X  n-r;  £~^w-m,  when  shaded, 
if.  changed  to  <£~N  m-r. 

146.  To  enable  the  pupil  to  fix  these  perplexing  hooks  thoroughly  in  his  mind, 
they  are  here  contrasted : 


6  C 


C/ 


(wen         nel         ner)         (wem         mel         mer)         (wel         ler)         (wer         rel) 

I  ^  t,  *>    C    ~)     (      *)      .j  )     ~>      ) 

(fel    fer)    (vel    ver)    (thel    ther)    (THEL    THER)    (shel    sher)    (ZHEL    ZHER.) 


147. 


EXAMPLES  FOR  PRACTICE. 

J~      ^C      ^ 


furl          learning 


collar  color  Schiller         scholar          nailer         ferule 

~ ^ •    x     \   .  \ /  o 

~^t/  17          6X7  ~^3         ^_>           ^/ 

mural  plural  barrel  panel         channel  flannel         trammel         tumor 


J 


I 


unej&l 


-^ 


journal       cooler       funepil        funnel        tunnel        Runnel        rural       animalcule 


\jr  "^-  t^  ^-  —  -*" 

animal      canal       analogy      analyses      analyze      analysis       analytic       analogue 

L    L    C 


dinner         tinner         thinner         sinner         minor         honor         rumor          humor. 


HUMPHREY'S  INTERLINEAR  SHORT-HAND.  5I 

148.  Double  consonants  are  vocalized  the  same  as  the  simple  strokes;  t.  <?.,  if  the 
vowel  precedes  the  double  consonant,  it  is  written  before ;  if  it  follows  the  double  con- 
sonant, it  is  written  after. 

WRITING  EXERCISE. 

'(Copy  twenty  times.     Write  from  dictation  twenty-five  times.) 


The  rural  members  of-the  Citizens'  Committee  are  disposed  to  traininel-the  Committee 

5 


hav3-a  resoluti 


in-its  efforts  to-have'-a  resolution  passed  by-the  Common  Council  authorizing-the  Board- 


t 


-    .. 

/  —  ° 

of-Public*Works  to  clear  out-the  channel  ;  but  to-the  honor  of-the-city  journals  be-it 

il  _  V      _    S-\__       ^      ^         C  -  1 

said,  thev-have-come  to-the  rescue,  aud-it-is-now  rumored  —  ^and-there-is  color  of  truth 

(0 


in-the  rumor — that-a  new   panel   of  jurors  will-be  impanelled,  who-will  recommend 

fe) 


that-the  channel  be  dredged  at-once,  for  it-has-been  clearly  demonstrated  by-an  anal}-sis 


2      of-the  water,  as-shown  by-the  analyses  made  by-the  analytical  chemists  employed  by-the 

8 


municipal  government,  that-there-is-a  super-abundance  of  animal  matter,  or  animal- 


cules,  in-the  reservoir,  in-sufficient  quantities  to  jeopardise  the  public-health,  and-that- 

^     v    rr   c 


i3     the  tunnel  and  channel  must-be  cleaned  before-the  health  of-the  community-  improves. 


52  HUMPHREY'S  INTERLIXKAR  SHORT-HAND. 

L 


f   !• 


Tlie  tinner  said  that-he-was-a  sinner  if-he  evCr  ate  a  tKinner  dinner  than-the  one  served 


'    IV- 

at-die  fair.  > 

(a)  A'  as  a  word-sign  for  committee  is  better  than  /  with  the  rtw-dot,  and  it  has  the 
advantage  of  being  more  swiftly  written,  as  a  horizontal  stem  is  more  quickly  written 
than  a  perpendicular  one.  (b)  Ing-ihe  tick,  1  235.  ^c)  F-hook  is  frequently  used  for  o/; 
in  this  instance  it  is  conveniently  used  in  the  phrase,  (d)  When  convenient,  a  sign  may 
be  halved  to  add  it.  (e)  The  «-hook  may  be  extended  to  add  liave.  (f)  Who-will  may 
be  written  by  adding  the  /-hook  to  the  sign  for  <•  lio :  the  form  here  given  is  believed  to 
be  more  speedy  and  legible,  (g)  -£tf-tick,  1  179.  (h)  When  the  same  outline  is  used  for 
both  the  singular  and  the  plural  form  of  a  word,  it  is  advisable  to  insert  a  vowel  in  one 
form  and  leave  it  out  in  the  other.  When  the  context  does  not  clearly  define  a  word, 
either  there  must  be  a  distinct  outline  for  it,  or  a  vowel  must  be  inserted. 


QUESTIONS  AND  EXERCISES  ON  LESSON  XIV. 

141.  What  is  said  about  vocalizing  words  when  an  accented  vowel  occurs  between 
\\\<  stem  and  the  hook?  142.  Write  each  example  five  times.  143.  How  may  an  r- 
hook  be  prefixed  to  lay  and  an  Ahook  to  ray,  /»,  and  «?  Write  each  example  fifty  times. 
144.  How  are  the  stems  written  to  prefix  an  /--hook  to  m  and  n  and  not  conflict  with  the 
w-hook?  145.  Can  m  and  «,  when  shaded  to  add  an  r-hook,  be  mistaken  for  ing ?  Why? 
Write  each  example  fifty  times.  146.  Write  each  example  fifty  times,  and  be  particular 
to  make  a  clear  distinction  between  the  large  and  the  small  hooks.  147.  Write  each 
example  ten  times.  148.  How  are  double  consonants  vocalized? 


LESSON  XV. 


TRIPLE  CONSONANTS— SPEL  AND  SPER  SERIES. 

149.     To  form  triple  consonants  the  s  or  2  circle  may  be  written  within  the  hook 
on  both  straight  and  curved  stems,  thus: 


-f 

lutte 


splurge        splutter       subtle        settle        sable        sidle        splice        sibyl        sickle 

•«-  K  i  4;  _  4    \     \     \ 

sickly       Cyclops       civil       disciple       disoblige       possible       plausible       peaceable 


feasible         swivel          pistol         sepulcher         noticeable         supposable         explicit 


1  ^~          — ^7— 

explicable         reprehensible         exclusive         splatter         saddle         rascal         satchel 


display         displace          disclose          disclaim  passable          pedptal 

150.  /j\y  is  prefixed  to  tlie  r-hook  side  of  a  stroke  by  closing  the  hook,  thus: 

'\          %  1  1  °V  /         ^  ^  / 

])er       iss-per         tcr       iss-ter         iss-ber         iss-jer         iss-ger         iss-ker         iss-cher. 

151.  When  thus  written,  it  must  always  be  read  in  combination  with  rt  and  may 
e  pronounced  s/>er,  ster,  isber,  isger,  etc. 

152.  EXAMPLES  FOR  PRACTICE. 


spring      spry      sprawl       straw      stream      strip      stride      spree      screed      scnbe 


script       streak       sprig       screech       scribble       sprinkle      sweeper      sweeter    cedar 


54  HUMPHREY'S   INTERLINEAR  SHORT-HANI). 


cipher         secrecy          orchestra          Bristol          prosper          seamstress         listenei 

4<L 


dishonor         designer         lustrous         express         explore         registry          westerly 


execrable       strength       stroke       struck       scrape       scrub      scroll       spray      saber 


•* 


L 


sager         suffer         separate         sobriquet         setter         dissever         sever         sojourn 


scrupulous      sprang      spruce      scruple      strap      strew      screw      swager      straggle. 

153.     When  r  occurs  between  consonants  written  in  different  directions,  the  circle 
is  written  on  the  r-hook  side  of  the  second  consonant,  thus  : 


\^7~        ' «77A  ^T\  ^VA  L — o  07—' 


describe         descry         subscribe          prescribe         proscribe         disgrace         disagree 


L         L 

^y 


disagreed        prescription        jasper       disgraced       deceiver       decipher       dissever. 
WORD-SIGNS  AND  CONTRACTIONS—  INITIAL  HOOKS. 

(Copy  twenty-five  times.  ) 


P       r          /> 


belong-«d    able  (tell   till   it-will)  until  at-all    which-will    (call    equal-ly)  difficult-y 

*\^_       ^  *\  ^  __  %  1       -n       J  _  ] 

full-y  value  principle-al-ly  surprise  (member  remember-^d)  truth  true  doctor  dear 


M 


during  care    from    over  (every  very)  favor  through  either  (there  they-are)  other 


sure-ly    pleasure     (Mr.    mere    remark)    Mrs.    more    (near    nor)    manner    in-our. 


HUMPHREY'S  INTERLINEAR  SHORT-HAND.  55 

WRITING  EXERCISE. 

(Copy  twenty  times.     Write  from  dictation  twenty-five  times.) 


t     1  . 


Remember,  Mr.  Johnson,  and-tell-us-the  tnith,  and  give-the  exact  language  used  as- 

C 


nearly-as-possible.     Tell-us  where-you  belong,  and  how-long  yon-have  belonged  there; 


go  over-the  story  from  beginning  to  end,  and  be-very  careful  to  tell  every  circumstance 
.   (  -7"  u  ^  C\ 

J^_  _^_     _^  J — *+-<^\ 

"->  that  occurred,  until  you-have-told-the  jury  ail-that  happened  there.     First,  you-uiSy- 

5       D     I       ,  1    r 


tell-us  what  doctor  took-care-of  you  during  your  illness,  the  difficulty  you  experienced 

(a) 

6     ^__          ^     c—    —    N      \         / 
in-securing  proper  care,  giving  all  other  details  of  interest  from-fhe^lime  you  entered 

7  r  ^ 

o  until  you-were  able-to-leave-the  hospital.     Describe,  as-nearly-as-you-can,  the  manner 


of-your  leaving  ;  give-a  full  description  of-it.     .Surely  it-must-be  a-great  pleasure  and 

9  y.  ^    x    %  vx    ^       p  _  i  _  i_j\<^-i 

pleasant  surprise  to-the  principal  to-be  remembered  at-all,  especially  with-a  present  of 


*£  so  much  value.     They-are  going  to-be  there  either jU  night  or  through-the  day ;  I-do- 


_ 

not-know  which-will-be  their  choice.     It-Tiras  a-mere  remark,  made  by  neither  Mr.  nor 


.      \ 


^~^  ( 

Mrs.  Moore,  but  by  some-one  very  near  and  dear  to-lhem,  and  equally  well-known. 

' 


56  HUMPHREY'S  IXTKRLINKAR  SHORT-HAND 


Dear-Sir :  Your-favor  of-the  tenth  instant  was-received  during  my  absence.     You-may- 

14  f      -^         ^          ^   ^— 

be-sure  it-will  give-me  great-pleasure  to  call. 

(a)  Many  prefer  to  use  this  form  for  interest,  rather  than  the  contraction  ]  int-iss-t; 
interested  would  then  be  written  with  the  <?rf-tick  added,^ — ^(b)  Yu/i  may  be  en- 
larged to  add  were  or  would,  as,  f~\  yott-were,  f^\  you-would. 

QUESTIONS  AND  EXERCISES  ON  LESSON  XV. 

149.  How  may  the  j  and  z  circle  be  written  with  reference  to  the  hook  ?  Read  the 
examples  five  times.  150.  How  may  ins  be  prefixed  to  the  r-hook  side  of  the  stem? 
151.  When  thus  written  how  should  it  be  read  and  how  pronounced?  152.  Write  each 
example  five  times.  Copy  the  Word-signs  and  contractions  twenty-five  times.  Copy  the 
Writing  Exercise  twenty  times,  and  write  it  from  dictation  twenty-five  times.  Do  not 
fail  to  review  the  exercises  from  day  to  day  that  are  to  be  written  from  dictation  until 
you  can  write  them  at  the  rate  of  one  hundred  and  twenty-five  words  a  minute. 


LESSON  XVI. 


FINAL  HOOKS  FOR  F,   V,  AND  N. 

154.  A  small  final  hook  on  the  left  side  of  perpendicular  and  inclined  stems  and 
on  the  under  side  of  horizontal  stems,  represents  the  sound  of  n.  On  curved  stems  the 
hook  is  written  on  the  inner  or  concave  side,  thus  : 


pen       ben       ten       den       chen      jen       gen       ken       fen       ven       then       THEN 


•)     cJ     cJ  r 


sen       zen       shen       zhen       len       arn        ren       men       nen       yen       wen       hen 

155.     When  n  is  expressed  by  a  hook  on  curves,  and  is  followed  by  5,  the  circle  is 
written  within  the  hook,  thus: 


s?       ^       ( 


veins        vines        lines        loans       oceans       thenceforth        assigns       remonstrance. 

156.  When  J  follows  the  «-hook  on  straight  strokes,  the  hook  may  be  closed  for  j, 
and  enlarged  for  j«,  thus  : 

A     ^°     .       o       rv         I      J-      £ 

~XT"  ^~     ~^~ 

spins         rains         towns         princes         prances         dances       dances       appearances. 

157.  The  .jf'.f-circle  is  too  large  to  be  written  within  a  hook;  it  should  be  written 
thus: 


fence  fences  renounce  renounces  flounce  flounced. 


158.  EXAMPLES. 

x    \        V       <\      A-o  J.     m     -^     -^    -^       ,/. 

been     bones     brain     coins  den     grain     gain     gun     guns     chain     chains     hence 

a^L,    J"     Jv  I 


beacon     dawn    dine    demon    deepen    John    join    chin    chagrin     fine     fin      fun 

3  r    j  ^  u  ^  <y  ^  <?  ^  ^  ^. 

dawns     Dainsh     fines     fence     gleans     legion     lining     loan     leans     mine     boubty 


58  HUMPHREY'S   INTERLINEAR  SHORT-HAND. 

4*~~^-S   A""7         .  (^ I  I  ^  i 

meaning     coin     fans     fancy     dance     dances     glance     glances     chances      Dbite 

8  V  V  V    V     JL  -Tt   ^  o     >     > 

brown     boon     barren     bounce     down      gown      man      moon      banishes     Spanish. 

159.     A  small  final  hook  on  the  right  side  of  perpendicular  and  inclined  stems  and 
on  the  upper  side  of  horizontal  stems  represents  the  sounds  of/  and  ^,  thus: 

1  \s      V       I,       L         / 


(pef  pev)  (bef  bev)  (tef  tev)  (def  dev)  (chef  chev)  (  jef  jev)  (kef  kev)  (gef  gev)  (ref  rev) 


(hef  hev). 

160.  The  f-  z^hook  is  lengthened,  when  written  on  curves,  so  that  it  may  hot  be 
mistaken  for  an  «-hook.     The  use  of  this  hook  will  be  explained  hereafter. 

161.  Instead  of  closing  the  f-  v-hook  to  form  the  circle,  the  circle  should  be  writ- 
ten within  the  hook,  thus: 


chiefs        griefs        cuffs        roughs        rebuffs        subserves        engraves        braves. 

162.  Should  a  final  vowel  follow,  a  full-length  stem  should  be  used,  as'iu  \_  a iffee, 
L     taffy,   I.    taffeta. 

163.  When  more  convenient  than  a  full-length  stem,  the  /  r-hooks  are  used  in  the 
middle  of  words,  as  in 


progress         pronounce         define         defence         provoke          proverb          province. 

RULE  FOR  READING  THE  FINAL  HOOK  SERIES. 

164.  A  vowel  preceding  a  stem  with  a  final  book  is  read  first,  then  the  stem,  then 
any  vowels  following  the  stem,  and  thcu  the  final  hook. 

165.  Remember  that  initial  circlr-s  are  always  read  first,  and  final  i-circies  alwavs 
last. 

l6°-  EXAMPLES. 

deaf          chief          brief          grief         buff         rough          tough          cuff         beef 
brave  rave  strove  rove  hove  surf  serve  doves 


HUMPHRKY'S    INTF.RUXKAR   SHORT-HAND. 


59 

lv 


deafen          reprieve          refer          observe          derive          rebuff         prefer         dives 


briefer        graver       govern       discover        subserve       reference       reserve       deploy 

4—  \      \       V      v 


divide        devoid      diffidence        bereaves        drives        devote        gloves        cheaply 


heave  hove  behave  behoove  graphic  traffic  vocal 


proof          calf          groove          reprove          engrave          lithograph          appenmx. 


QUESTIONS  AND  EXERCISES  ON   LESSON  XVI. 

154.  What  does  a  small  final  hook  on  the  left  side  of  a  perpendicular  and  inclined 
stem,  and  on  the  under  side  of  a  horiEontal  stem,  represent?  How  is  the  hook  written 
on  curved  steins?  155.  Is  the  ^-circle  written  within  the  ;i-hook  on  curved  stems?  156. 
How  is  the  j-circle  written  when  it  follows  the  «-hook  on  straight  steins?  For  what  pur- 
pose is  it  enlarged?  157.  Can  the  ,v«-circle  be  written  within  a  hook?  158.  Write 
each  example  twice.  159.  What  does  a  small  final  hook  on  the  right  side  of  the  per- 
pendici'lar  and  inclined  stems,  and  on  the  upper  side  of  the  horizontal  stems,  represent? 
160.  Is  the  f-  f-hook  written  on  curves?  161.  Can  the  f-  z.'-hook  be  closed  to  form  a 
circle?  162.  What  is  said  about  a  final  vowel?  163.  Is  the  f-  z'-hook  ever  used  in  the 
-.niddle  of  a  word?  164.  Give  the  rule  for  reading  the  final-hook  series.  165.  When 
are  initial  circles  read?  When  are  final  circles  read?  166.  Write  each  example  twice. 


6o 


LESSON   XVII. 


THE  SHON-HOOK. 

167.  The  syllable  s/iou,  represented  by  the  terminations  sion,  st'an,  shion,  tion,  ttan, 
don,  cian,  is  expressed  by  a  large  final  hook,  written  on  the  right  side  of  perpendicular 
and  inclined  stems,  on  tlie  upper  side  of  horizontal  stems  and  on  the  inside  of.  curves, 
thus: 

-'I  J?     ^  >>       -  -. *. 


edition         section         ration         notion        motion        session        fashion        illusion. 
168.     W  and  y  do  not  take  the  sAuit-hook. 

I09.  EXAMPLES. 


option        caution        auctioneer        adoption        Egyptian        implication        suction 

'  tT^      <^'     ^\.^      L      ^      .!_-.      -/\-. 

application      logician      imprecation      dictation      occupation      attention      irritation 


^      &      L, 


education        reduction        rogation        portion        aberration       gyration       attraction 


mention         submission         selection         affection         attrition         evasion        nations 

5    r 

~ 


national         allusion         rational         seclusion         serration         action         irrational 

6        *-  i^ 


station          provisional         fiction         flexion          legation         revision          irrigation 

7  b 

editions        admission        sedition        dictionary        definition        abrasion        passion 


ammunition     co-operation     radiation     veneration    probation    reactionary-    irruption 


HUMPHREY'S   INTERLINEAR  SHORT-HAND.  6 1 


approbation     pollution     stationary      sectional      exception      imitation      intrusion. 

NOTE. — Mr.  Pitman  uses  a  large  final  hook  on  both  sides  of  straight  stems  to  express  shon  ;  bnt  later 
authors  have  found  this  dual  use  of  the  hook  unnecessary,  and  now  confine  it  to  the  upward,  or  f-  or  f-hook 
side  of  stems,  using  the  under  side  to  express  other  terminations.  Mr.  Graham  uses  this  hook  on  the  under 
side  to  express  live,  as  in  IP  active,  \J* dative, '  ^  operative;  while  Mr.  Mnnson  uses  the  same  hook 
to  express  tir,  as  in  ~2  actor,  ^>  gather, ^7-  rather,  showing  that  two  hooks  to  express  shon  are 
unnecessary.  This  hook  may  be  used  to  good  advantage  by  Pitman  writers  to  express  tir. 

1 70.  Shon  is  also  expressed  after  an  i-circle,  or  ns,  by  a  small  hook  written  through 
the  stem  in  the  same  direction  as  the  circle,  called  the  esAoti-hook.     This  hook  is  used 
only  when  a  vowel  comes  between  the  s  and  shon,  and  not  in  such  words  as    l?°  question. 

171.  RULE  FOR  VOCALIZING  THE  ESHON-HOOK. — A  first-place  vowel  is  written 
before  the  combined  circle  and  hook ;  a  second-place  vowel  after  it 

172.  EXAMPLES. 

•'\,        I"      ^c      "V  1 

opposition  decision  physician  position  procession  transition  authorization  association 


dispensation    processions    sensational    transitional    oppositional    possessions  cessation 

Vg  :  ^ =%. 

dissuasion     civilization     pulsation     musician     acquisition     deposition     accusation 


T?  «*  >° 

exposition  inquisition  disquisition  dispensations  registration   proposition  disposition. 

WORD-SIGNS  AND  CONTRACTIONS— FINAL  HOOKS. 

(.Copy  twenty-five  times.) 
(a) 

before     above"  whatever     differ-ent-ence    whichever    careful-ly    gave    upon     been 

2    \       J    j      //  — -,  — .  ^  ^ ^    C    ( 

remembrance    done    down    general-ly    can    again    often    even    within    then    than 
alone   men    man   opinion   (none   known)   I-have  objection   subjection. 


HUMPHREY'S  INTERLINEAR  SHORT-HAND 

INITIAL  W-HOOK  SIGNS. 


I  C 


(while    we-will)     well     we-are     where    (aware    with-our)     we-may      when      one. 

(a)  Be/  is  a  more  convenient  word^ign  than    ded^id,  as  it  can  be  halved  for     be- 
fore-it. 

WRITING  EXERCISE. 

twenty  times.    Write  from  dictation  twenty-five  rimes.  ^ 


I.       V       ^      5         ,/ 


Whatever  difference  there-may-be  between-us,  we-wish-it  generally  and-distinctly  under- 

r    AN  -    ^  —  -—   >  —  ^-^- 

stood  ihat-we-are  alone  responsible  for-our  opinion,  no  matter  what-the  opinions  of 

-  ^  v   ) 


oilier  men  may-be.     I-have-no-objections,  and  I-bave-known  of  none  that  have  so-far 
4  ^       /f        _    ^^^J        V)  \  C        C/    f 


been  urged  against  him,  even  within  his-own  party.     While  we-are  well  aware  that- 

sC— >*— °    i  \      V_a          .s(. 


mistakes  have-been  made  by  physicians  where-they  shonld-not-have-bcen  made,  we- 


could-not  very-well  get  along  without-the  doctors,  for  they-have-doue  a-great-deal  of 

x*~         V ^  _.  X 


-H — 

O  good.     We-will  inform-yon  when  one  comes  in  again ;  yon-can  then  come  down  and- 
take  whichever  suits  your  particular  style.     My  remembrance  is-that  I-have-been  there 

»\  t       I.      ^>  \    (, 


upon  several  different  occasions  before  this  exposition  of-their  disposition  to  avoid 


registration  appeared  ir.-the  newspapers,  and-their  implication  in-an  evasion  of-the  civil 


1     ^, 


V~  Vo 

J  rights-till.     My  objection  is  abovR"  criticism,  for-it  involves  their  subjection  and- the 


HLMJ'HKKY  .-,    l.NTKKUNKAK  SHORT-HAND.  63 

*        •)         x 


acquisition  of-all  their  possessions,  under-the  <5ancuon,  co-operation,  and  authorization 

L    «- 

of-this  association.     I-have-no-objection  to-the  adoption  of-the  resolution ;  I  only  object 

1 ^ L     ~     '  -      3-      '  P 


0  to-the  opposition  it-is  meeting  with  in-its  transition  or  transitory  state.    The  discussions 
^O.  ^_^       V)  (~  0 

\5 
have-been  sensational  in-the  highest  degree,  and-great*  passion  and  sectional  feeling 

ifi    V^  /?      V>  /    o  .  !D       vj>  1^ x^^i 

have-l>een  aroused,  all-of  which  is  bound  to  be  reactionary  in-its  efiects.     It-has  almost 

-.7    ^    .     &l~     *      L^     t   •      I      v. 

amounted  to  sedition,  if  I-know  what-the  definition  of  sedition  is.     Depositions  have- 

is        i  i  ^    v       L       ^-  N 

U V-i> /-N ^p v^a \ 

$*.  been  taken,  accusations  have-been  made,  jeven  processions  have-been  formed,  proposi- 
tions  submitted,    inquishions   instituted,   and   decisions   set   aside — and-all    for-what 

20    \  (5~**f      °        /—^       "^          <= —     V        S\^   {.  \j 

purpoie?    Simply  because  a  motion  was-made  calling  for-a  revision  of-the  Constitution, 

x^   "y  ^^ 

c  the  admission  of  certain  states  into-the  Union,  the  reduction  of-the  publnc  debt,  the 


education  of-the  Indians,  and-the  advancement  of  civilization  throughout-the  uncivil- 


ized  portions  of-the  globe. 

QUESTIONS  AND  EXERCISES  ON  LESSON  XVII. 

167.  How  is  the  termination  shon  expressed?  168.  Do  w  and  y  take  the  skon- 
hook?  169.  Write  each  example  five  times.  Read  Note.  170.  How  is  shon  expressed 
after  the  i-circle,  or  nsl  What  is  this  hook  called?  When  is  it  used?  171.  What  is 
the  rule  for  vocalizing  the  eshon-\\ookl  172.  Write  each  example  ten  times.  Copy  the 
Word-signs  and  Coutractions  twenty-five  times.  Copy  the  Writing  Exercise  twenty 
times,  and  write  it  from  dictation  twenty-five  times. 


64- 


LESSON  XVIII 


57"  AND  STR  LOOPS  ON  THE  R  AND  N-HOOK  SIDE. 

173.  The  principle  of  writing  circles  and  loops  to  consonant-stems  has  already  been 
explained.  We  now  come  to  the  addition  of  these  circles  and  loops  to  the  r~  and  //-hook 
sides  of  consonants,  as  in  the  following  examples : 


•\ 


-V — V 


-7T—    — Fv~ 5^  ^A—          ^          *-*-, 

stupor      stouter      started,      starved       starvation       bounced       pounced       glanced 

stopper        steeper         stutter         stutterer         stir         stirrup         storage         storm 


<= 


0 J _^ __ 

(J*  J.  «  ""*=? 

stormiest          trounced          danced          chanced          canst         entranced          staircase- 
spinster         spinsters         punster  .       punsters  starch  starling         Stirling 


:s 
storm  storming  .stormiest  stager  sturdier-  strengthen 


/ 

strength  string  strong  stringency  strongly  frost 


* 


\S  '• 

strongest       steerage       frizzed        frustration       flustration        stapger        down-stairs. 

174.     When  necessary  to  express  the  exact  sound  of  zct,  the  loop  may  be  shaded,  a> 
^p     .  ^>  ^f 

in   *•*»  raised,  ^^  roused,  c:    Choused.     The  unshaded  loop,  however,  is  just  as  legibk 

to  the  experienced  writer. 

QUESTIONS  AND  EXERCISES  ON  LESSON  XVIII. 

173.  Is  the  ,s7i?//-loop  ever  written  on  the  r-hook  side  of  stems?  Is  it  ever  writtei 
on  the  ff-hook  side?  174.  For  what  purpose  may  the  .ste/i-loop  be  shaded?  Is  this  neces 
sary?  Write  each  example  five  times. 


LESSON  XIX. 


HALVING  PRINCIPLE— ADDING  T  OR  D. 

175.  The  frequently-recurring  sounds  of  t  and  d  are  conveniently  expressed  by 
writing  consonant-stems  half  their  usual  length — halving  a  light  stem  to  add  /,  and  a 
Iieavy  stem  to  add  </,  thus : 

—/-  f^ f\ -?£- 

talk        talked       pitch        pitched        bake        baked        laugh        laughed        raffled 

oft       east       watched       waved        waged        gauged        evade        pit        pet        pate. 

176.  Half-lengths  are  vocalized  the  same  as  full-length  stems.     They  take  all  the 
circles  and  loops,  except  stir — which  is  too  large — that  the  full-lengths  take.     The  added 
/  or  d  is  read  after  all  vowels  and  hooks,  but  before  a  final  circle,  thus : 


sipped      sobbed      soft      seethed      ceased       secrets      saved      straight      stride      acts 

2     6         -P          3-         V  ^  ^ 

stationed      settled      strained      strut     sprout      sagged      saddled      swaggered      cats 

177.     It  sometimes  happens  that  the  light  sound  of  /  will  follow  a  heavy  stroke, 
and  the  heavy  sound  of  d  follow  a  light  one,  thus : 

_L\ V 

CL> 


v  \  I 

r     T       r 

tile       battled       taftl 


panel       paneled       battle       battled       tattled       engraft      spread      invite      enfilade 

178.  The  final  syllables  ted  and  ded  are  expressed  in  Pitman's  Manual  by  a  half- 
length  /  or  a  full-length  d,  and  the  rule  observed  is,  when  the  present  tense  ends  with  a 
full-length  stem,  Jialve  that  stem ;  when  the  present  tense  ends  with  a  half-length  stem 
add  a  stem,  disjoined  if  necessary,  thus : 

acted        founded        treated        radiated        dated        instituted        awaited        voted. 

179.  These  words  are,  however,  more  conveniently  and  swiftly  expressed  bv  using 
the  «/-tick,  thus: 


— ~^s r^ 

acted        founded        treated        radiated        dated        instituted         awaited         voted 


'^^ 


66  HUMPHREY'S  INTERLINEAR  SHORT-HAND. 

^^ k U — - —  Nty ^ 

freighted        traded        weighted        fitted        invited        invaded        needed        noted 


sifted        wanted        sorted        mated        feinted        rewarded        exempted        worded 


.« 

inflated        negotiated        repeated        open-hearted        omitted        tempted        tinted. 
1  80.     Half-length  strokes  are  employed  at  the  beginning,  medially,  and  finally,  thus: 


_  _    -- 

descend     between     creditable     hospitable     sentiment     wrapped     beautiful     sacred. 
181.1      /,     i  r,s~~^-m,  andv_x  n,  are  represented  by  light  lines,  and  when  halved  / 


is  added.  D  may  be  added  by  shading  these  curves,  as  in  lead,  /r^  made,i**  need. 
These  forms  cannot  conflict  with  r  y,  /~*v>ip,  or^S  ing,  as  they  are  never  halved  un- 
connected with  other  strokes. 

182.  Hay  may  be  halved  to  express  such  words  as 

1  <    <^      <*       <       \     ^C  <N-^P  _ 

<3 

hot      hot-bed      hot-blooded       hot-house       hotly       hotel       hotness       hound-ed. 

183.  Ray  may  be  halved  to  express  such  words  as 


~ 

dhouse. 


rind  writing      right      right-of-way      roved      round      roundabout      round 

184.  Half-length  strokes  may  be  called 

^  ...       ^     _       ^       r      T      -C 

emt  ent         end         ket         gent         elt         eld         wilt         ard          med          etc. 

185.  EXAMPLES. 


dipped      chopped      poached      kept      gaped      vouched      thatbhed      latched      mute 


2  I. . 


\ 


leaped    reaped    nipped    hopped    budged    caged    gaged    acute 


HUMPHREY'S  INTERLINEAR  SHORT-HAND.  67 

c  ^   y 


lodged        robbed        dodged        bathed        begged        measured  rumored  hurt 

4  *>        ^        '  /•      ^        J'          ^           I"  C,  r\ 

eased        bead         cheat         feet         sheet         thought         taught  void  sort 
5    .                 ./             \.              y                       3-1     \_         .- 

= ^ i £± ~f* Li 3_= g*-x- 

•  « 

ached         etched          pet         jade          goat          walked          late  skate  sent 
6 

art        sapped         sound         cats         stared         start         shouts  mates  -notes 

7  A      r     f      $     ">       4-      •/>  L_  ,c 

stopped      spot      sought      slight      seized        tho'ts       stitched  stalked  stilt 

JL4 ^ . ?i y      ^       T  ^ 

^              ^3                                                  I  ^ 

stated        startled         aunt        stared        agent         note         mode  mud  mad 


9V    V-        V- 


I 

pelt         belt         dealt         colt         melt          knelt          pellet         skillet         hilt 


icr 
V 


^_fc k x^ 


vault        malt        salt         violet         tilt         daylight         ballot         mallet         mat 

I™  ar\ 


T^ 
piled         killed         gild       "boiled        availed        nailed       mould       doled        smote 

f^ 

^        <y\        NC  \  /         I 

erred        sword        ooured        heart        barred        iarred        dared 


sealed        ale -I        erred        sword        poured        heart        barred        jarred 


3^      r~^     C^~\r,      A         __^     ^^ ^ 

plummet      comet      limit      remit     chimed      combed      famed     thumbed     shamed 


I 

^s i/=> ^L 


rhymed        maimed        hummed        tamed       boomed       granite       gamut       smart 


68  HUMPHREY'S  INTERLINEAR  SHORT-HAND. 


'5 


1* 


treat        greet        breed        split        plate        prate         freight        straight         severed 

-6  o-     .L     ^     -x-     jr     *-        ^'    ~      ^ 

throat      ogled      effort     couplet      sugared      simmered      retreat     honored      labored 

/<")-  J[  -^r 


democrat      spangled      article      ratify      ascertain      illustrate      disabled      execrate 


mistreat     dishonored     disagreed     exploit     reward     onward      bowsprit     redeemed 

L 


o 

retired      demonstrate      dissevered      certify       certain      excrete      seclude       artificer 
186.     5  is  halved  and  written  upward  in  the  following  words: 


J-        ^       U 


finest         briefest          oftenest          roughest          gravest          vainest          elocutionist 


progressionist  factionist  protectionist  Calvinistic  bluffest. 

187.     When  a  small  loop  follows  a  final  j-circle,  est  may  be  conveniently  represented 
as  follows: 


« 

nicest  wisest  choicest  newsiest  juiciest  fussiest  racie 


ciest 


noisiest  rosiest  loosest  basest  fastest  vastest  pausest. 

188.     Half-length  /,  when  standing  alone,  is  written  upward;   when  shaded  it  is 
written  downward;  as  in  the  words    ^  let,    6  light-'C  ailed^f  old. 

HALF-LENGTH  WORD-SIGNS  AND  CONTRACTIONS. 
(Copy  twenty-five  times.  ) 


put  about   quite   quit  could    act    God    good    if-it    (after  for-it)   (future-  fact)    of-it 
(          (         (a)         >0>)  (b)  (c) 

2         °  (        (   <*<]  -C,,)  ^     ,     ^  ) 

thought   that   without  astonish-ed-ment   estatoish-ed-ment   East 


is-it     was-it 


HUMPHREY'S   INTERLINEAR  SHORT-HANU 


J 


as-it)   used  wished    issued    let    let-us    (old   hold)    (world  lead)    (Lord   read)    heard 

4     or^v      /"^>  /*s  S~^  I  v-x  o./ 

fr"       1  _  £=i  _  a-x    try  —  x  _  ±4  _  ^  ^ 

word   might  immediate-ly   made  somewhat  sometime  not  nature  naturaUy  is-not 

c  <^  X  c— 

±  _  S-^  _  w:  _  ^     (OTA  _ 

^         w  <L 

as-not  has-not)  (under   hundred)    hand    handed    want    went    until    called    valued 


particular-ly   opportunity  spirit  toward  according-ly   (cared  occurred)  great  great- 

7  J'          -  _  J  .1  m  ' 

!)  ~I~ 

deal   great-while  agreed   throughout  in-order-to  did-not  do-not  had-not  gentlemen 

8  ^         ^         ^    --  ,'-,     ^  <T  ^or^        ^ 
gentleman   kind   account  cannot  will-not  we-will-not  are-not   we-are-not  were-not 

9  ^  ^  __  f!  _  ^1  _  ^  ^         ^ 
mind    (may-not    am-not)    we-may-not    which-will-not    afterward    onward    forward 

I"    |    or  |  ^"'      \^      L          ^or^^'^l    ^^^     /^         ^        ^  ~\ 

~T?    s~  ^ 

outward1  reward   better  debtor    yield    write    writing   written   retained   little  here- 


after  thereafter   heretofore   hereinafter. 

(a)  When  two  forms  are  given  /or  a  word-sign,  both  equally  good,  the  student  should 
select  one  and  stick  to  it.  If  there  is  a  special  reason  why  one  is  preferred  to  the  other, 
it  will  be  indicated  in  the  foot-notes.  In  this  instance  ( thet  is  more  largely  used  than 
1  weh-t.  (b)  These  forms  are  preferred  by  many  short-hand  writers  as  being  more  legi- 
ble, (c)  Has-it  and  as-it  may  be  expressed  by  the  ^".rf-loop,  written  below  the  line,  or 
on  the  line  in  phrase,  (d)  This  is  a  very  convenient  form  for  use,  owing  to  the  ease 
with  which  its  derivatives  may  be  expressed,  6  use,C  used,k>  usage,&  useful. 

NOTE. — As  the  student  is  likely  to  meet  with  variations  of  word-signs  and  outlines  in  publications  of 
modified  Pitman  Phonography,  it  is  well  to  call  his  attention  to  them  in  advance,  if  for  no  other  purpose 
than  that  of  general  information,  so  that  he  may  read  short-hand  notes  which  do  not  conform  strictly  to  hit 
own  style  of  writing. 


jo  HUMPHREY'S  INTERLINEAR  SHORT-HAND. 

WRITING  EXERCISE. 

(Copy  twenty  times.     Write  from  dictation  twenty-five  times.) 

00 
I  c       -     g~      c  £  <  C_     ^          I          f-  C     ^ 

We  quite  agree  with  you  that-he  ought-to  quit  work,  if-it  will-not  lead  to  more  serious 


V  \^    ^          ( 


at(£his  act,  anc 


results  by-his-not  being  employed.     They-were  greatly  astonished  at^his  act,  and 

3        ~  ^     .  u       x          ^~  -I 

immediately  made  an  excuse  for-not  going  on,  and-accordingly  put  about  for  home. 

x  •*.  I  ^ 

*     /        _  A  <\  / 

<n       _ ^ 1_  —^  _Jy_  \,9 

9j  This,  we  found,  was-the  opportunity  they-had  particularly  desired,  and-they-were-not 
-take  advantage  of-it.     The  establishment  he  opened  was  valued  at 


slow  to-take  advantage  of-it.     The  establishment  he  opened  was  valued  at  $ioo,oAo, 


and-all  went  well  until  he-was  called-upon  by-his  creditors  to-pay  his  debts,  when-it- 


f 


<-  • 


g  was  found  that-he-had  used  all  of-his  capital,  issued  new  stock  certificates,  sold  the 

Lrf  _  t—^  _  ..  _  .  _  ^  ^(   -,         I      •     ^     i 

I  ^  3  ^v      ~J  ^^ 

goods  he-had  on  hand,  and  had-not-a  cent  left  that  coula-be  attached,  and  has-not  had 


since  ;  in-fact,  he-has-not  had  anything,  and  never  had  anything  that  could-be  called 

'      C       -^         ^      '        ^  0          I  f        q    ^  ^. 

o     **—  "  ^ 

^>  his-own,  or  that  could-be  levied  on  under-the  statutes  of-this  state  as-now  framed. 

b 


Man  is  lost  in  mute  astonishment  when-he  contemplates  the  natural  laws  of-the  uni- 

Jb~  "^[  ~^ 

verse,  and  beholds  the  beaut|es  of  nature  as  exhibited  in-the  unfolding  of-the  buds,  the 

8  5  V —  ^ — "      ^      v 

o,  glistening  of-the  dew-<^ops,  the  aroma  jof-the  flower^  and-the  magnificence  of-the  lanV 


HUMPHREY'S  INTERLINEAR  SHORT-HANIX 


<> 


scape.      He    indeed  must-be  void  of  understanding  if-he-cannot  see  or  feel  that-the 
( 


15 


_£ SL 


•    •  r3 

omnipotent  hand  that  holds  the  planets  in-their  orbit  and  wields  in  secret  such  mys- 
^  b    ,  <^~~^  (  n  ^— -f     <N  I, 


p         '     ^         ^- v "^ 

^  o-"  NT~ 

jo  tenons  po\venis-the-sanif  that  rules  in-the  spirit  world,  and-that-has  established  these 
\         ^^ 


'7 


natural  laws  that  we-might  better  comprehend   the  relation  of-the   natural   to-that 
18         /          I        ' 


which-is  divine  or  spiritual,  which-is  God  himself.      Do-not-do   that  which-will-not 

r^ .  .  ^ 


r^pwsh  \ 


tend  to  elevati  or^pwsh  you  onward  and  upward ;  always  go  forward,  never  backward, 


20 1 


Q  .  ' 

o^.  or  you-will  afterwards  have  much  to-regret.     In-order-to  convince  the  gentlemen  from- 
(    v  ^-f  *|  ^          ^          9  ^ 


^.  \ 

the  South  that  I  had-had  nothing  toldo  with-it,  I-will-not  vote  with-the  gentleman 

from-the  East,  who-has  just  spoken.      I  regret  that  any  feeling  or  spirit  has-been 

23        S ^ I/  °\  -o  *  ;>        ^         <?\ 

o  ^  ^^ 

J^  exhibited  toward-tne  gentlemen  from-the  South,  already  referred  to,  as-it-was-not  in- 


tended,  and  I-ani  quite  sure  that-I-cannot  account  for  anything  of-the  kind.     We-have 


all  agreed  that-this  might  have  occurred  a-great-many-times,  but  we-will-not  let  it 

I  —  x.  >»  ^—  ^  ^^, Q 


occur  hereafter.     I  am-not  no'w  a  candidate,  and  may-not-be ;   but  under  any  circun?- 


72  HUMPHREY'S    T.VTERLIN'EAR   SHORT-HAND. 


^    ^_^_  \  x     "*  > 

stances  it-will  take-me  some-time  to-make  up  my-mind  to-accept,  even  should-the 


nomination  be  offered  to-me,  except  it-be  unanimous.     However,  I-am  in-tlae  hands 


,     I    '  1 

doubtedly  doas-they  dir 


of-my-friends,  and  shall  undoubtedly  do_as-they  direct.     According  to-all-the  accounts 

c  "»    ..     >      ^    V      -^    -c\       L  _         . 


we  read,  and-to  all-the  accounts  we-have  heard  from-the  different  counties,  and  from- 


the  country  at  large,  we  ought-to  let  Canada  come  into-the  Union.     We  cannot  afford 

6       T~  ^ 

g;  to-have  more-than  one  government  on-this  continent,  and-tliat-nuist-be  the  govern- 


33  ^  ^  ^^X          A    1/orl/j/      t  ^>  C 

ment  of-the  United-States.     Not  one  inch  of  territory  on-this  continent,  that  could-be 


— z      - r 

used  as-a  base  for  military  operations  in-the  event  of  war,  should-be  controlled  by  any 


^?  foreign-power.     America  is-a  large  countrj',  hut  it-is  only  large  enough  for  Americans. 

36    .    -     ^  _  *       V3  )  ^       (     —  /  c\ 

And  God  spake  all  these-wcrds,  saying,  I-am  the  Lord  thy  God,  which-have  brought- 

3^  -  1    ^    <  _  I  _  *     >       ft.. 

"  /^  ^  f  ^  -  ^_  -  -v  ___  J 

thee  out-of-the  land  of  Eg)'Pt,  out-of-the  house  of  bondage.     Thou  shalt-have  no-other 

3«  -°   \    ^  ^  J  f      ,      ^     _^  _  ^_ 

J  gods  before  me.     We-may-not  mind  that-which^ias-been  said  or  written,  _bm  we-do 

39^  ^  V 


mind  that-whhh-has-been  printed,  for-the  paper  circulates  throughout-the  entire  civil- 


HUMPHREY'S  INTERLINEAR  SHORT-HAND.  73 

— ^  j-  ^ 

40          r  <; 


izcd  world.     We-had  better  offer-a  reward  for-his  arrest     We-cannot  offer-a  reward 

1  -  °^ 


large  enough  which-will-not-be  considered  extravagant.      Which-will-not  is  written  in- 

42  ^-er    \  ^       o  s*~s  ^ 


g  the-first  position ;  we-are-not  is  written  in-the-same  position,  but  in-order-that-the  two 


\ 


signs  may-not  conflict  we-are-not  is  written  upward  and  the  w-hook  is  made  heavy,  or 
«/»  o    ^- 


I 

wn 


shaded,  while  which-wili-not  is  written  downward.     This-is-a  distinction  which-will- 

45 


o^  hot-be  necessarx   on-^he-part-of  experienced  writers.     I-thought  of-it  some-time-ago  ; 


\         . 
ived  by  out\v£ttd 


let-us  examine  it  now,  that  in-the  future  we-may-not-be  deceived  by  out\v£ttd  appearances. 

(a)  With  may  be  enlarged  to  add  C  you.  (b)  This  may  be  written  with  the  iit- 
hook  d~  in  secret,  (c)  °*^  in  (the)  spirit. 

QUESTIONS  AND  EXERCISES  ON   LESSON   XIX. 

175.  How  are  the  frequently  recurring  sounds  of  /  and  d  expressed?  176.  How- 
are  half-lengths  vocalized?  Do  they  take  all  of  the  circles  and  loops?  When  is  the 
added  /  or  d  read?  How  are  the  circles,  hooks,  and  loops  written?  177.  Does  the  light 
sound  of  /  ever  follow  a  shaded  stem?  Does  the  heavy  sound  of  d  ever  follow  a  light 
stem?  178.  How  are  the  final  syllables  ted  and  dcd  usually  expressed?  179.  How  may 
ed  be  more  conveniently  expressed?  180.  How  are  half-length  stems  employed?  181. 
What  letters  are  represented  by  light  lines?  When  halved,  what  letter  is  added?  How 
may  d  be  added?  Can  these  forms  conflict  with  y,  emp,  or  ingl  Why?  182.  Is  hay 
ever  halved?  183.  Is  ray?  184.  What  may  half-length  stems  be  called?  185.  Write 
i-acli  example  ten  times.  186.  Write  each  example  ten  times.  187.  How  may  «/  be 
conveniently  expressed?  iSS.  How  is  a  half-length  /  usually  written  when  standing 
alone?  When  shaded,  how  is  it  written?  Copy  the  Half-length  Word-signs  and  Con- 
tractions twenty-five  times.  Copy  the  Writing  Exercise  twenty  times,  and  write  it  from 
dictation  twenty-five  times.  Review  all  of  the  Writing  Exercises  by  writing  each  one 
twentv-five  times  from  dictation. 


74 


LESSON  XX. 


WIDENING   PRINCIPLE,  MP  AND   MB— LENGTHENING   PRINCIPLE.    77?, 

/?/?,  THR,  KER. 

189.  M  may  be  shaded  to  add  p  or  b;  it  is  then  called  emp  or  emb.     This  stem  is 
never  halved  unless  followed  by  a  final  hook,  as  in  ^  impound,  >•>  impugned,  v^>  im- 
pend. 

190.  The  A-tick  is  prefixed  to  »»/  or  wA,  as  in 


humbug        Hampshire         Hampton         hemp        hemmed        hempen        hamper. 
191.  EXAMPLES. 


^-^r 


^7 


camp  vamp  damp  clamp  stamp  tramp  sample 


W 


„     1^.     H^ — £ 


tamp          ample  cramp          scamp-         dampen  dampest  decamp 


limp  lump  dump  pump  plump  hump  trump 

0<  0' 

>^         >^ 


romp          pomp          swamp          shrimp          simple          sympathy  rhomb 


lamp        example        lampoon        ambush        ambulance        impair        impairing 


emperor        impel       impose       resumption       stump       exemption        presumption 


temperate      temperance     extemporize     embellish     embezzle     rumble     stumble 


impetus        limbo        ambition        ambitious        pompous        imbecile        empire 


HUMPHREY'S   INTERLINEAR   SHORT-HAM). 


75 


^n 


*^l>< ~* — r     ^* — ° _  ^ 

Humboldt      campaign       mumps      amputate      gambol       ambuscade      embark 


lampooned         lambent        rampant        impalpable        impassioned        impanel 


embittered      immoderate      immoderately     immodest     impertinence     immodestly 


impeachment         impartial         impassionate       impassive      impatience       impatient 


impediment     impenetrable     impenitence     imperative    imperceptible     imperious 


impetuous    impervious    imperishable     impolitic     impostor    impoverish     imperil 


15 


importunate      impede. 

LENGTHENING  PRINCIPLE. 
192.     Lengthening  ing  adds  ker,  thus: 


thinker  tinker  clinker  finger     .          linger  longer 


S^~-^s 


-^•^^^ 
anger  hanker  franker  anchor  hunger  rancor. 

193.     Lengthening  any  other  curve  adds  *r,  dr,  thr,  er,  thus: 


fattef         feather          smother          smoother          mother          another          weather 


whither          thither          neither          flutter          fritter          Easter          whether 


76 


HUMPHREY'S  INTERLINEAR  SHORT-HAND. 


2 


ther  welter  letter  meter  motor  cimeter  oyster 


sKatter          matter          diameter          center          swelter          niter        -laugh 


__ 

aught 


slaughter        loiter        saunter        alter        water        winter        literal         lateral 


-t 


\  ___  ^  \*. 

wander        wanderer         wilderness         psalter         natter         smatter 


_ 

reporter    I      senator          shudder         order          sunder          Alexander          ladder 


Anderson  surrender  tender  re-enter  thunder  importer 


temperament  lumber  timber          September          November          December 

/"~X^  i  \x— • -^ 


limber  cumber  somber  distemper  hamper  amber. 

194.     Their,  they  are,  there,  other,  and  whether,  may  be  added  by  doubling  the 
length  of  a  sign,  thus : 


among-their     was-there     whether-their     where-there  is     where-they-are     take-their 

in-their        in-other-words        some-other        sbme-other-one        do-you-know-whether 
(a)  (b) 


_ 

do-you-know-whether-their     do-you-know-whether-or-not. 

195.  In  the  words  any  other,  no  other,  to  save  inserting  a  vowel  to  distinguish 
them  from  other  lengthened  stems,  it  is  better  to  write  them  with  the  /Ar-tick,  which 
-may  be  used  to  express  other,  thus :^~^>.  any-other, ^^f. no-other. 


HUMPHREY'S  INTERLINEAR  SHORT-HAND. 


77 


196.  It  will  be  observed  that  according  to  Pitman  Phonography  the  lengthening 
principle  is  read  before  the  final  hook  or  circle,  and  that  the  stems  to  which  this  prin- 
ciple applies  are  comparatively  few,  and  are  usually  memorized  as  word-signs,  as  follows : 


from-their-own        in-their-own        for-their-own        some-other-one         anv-other-one 


no-other-one        over-their-own         througl£their-own. 

Later  writers  have  discovered,  however,  that  a  decided  advantage  is  gained  in  many 
forms,  both  in  speed  and  in  legibility,  by  reversing  this  order  and  reading  the  final  hook 
before  the  lengthening  principle.  Experience  has  taught  that  both  methods  can  be  used 
without  danger  of  conflict  A  list  of  the  words  to  which  this  latter  method  can  be  ap- 
plied is  given,  and  the  teacher  can  exercise  his  judgment  in  permitting  his  pupils  to 
adopt  them. 


vendor       mender        mentor        inventor       counterfeiter        tormentor       remainder 


-C 


thunder       lender       loan-their       run-their       finder       founder       asunder       cylinder 


V    v 

timer        pand< 


pamTer        panaer        banrer        ponder         tender         dander        gender        counter 

„    x<?      ,   J^\       V \ 


render        rafter        surrender         planter        blund 


splendor  grinder  grander  squanders  flounders  oyster-counter 

«r       ^   /-    ^ r       M. 

=^      7^        b~      ~~T^          x^, ^    XL  iT 

decanter      engender      slander      slanderous      encounter      debeuN»re       indenture. 

(a)  A  stem  may  be  trebled  to  add  their,  there,     (b)  The  w-hook  may  be  used  to  ex- 
press not. 

MISCELLANEOUS  WORD-SIGNS  AND  CONTRACTIONS. 


(Copy  twenty-five  times.) 


f 


important-ance  improve-ment  impossible^iJiry  satisfy-fied  satisfactory  at-first  largest 


HUMPHREY'S  INTERLINEAR  SHORT-HAND. 


& 


-j ! £ 

1)  I 


neyt     stenography     phonography     our-own     your-own     at-once     at-least     at-last 

practiced   character   information  in-all  only  annual  (neither  entire)  (another  enter) 

4     ^          .    .      ^-^      ^    ^N  ^          ^ 

any-other    no-other     matter     rather     whether     (farther    further)     if-their    (father 


__^_ J J^ IZZ 

for-their)  when-their  through-their  from-their-own   area  acknowledge  acknowledged 


anything    become    to-become    enough    familiar-ity     nevertheless     notwithstanding 


never   nothing   for-our  forever  (I-will  highly)   unto    onto   regular-ity   irregular-ity 

8   ^  S    s~       /\ 


peculiar-ity    refer     reference    represent-ed     knowledge     something     among     range 


arrange  ascertain  correspond  correspondent  endeavor  indicted  indebted  undoubted 


no-doubt  in-fact   in-effect   individual-ly   any-one   no-one. 
WRITING  EXERCISE. 

(Copy  twenty  times.     Write  from  .'notation  twenty-five  times.) 


-'-I  _  S^  _  ^     v  _  >*  _  __^  _  '     ^      I      <-      ^ 
It-is  practically  impossible  to  estimate-the  importance  or  value  of-this  great  improve- 

r 


\ 

t-it-^ 


ment.     At-first  thought  I-was  satisfied  that-it-^as-the  largest  bridge  of-the  kind  in-the- 

_  .  V"^""^-  ^  ^|      .    1        —,        v-^  ^  <^ 

world,  but  I-am  informed,  and-believe-it-is  true,  and  so  acknowledged  by-men  not  only 


HUMPHREY'S  INTERLINEAR  SHORT-HAND. 


70 


•c  of  wide  experience  in  building  such  structures,  but  also  of  superior  knowledge, 


general  information,  and  great  skill  in-all  branches  of  engineering,  that-it-is-not     The 


I  A/  )     i 

^«^_     d  —  '  O 


1 


-^_        ** — -*-  \J 

high  character  of-their  annual  report  was  at-once  recognized,  and-it  immediately  took 


5  high  rank  among  other  works  x>f  reference.     Another  matter  that-has  come  up  for 


:>    /A 

societ    will-be 


consideration  in-our-own  society  will-be  ftirther  discussed  at-our  next  regular  meeting, 


VI  v 

by-tnose  familiar  with-the  subject.     The  discussion  was  declared  irregular,  at-the-last 


meeting,  and  not  in-order,  as-there-was-not  a  quorum  present.     We-will  endeavor  to 

-f>-  =^          ~^\ 

£5  arrange  for  another  meeting,  which  undoubtedly  can-be  done,  when-there-is  no-doubt 


-f-    /  \    r   J  A   ^         ^     7 

but-that-a  large  number  will  attend ;  in-fact,  a-number  have  spoken  to-me  individually 
X3      k        C  .  I    ^  V_  \.        \  /\ 


at-least  several-times.     At  another-time-the  entire  force.  through/-their  proper  represen- 
4  >  ^  J_       \      |  J        X^        \ -x.    v 

-t-      —T-  -M — r  ^^ 

tative,  as.ked  that-their  salaries  be  advanced  twenty  per-cenj,  and-for-their  hours  of 

.     *.      \     \       r 


_ 

labor  to-be  shortened.     When-there-is  another  opportunity,  if-their  father-is  willing, 


L 


and-their-mother  does-not  interpose  any  objection,  we-will  let  thetn  go  into-the  tunnei. 


80  HUMPHRKY'S   I.VTKKLINEAR   SHORT-HAND. 

c    H. 


Notwithstanding-his  statement  of-the  facts,  we  endeavored  to  ascertain  from-our<>\ 


is 


&  correspondent  whether  he-was  indebted  to-him  as-an  individual,  or-as-a  firm,  or-not 

at-all.     He  called  at-the  bank  to  learn  what-had  become  of-his  property,  which  con- 

~-*—  — *—  -\-   ±^—  ~N 

sisted  of  bonds  and  mortgages,  and  whether  enough  of-his  property  was  left,  so  that 

J^2_       \_    •      ^ ^-^ 2=|_JL_^_ Jt 

o  >  v 

£,  if-he  wished  to-become  a  bondsman  he-could  give  security  that  would-be  acceptable 

22  .    *-  ^     f     ^    ^  y.  ^     Y 

to-the  court.     If-there-i*enough  of-your-own  goods  for-their  present  needs,  send-them 


C 


on,  as-it-is  of-the  utmost  importance  that-they  get-them  quickly.     I-am  of-the  opinion, 

c         ~  ^  \  -. 

~ 


nevertheless,  that-this  world  will  go  on  for-ever,  notwithstanding-his  very  able  argu- 


25 


_          _ 

inent  to-the-contrary.     You-may-as-well-have  system  or  regularity  in-all-that-you  do  or 


r    r    \ 
>^ 


_      - 

\        >^    \ 

undertake,  aS  irregularity/     If-it-is  published  at-all,  it-will-be  published  not-only  in-his 

27         /y  .  ^     *        A^    C  _ 

§t—  s 
^  annual  reports,  but  in-all  of-our-6wn  reports  as-well. 

QUESTIONS  AND  EXERCISES  ON  LESSON  XX. 

189.  M  may  be  shaded  to  add  what  letters?  What  is  it  then  called?  Is  emp  ever 
halved?  190.  Is  the  A-tick  prefixed  to  emp  or  embl  Give  an  example.  191.  Write 
each  example  five  times.  192.  What  is  added  by  lengthening  ingl  193.  Lengthen- 
ing any  other  curve  adds  what?  194.  What  words  may  be  added  by  doubling  the  length 
of  a  sign?  195.  How  may  other,  etc.,  be  added?  196.  What  is  said  about  the  length- 


ening principle? 


81 


LESSON  XXL 


SPECIAL  VOCALIZATION. 

197.     To  read  a  vowel  between  a  consonant  and  an  /-  or  r-hook,  the  dirf-vowels  are 
represented  by  a  circle,  and  written  before  the  consonant,  if  the  vowel  is  long,  thus: 


dark         darken         Charles         parcel        parley        garment        chart        charming 


believe         dearly         merely         real         realty         wield         parallel         nearly. 
198.     If  the  ata-vowel  is  short,  it  is  written  after  the  consonant,  thus: 


term          tell          realm          chilled          Ruilt          skilled          birds          delicacy 


r 


»         ^1' 


*. 


till         animal         canal         scarcity         gardener         scarlet         per         clatter. 

199.     When  a  dash- vowel  is  to  be  read  between  the  stem  and  the  hook,  it  is  written 
through  the  consonant,  thus: 


Ic-M>  c-r-° 


course  curse          Turk          roll          culture          cultivate          curve          churn 


portray         burst        labored        journal  .     nurse       nursery       nurture       excursive 


r 

court         cold         bold         portioned         school         require         record         recourse. 

200.  When  an  initial  hook  or  circle  would  interfere  with  a  first-place  vowel,  or  a 
final  hook  or  circle  with  a  third-place  vowel,  the  vowel  sign  may  be  written  at  the  be- 
ginning or  the  end  of  the  consonant,  thus : 


corporation      border       normal       north        dormouse       cord       torment       moral 


83  HUMPHREY'S   INTERLINEAR  SHORT-HAND. 


corner         assignor          culture          coltect          correct          figures         legislature. 

20  1.     When  the  preceding  rules  cannot  be  applied,  vowels  may  be  written  on  either 
side  of  a  consonant  stem,  as  in 


engineer  paralyze  regards  value  merchant 

202.     A  vowel  before  a  final  r,  or  a  lengthened  curve,  may  be  struck  through  the . 
consonant,  thus: 


imposture         further         murder         Walter         adventure         future         entire. 
203.     Ses  may  be  vocalized  by  \vriting  a  vowel  within  the  circle,  thus: 


exercises         emphasize  sustain          suspend          insist         sister         vicissitude 


amanuensis       amanuenses       system       systematically       censxis       cistern       season. 

204.  Vowels  or  diphthongs  may  be  used  for  initials,  and  for  interjections  by  writ- 
ing them  in  their  proper  place  to  the  consonant  tt  and  then  canceling  the  t  by  drawing 
a  short  line  at  the  bottom  of  it,  thus: 


ri- 


Ah,     Eh;        Mr.   O.    A.   Wilson;       Mr.   E.   Thomas;       E.   A.   Spinner. 

ACCENT. 
205.     The  accented  vowel  of  a  word  is  denoted  by  writing  a  small  X  near  the 

I    *  ~~N^  ~N^  >•  i- 

vowel,  thus:  L_l,  deceived,  L±.  decade;    .6    arose,    -d    arrows  ;\  _  o  affix\  _  o  affix. 


206.  EXAMPLES. 


cheer         gill         fill          child         delicate         purchase          signature          lecture 


picture        tolerable         armfuVy-      peerless         persevere         preliminary 


cgar 


HUMPHREY'S    INTERLINEAR   SHORT-HAND. 


/ 

encore          partial          derange          corporal          school  balcony          pilgrim 

±J^ 


O      ^]' 


Delaware          correspondent          secure          security          utility          fur          carve 
5\  \^  S  cC 

— T — ^ fcr 

epicure         foil        jealous         fowl         prevai^        volume         ruling         derogatory 
ordinary         voluntary          falter         mortal          Baltimore         moral          legislature 


3 

ture* 


miracle        decorum        distill        capture*      near        George         calico         transport 


agriculture        Deerfield         dedicatory        valid!          Morman         cargo          purport 


DOUBLE  VOWEI^S. 

307.  The  vowel  scale  already  given  is  sufficient  for  general  purposes,  for  it  is  sel- 
dom that  professional  stenographers' make  use  of  special  vowel  signs  in  reporting.  Even 
were  such  vowel  signs  memorized  their  use  would  be  so  infrequent  as  to  cause  serious 
embarrassment  to  the  stenographer. 


TABLE  OF  DISSYLLABIC  DIPHTHONGS. 

<i  r  I  >t  lit 

I          <l          A  I  >l          J  Al 

e-i  a-i  ah-i  aw-i  o-i  oo-i  o-e 


c,  ^_ 

being       clayey       hurrahing       annoying       ruin       snowy       Owen       poet       gluey 


6ual 


gayety       poem 


laity       stoic       fealty       boyish       boa       goest       pean. 


208.  A  simple  vowel  sign  may  be  added  tc  a  diphthong  without  lifting  t'»e  pen, 
by  writing  a  tick  at  ar  acute  angle  for  /  or  e,  and  a  tick  at  a  rieht  angle  for  o  or  a.  ii 
the  vowel  is  long  the  t;:'k  may  be  shaded. 


HUMPHREY'S  INTERLINEAR  SHORT-HAND. 


£ 


Pow 


dewy         Louise         Powel        joyous        piety       dowe^        tower       variety        bias 


defying        enjoying        biology       diary       pyaemia       cower        puerile       violation. 


209.  As  explained  in  1  43,  when  two  vowels  precede  or  follow  the  only  consonant 

v-\  •     y~2\  I'  ixv         T 

in  a  word,  they  are  written  as  in      I.  iota,     I.  Iowa,  —  \  showy,   <z\    Ohio,    \.idea,  ^  _  s. 
Noahfr~fS  snowy     /.Isaiah  ;  but  when  two  vowels  occur  between  two  steins  the  first  is 
written  after  the  first  consonant  and^the  second  before  the  last  consonant,  as  in         '•) 
inchoate,     '*V    coeval,  (j/1^  'theory,  i*^  sawing,  J    dial,    ^  Boas,  \pfuel. 

210.  For  the  representation  of  foreign  vowel  sounds  extended  scales  are  given  in 
some  phonographic  works,  but  they  are  valueless  so  far  as  ordinary  short-hand  note- 
taking  is  concerned.     Such  sounds  are  usually  indicated  by  a  wave-like  mark,  a^^f^tm, 
^iysHtt,    $  .ich,  etc. 

QUESTIONS  AND  EXERCISES  ON  LESSON  XXI. 

197.  How  must  the  vowel  be  written  to  read  a  dot-  vowel  between  a  consonant  and 
its  hook?  Write  each  example  ten  times,  198.  If  the  dfo/-vowel  is  short,  how'  is  it 
written?  Write  each  example  ten  times  199.  How  are  the  dash-  vowels  written? 
Write  each  example  ten  times.  200.  When  an  initial  hook  or  circle  interferes,  how  may 
the  vowel  be  written?  Write  each  example  ten  times.  201.  What  is  done  when  the 
preceding  rules  cannot  be  applied?  Write  each  example  ten  times.  202.  How  is  a 
vowel  before  a  final  r  or  a  lengthened  curve  written?  203.  How  is  ses  vocalized?  Write 
each  example  ten  times.  204.  How  may  vowels  and  diphthongs  be  used  for  initials  to 
proper  names?  205.  How  is  the  accented  vowel  of  a  word  indicated?  Give  several 
examples.  206.  Write  each  example  ten  times.  Read  K  207,  208,  209,  and  210  care- 
fully. 


85 


LESSON   XXII. 


PREFIXES. 

211.  Speed  in  writing  is  materially  increased  by  the  employment  of  prefixes  and 
affixes  which  it  would  otherwise  be  difficult  to  express  in  full.     Prefixes  are  usually 
joined  to  the  main  stem  whenever  possible. 

212.  Accom. — Expressed  by  k  written  at  the  beginning  of  the  word,  thus: 


'3  5  V>         V  ^ b 

accomplish          accomplished          accompany          accompanied          accommodation 


accomplice         accompaniment         accommodate         accommodating. 

313.     Con,  Com,  Cog.  —  Expressed  by  a  light  dot  at  the  beginning  of  a  word,  thus: 

•    J-          J-         t  1  S         -L        L 

contain         condone         condition         consider         conjoin         conduce         confess 

"f        f       i 

2  •  !  '  v_ 


conceal        concede        conceit        conceive        concentrate        concern        concave 
3    \>>  'X  '^  'No  *S 


conception          compose          combine          compress          confidence  community 


"V  V  ^ 

concert       conclave       commence       compound       combat       commend       command 


committee         combination         combustion         comfort        commendable        contrite 
commission          communication          communion  commencement  conquest 


X 


companion  compendium  compensate  competition  compositic 


86 


HUMPHREY'S   INTERLINEAR  SHORT-HAND. 


•  u 


contempt       conductor       convulsed       commentary       commodity       contemporary 

X" 


cognate          cognition          cognizance          cognizant          cognomen          cog-wheel. 

214.  Con  is  often  implied  by  nearness  of  writing,  35,  V.        tliey  conquered  or  they 
concurred-^*—*  they  consented,^ * — p  your  concurrence,       — i  I  am  confidentially. 

215.  Contra,  Contra,  Counter. — Expressed  by  a  half-length    •  written  at  the  begin- 
ning of  a  word,  thus: 

L         ~<L 


contradict          contravene          contradistinction          countermine          countermarch 

^»f  ^-  "^ 


»° 
controversial  controversy  controvert  counterfeit  counterbalance 


counteraction  counteract  countermand  counte'rpart  counterfeitei 

~y 

counter-irritant  contraband  countersign  counter-irritation. 

216.     For,  Fore. — When  not  more  conveniently  written  otherwise,  these  may   rx 
expressed  by  /!  thus : 


foreknowledge          formality          formal          forsooth          forewarned          forewoman 


forsworn  formalism  foreclose  foreclosure  forever  forswear. 

217.     Self,  Self-con,  Circum. — Expressed  by  iss  written  beside  a  consonant  for  self 
and  circum,  and  at  the  beginning  for  self-con,  thus : 


selfish     self-consciousness     self-esteem     self-assertion     self-respect     self-abnegation 


self-confidence       self-conceit       self-control       self-evident       self-defense       self-denial 


HUMPHREY'S   INTERLINEAR  SHORT-HAND. 


87 


self-possessed          self-sufficient  self-respect          self-sacrifice          self-abasement 


self-communion       self-indulgence       self-knowledge      self-reliant      self-preservation 
5       _U  "      1^  o\  of 


circumvent     circumscribed     circumspect     circumstance     circumflex     self-asserting 


self-imposed  self-made  self-possession  self-registering          self-satisfied. 

2 1 8.     /»r  Un,  fncon. — Expressed  by  a  back-hook,  called  the  tx-hook,  before  the 
treble  consonant,  thus : 


T 


insatiable       insult      insolence      unseasoned      insertion       inconsiderable      instruct 


3_ 

\ 


n 

inscribe      insecurity      insatiate      inseparable      inspiration     unceasing     unsociable 


Tf~^' 

v 


V 
X 


unseemly          unceremonious          unceremoniously          unseasonable         unconcern 


a—  ^ 

" 


T, 


unconcerned      unscrupulous     unscriptural     instrumental      inconsideration      incise 


incision       insolvency       insomnia      insufferable      insulate      insulator      insulation 


- 

perab 


insuperable       insurrection       inspired       inspirit       insoluble       inscrutable      insert. 

219.     Inter,  Intro,  Enter,  Anti,  Ante.— Expressed  by  a  half-length  n  joined  to  the 
main  stem,  when  a  good  joining  can  be  made,  thus : 

<*~^      T_ 

intermingle      intermit      interview      intermixed      interdict       interfere      intervene 

2  7^ -A          ^-^  ^~ 


interjection      intercept     international     enterprise     entertain     interlude     introducr 


88 


HUMPHREY'S  INTERLINEAR  SHORT-HAND. 


" 


interpose    antiseptic    antecedent    antedlate    antepenult    antechamber    antediluviar 

antithesis          anticlimax          antidote          antilogy          anteroom          antemeridian 
220.     Magna,  Magni. — Expressed  by  m  written  over  a  word,  thus: 


magnificent      magnitude      magnify      magnified       magnanimously       magnanimity 


. 

Magna-Charta    magnate   magnetic    magnesia    magnifier    magnificence    magnetism. 

221.     A/zlv,  Afiscon,  Miscom.  —  Expressed  by  m-iss  written  before  the  remainder  of  a 
word,  thus: 


misconceive     misconception     misconduct     misconstruction     misconstrue     misapply 


raiscompute       miscalculation        miscalculate       misapplication        misapprehension 


misapprehended        misappropriation         misanthropist        misalliance        miscarried 


mischievBusSess        misfortune        misplaced         mischance         misbelief       mislead. 

222.     Decom,  Z>«,  Dt'scon,  Discom. — Expressed  by  d  or  d-iss  written  before  the  re- 
mainder of  a  word,  thus: 


1  l 


\> 


U         L 


decompose      decomposition      discomfort      discomfit      discomfiture      discomposure 

<  _  Li  _  L 


discontinue      discontented      discontent      decomposing      disconcert      discommode 


disagreeable      discriminate      disfatochise      discharge     disfigure      disembarkation. 


HUMPHREY'S  INTERLINEAR  SHORT-HAND.  89 

223.     Non,  Noncon,  Noncom.  —  Expressed  by  nen  written  at  the  beginning  of  the 
remainder  of  the  word,  thus: 


V* 


non-admission     non-appearance     non-assumpsit     non-commissioned     non-committal 


~-V-rx  f 

non-compos-menlis    non-conducting    non-conformitv    non-contagious    non-acceptance 


non-plussed  non-professional  non-existence  non-attendance  non-delivery  non-residence. 
224.     f/nfon,  Uncom.  —  Expressed  by  «  written  near  the  remainder  of  the  word,  thus  : 

I    "-^^-^      ^  . 
~ 


\~ 

uncommon  uncommonly  uncompromising  traconditional  unwritten  unconscionable 


I  -s 

unconscious    unconstitutional     unconstitutionality     uncontrollable    unaccomplished 


unconverted       unraveled       unreservedly       unrivalled       unrighteous      unrelenting. 

225.      Unrecon.  Uhrecom,  Unrecog. — Expressed  by  ner  written  at  the  beginning  of 
r.  word,  thus: 


unreconcilable         unrecognized         unreconciled         unrecompensed. 

226.     One  or  more  initial  syllables  can  be  employed  advantageously  to  represent  a 
prefix  by  separating  the  preceding  from  the  following  portion  of  the  word,  thus: 


undecomposed  uncontradicted  uninterrupted  disencumber  disinterested  in-conjunction 


incumbent      iu-comparison      recumbent      underrate      afternoon     uncircumscribed 
^  V-          V      *  \ 


in-contradistinction     unselfish      objectively      objectiveness     object-glass     objectle 


HUMPHREY'S  INTERLINEAR  SHORT-HAND. 


\C 


J_ 


object-lesson    noontide   common  consent   concomitant   supernatural    superabundance 

^P 

noonday     self-esteem      inconsequence     inconsistent     incompressible      inconclusive. 

227.     Recon,  Recom,  Recog. — Expressed  by  ray  written  near  the  remainder  of  the 
word,  thus: 

'      ^  ^  ^O  ^^  -^         -^ 

reconcile        reconcilable       recommend        recommence       recognize       recognition 

/u 


reconstruct         recommendation          recognizance          recommitment         reconciled 


reconsideration        reconsidered         reconveyed  reconnaissance          reconnoiter. 

228.     Irrecon,  Irre,  Irreg,  etc. — Expressed  by  Ar  written  near  the  remainder  of 
the  word,  thus: 


irreconcilable  irrecognizable  irrefutable  irregular  irregularity. 


QUESTIONS  AND  EXERCISES  ON  LESSON  XXII. 

211.  How  may  speed  in  writing  be  increased?  212.  How  is  Accom  expressed? 
213.  How  are  Con,  Com,  and  Cog  expressed?  214.  Is  C<w»  ever  implied?  215.  How  are 
Contra,  Contra,  aikl  Counter  expressed?  2 1 6.  How  are  For  and  Fore  expressed?  217. 
How  may  Self,  Self-con,  and  Circum  be  expressed?  218.  How  may  In,  Un,  and  Incon 
be  expressed?  219.  How  may  Inter,  Intra,  Enter,  Anti,  and  Ante  be  expressed?  220. 
How  are  Magna  and  Magni  expressed?  221.  How  are  Mis,  Miscon,  and  Miscom  ex- 
pressed? 222.  How  are  Decom,  Dts,  Discon,  and  Discom  expressed?  223.  How  are  Won, 
Noncoii,a.nA  Noncom  expressed?  224.  How  may  Uncon,  and  Uncom  be  expressed?  225. 
How  are  Unrecon,  Unrecom,  and  Unrecog  expressed?  226.  Can  one  or  more  syllables  be 
employed  to  represent  a  prefix?  227.  How  may  Ream,  Reroin,  and  Recog  be  expressed? 
228.  How  may  Irrecon,  Irre,  Irreg,  etc.,  be  expressed?  Write  each  example  under  the 
preceding  paragraphs  ten  times. 


01 


LESSON    XXIII. 


WRITING  EXERCISE— PREFIXES. 

229.  Copy  one  page  at  a  time  of  this  exercise  until  you  can  write  it  from  dicta- 
tion ;  then  write  it  from  dictation  twenty-five  times.  Take  up  the  next  page  and  pro- 
ceed in  the  same  manner,  reviewing  the  preceding  pages  by  writing  them  from  dictation 
at  each  sitting. 

_LL !> ./       .     \   ^          )      \  / 


T 

The  accomplished  gentleman  who  accompanied   me   was  compelled  to-<k-so,  much 


to-his  discompasure  and  discontent.     His  overweening  self-consciousness  and  self-con- 

o 

3  f    -t    ^  )r-  \    ^        ..    , ^\_  -v- 

ceit  caused-him  to-be  disliked  by  every-one  with-whom  he-came  in-contact     Early 


r^-±^-^ 


o 

self-indulgence  had  led  him  into  temptation,  and-when  counterfeit  coin  appeared  in-the 


\     v  > 

neighborhood  a  knowledge  of-his  bad  habits  caused-him  to-be  formally  indicted  as-a 


_  > 

counterfeiter.     He  now  seems  to-have  lost  all  self-respect.     Although  remarkably  self- 


'      H>     x 


^  "      ^       .     Y~  .  v-  'v*  x 


possessed,  he-will  need  all  of-his  self-confidence  and  self-control  to  prevent  confessing 

"  j        L     ,x        (    'L*  '     VX^     "    *r*-  ~ 

o  at-once.     It-is  self-evident  that  self-defense  or  self-preservation  is-the  first  law  of  nature. 

"»  ^  ^  _     . 


There-may-be  virtue  in   self-denial  and  self-sacrifice;   whether-there-is  depends-upon 


circumstances.     The  conductor  was  very  accommodating,  and  unceasing  in-his  en- 


HUMPHREY'S   INTERLINEAR   SHORT-HAND. 


§'  deavors  to-make-the  enterprise  an  international  success.     The  antechambers  are  filled 

<K  ^     OL  \ 


th  antediluvian  relics,  that  antedate  the  Flood.     The  insurrection  was  inspired  by 


unscrupulous  men,  who-were  insatiable  in-their  greed,  and-whose  insults  and  insolence 

1 — \      •       T    **       ^1      °-  -  °-    ^ 


ought-not  to-go  unpunished.     The  magnitude  of-the  undertaking  is  only  equalled  by- 


. 

S  the  magnanimity  of-those-who  so  magnanimously  subscribed  to^his  magnificent  enter- 


16     ~]^  ^  J  C        TT-V^ 

taiument.     Having-been  troubled  with  insomnia,  the  so-called  instrumental  perform- 

2     -x    .    ^  -    ^    "V^^ : 

aiices,  kept  up  to-an  unseemly  hour  of-the  night,  became  insufferable,  and-the  poli 

j \.     L     -^ 




very  unceremoniously  took  possession  of-the  concert  hall,  which  disconcerted  the  pro- 


)    ">      -.    ^f 


JJ>  prietor.  \An  action  in  non-assurapsit  was  brought,  and-a  non-suit  ordered,  owing  to- 


the  non-attendance  of  witnesses,  and-the  non-delivery  of  certain  documentary  evidence 

^^     •     s?   r\  ^    ^  -C   -  ^    J 

to-the  court.     The  insulation  will-be  perfect  if-the  insulator  is  properly  adjusted. 

I       \      -^   \    I 

V  "^  ~H      I 


They-all  seemed  unconcerned  at-the  unseasonable  hour  at  which-his  lordship  arrived, 


23 


r.   L  , ^  x     A? M 


J 
i  would  -noV 


,  _ 
%  but  of-course  if  would  -noV-do  for-us  to  interpose  objections  or  interfere  in-any-way. 


HUMPHREY'S  INTERLINEAR  SHORT-HAND. 


93 


I-am  informed  that-the  antecedent  treatment  was  antiseptic;  such  treatment  may  now 

5\      l\         e  ^     ^\        |\  r      J  •     1      o     1 

N   h'—[  q-'    -1-  LV — L — ^—    -3 — 

be  discontinued,  as-no  further  decomposition  will  take-place.     The  disease  is  consid- 

V        O  v    ^ 

:  I/   I    , 


ered  non-contagious.     The  interview  was  intermingled  with  various  diversions,  and- 

V*^"^>'          /     \    _^ A J v— '/[, Q 

~\i  _. X  VZ 

the  evening  was  passed  in^  uninterrupted  pleasure.     Do-not  underrate -the  value  of 


unwritten  law;    usage  gives  it  the-force  of-a  constitutional  enactment.      It-'was  his 
29^~\     -  S  O^_  ^-*\  C 


\  \J 

misfortune  that-there-should-be  a  miscalculation  and  misappropriation  of-the  funds; 


X 


the  trouble  arose  from  misplaced  confidence  in-a  misanthropist,  who-was-a  non-pro- 


o   fessional  accountant  and  also  a  non-resident  of-the-state.     He-is  charitably  supposed 

TJ-  —  — 


i_ 

to-be  non-compos-mentis,  but-the  physicians  are  non-committal  as-to-his  case.     It-is-a 

L 


3.3 


K 


disagreeable  d  ity  to  discriminate  against,  or-to 


disfranchise,  a  citizen.     After 


34/1 


35 


sideration  of-the  entire  matter,  it-was  recommended  that^reconciliation  should  take- 

I 


place,  but-the  parties  were  unreconcilable.     Noonday  and  noontide  are  synonymous  or 


94 


HUMPHREY'S  INTERLINEAR  SHORT-HAND. 


3* 


interchangeable  terms  for-the  middle  of-the  day,  while  afternoon  means  after  noontide 
3/    Y  ^"^  '  /   *^    ) - — P     ,      ^?l 

x-^  % 

until  evening.     ''The  scorching  sun  was  mounted  high,  in-all  its  lustre  to-the  noonday 

£  sky."     Objectively  means  in-an  objective  manner,  while  objectiveness  is-the  quality  or 
3*      L  \ 


^^/  ^_- 

state-oM>eing  objective.     Supernatural  is-that-which-is  above  or  beyowd-the  established 

•^       f  A^ ^   ^  -v  •  %     < 


_  _ 

laws  of  nature,  while  superabundance  means  more-than  enough ;  the  superfluities  of 


N  I 

life  must-be  supplied  out-of-the  superabundance  of  art  and  industry.     His  argument 

)      ^    \         -I2L. 


g  in-favor  of  object-lessons  was  considered,  by  common-consent,  irrefutable,  and-his  state- 
43  ^       "-^  .        ^L L 


ments  are  uncontroverted  and  uncontradicted  to-t^is-day.     The  mystery  is  still  un- 


ravelled.      He  returned  unrecognized  and  unreconciled,  with-his  mission   unaccom- 


45 


plished.     Recognizance  is-tlie  act  of  recognizing ;  acknowletlgment  or  recognition  of-a 

46^      .  '    ^ 


person  or  thing.      In  law  a  recognizance  Js-an   obligation   of  record,  which-a  man 
\  .  S~  "\       \,        I 


enters-into  before  a-court  of  record  to-do  some  particular  act,  as-to  keep-the  peace,  or 


pay  a  debt.      Recognizance  is  frequently  pronounced   like-the  word   reconnaissance, 


HUMPHREY'S   INTERLINEAR   SHORT-HAND. 


95 


Ir    '    V  ^  \ 


o 
g  which-has  reference  to-the  examination  of-a  territory,  district,  or  of-an  enemy's  position. 


*- 


1 

The  word  reconnoiter  means  to  examine  by-the  eye,  or  tp-make-a  reconnaissance,  or 

X     .  7- 


^s 

preliminary  survey.     His  acceptability  for-the  chairmanship  of-the  -State-Committee 

A  _  ,£_X-^       \       ^'^ 
\r^  ^^        \^ 


^ 

will  depend-upon^his  responsibility,  and-this-will  probably  be  determined  very  soon. 
53      '         C^       ^       \.)  K  ^     E 


He-is  as-well-known  for-his  companionship  as-for-his  statesmanship  ;  he-is  said-to-have 

*-,       y    -  e  _  .  c  ^  -  .-r_ 

risen  from-an  ordinary  clerkship  to-the  position  of  collectorship  of-the  Port  of  New- 


« 


i 
York.      The  popularity  of-a   man  and-his  punctuality   in-business,  has-much   to-do 


5° 


J£  with-his  prosperity.     He-is  noted  for-his  instability,  rather-than  for-his  stabuity,  of 
57. \ 


character.     Be  gentlemanly,  but  never  lordly,  in-your  treatment  of  others.     Although 
8  (    J  )        A 


they  declared  their  hostility  to-our  institutions,  yet  we  enjoyed  their  friendliness  and 


59 


hospitality   while  we   remained   with-them.     His  peculiarities,   and   uncontrollable 


$  temper,  are  well-known  to  those  who-are  friendly  with-him.     The  meetings  will-be- 

"    —  \..V  *       f.  ^  ^r\  V  - 


held  in-the  Association  building ;  delegates  arriving  late  will-be  provided  with  sleeping 


HUMPHREY'S   INTERLINEAR   SHORT-HAND. 


T 


accommodations;  after-the  opening  or  commencing  exercises  speaking  for-the  prize 


r 


scholarship  will  begin.     Considering-their  relationship,  it-would-nofr-be  wise  to  appoint 


ionship,  it-would-nofr-be  wis 


g  him  to-the  executorship  of-the  estate.     The  studies  of  Physiology,  Theology,  Zoology, 

/  f ^~^/ 

Psycholog>',  and  Phrenology  are  all  deeply  interesting.     Genealogy  and  Genealogical 

\r 


66 


history  are  comparatively  uninteresting.      "Know  thyself,'1  or,  in-other-words,  have 


self-knowledge.     Always-be  self-possessed  and-have  self-reliance.     The  concomitant 


68 


§,  pleasures  of  doing  good   are   many.       He  -was    reverential    as-well-as    deferential. 


97 

LESSON  XXIV. 


AFFIXES. 

(Write  each  word  twenty-five  times.) 

230.  Ble,  Ely,  Bility. — Expressed  by  d,  joined  or  disjoined,  when  ble  cannot  be 
conveniently  employed. 

Mental,  Mentality,  Ality,  Arity. — Expressed  by  disjoining  the  final  consonant  from 
the  preceding  part  of  the  word,  thus : 


sensible-y     profitable-y     probable-y     responsible-y-ility     acceptable-ility     instability 

4 


— 

Y 

stability     expansibility     sensibility     suitability     popularity     prosperity     peculiarity 


instrumentality      punctuality      consistently      inconsistently      gentlemanly       lordly 
4< 


fallaciously     friendly     friendliness     frugality     vulgarity    fundamental    monumental 

5    ^       sl~       /^'      S\      A    A    . 

\  v^4  -  V 

elemental-ly    regimental    ornamental-ly   hospitality    hospitable    hostility    proudness 


y 


\7 

profitless        principality        predominant-ly        mortality        immortal-ity        fatal-ity. 

231.     Blness,  Fulness. — Expressed  by  is  written  at  the  end  of  a  word,  or  the  full 
consonant  outline  may  be  used  if  preferred,  thus : 


(/  or  _\ 


_    _ 

_  i 

serviceableness     teachahlejjtss     questionableness     doubtfulness_Andispensableness 


mindfulness        carefulness        thankfuhieTS        helpfulness       blissfulness       awfulness. 

NOTE.  —  This  circle  is  used  by  Pitman  to  express  ings,  which  can  be  just  as  well  expressed  by  a  heavy 
dot,  as  it  will  in  no  way  interfere  with  the  use  of  the  light  dot  for  ing. 


98  HUMPHREY'S  INTERLINEAR  SHORT-HAND. 

332.     Ential,  Entially.  —  Expressed  by  ish  following  «,  thus  : 


rential     i 


233.     //»f,  /«^  s.  —  Ing  may  be  expressed  by  a  /*f  A/  «/<?/,  and  ings  by  a  /«m>y  dot,  at 
the  end  of  a  word,  thus  : 


credential     deferential     inferential     reverential     prudential    providential    goj^ntial. 

r  a  lig 

.  q  "L.     V_.    </     j     \ 

trying     buying     leaping     sleeping     striking     speaking     reaching     doing     paying 
taking       raging       ducking       dancing       rapping       preserving       eating       training 

i      i        i 


cleaning       cleansing       turning       concerning       dying      considering      constraining 


shining      playing      making      lacking      going      prancings      engravings     meetings 


joinings       buildings       cravings-       castings. 

234.     The  t/ff-stem  may  be  used  in  tbe  following  words: 


blessing  hazing  placing        praising        blazing         dressing         choosing 

Q^> 


chasing         gazing         creasing         kissing         rising         composing        commencing 


annoying          lying          feeling          bowling          stiffening          striving          driving 

*Cv  __  _  ___  \    A  ___  _/-  s^~^  —  " 

^^        %^s          ^~^^        ^7<^     ^~^^         V^ 

proving         drafting          amusing          perusing          musing          losing          looming. 

235.     Ing-the.  —  Expressed  by  a  disjoined  tick  at  the  end  of  a  word,  written  in  the 
direction  of  p  or  chay,  thus  : 


X 


doing-the        having-the        sa\-ing-the        trying-the         paying-the         buying-the 


B.  0.  BAKER 
LAWYER 

XA3 


HUMPHREY'S    INTERUNKAR   SHORT-HAND. 


99 


striking-the 

I 


robbing-the  training-the          cleaning-the          concerning-lhe 


-•— / 

considering-the          niaking-the          giving-the          wrapping-the  moving-the. 

236.     Ing-a. — Expressed  by  a  tick  at  the  end  of  a  word,  written  in  either  a  horizon- 
tal or  a  perpendicular  direction,  thus: 

. 1      L 


taking-a       making-a       trying-a       striking-a      asking-a      concerning-a      showing-a 

2° '  '  \  _  jQ* 

seeking-a        giving-a         preaching-a         leaving-a. 

237.  Their,  There,  Thir,  Ing-their-there,  Ingly. — Expressed  by  a  heavy  tick  at  the 
end  of  a  word,  written  in  the  direction  of  /  or  chay,  and  when  convenient  may  be  joined 
to  a  circle  and  to  the  brief  signs  for  with,  ivould,  were,  etc.;  also  by  lengthening  ing,  thus: 


giving-their      doing-their      making-their      staying-there      taking-their      with-their 

(a) 


would-there       were-there       because-there       since-there       seeing-their       knowingly 


lovingly       laughingly       knowing-their       loving-their       among-their. 

NOTE. — This  tick  may  also  be  used  to  express  other  when  added  to  the  word-signs  for  any  and  no,  as, 
N — *  any-other;  ^_^f  no-other.  This  makes  a  clear  distinction  between  these  signs  and  other  signs  ex- 
pressed by  the  lengthening  principle,  without  inserting  a  vowel. 

238.     Ology,  Ologifal. — Expressed  by  jay,  joined  or  disjoined,  thus: 


->-      -L+-       -+-  -^-        -^- 

zoology-ical          genealogy-ical          theology-ical          phrenology-ical         geology-ical 

_L(  ./-  y ±*_ 


.  -*-v- 

hnoloi^y         physiology-ical        psycholog\-        ornithology        biology        sociology. 
239.     Self,  Selves.—  Expressed,  by  iss  and  sez,  joined  or  disjoined,  thus: 


ioo  HUMPHREY'S  INTERLINEAR  SHORT-HAND. 


c 


myself  himself  themselves         yourself        yourselves         oneself. 

240.     Ship. — Expressed  by  ish  joined  or  disjoined,  thus: 

apprenticeship      chairmanship      lordship      clerkship      statesmanship      friendship 

2  ( 

collectorship      companionship      generalship       consulship       courtship        hardship 


ownership        scholarship       judgeship       executorship       censorship       relationship 


partisanship        horsemanship        sergeantship. 
241.     Soever.  —  Expressed  by  is-vee  joined,  thus: 


%^£ 


whatsoever       whichsoever    -  wheresoever        whoever        whosoever      \w_hosesoever 


•*tr 


whomsoever        whensoever         whencesoever        howsoever. 


(a)  The  experienced  stenographer  may  add  an  /,  v-,  or  «-hook,  when  convenient, 
to  add  own,  ttot,  ever,  fore,  and  the  m-circle  for  is  or  his,  ttms:..fr...were-there-not; 
. . .%.. .  were-there-ever ;. ...... with-their-awn ; . . 3.. .  would-tkere-not ;. . -^. .  .would-there-ever ; 

— ^ . . .  would-there-ever-have-been ; . . ..... .  bfcause-there-is-has ;. .  /T: 

_~r^ since-therefore. 


lot 


LESSON  XXV. 


WRITING  EXERCISE—  AFFIXES. 

242.  —  Practice  one  page  at  a  time  of  this  exercise  until  you  can  write  it  from  dic- 
tation, then  write  it  from  dictation  twenty-five  times.  Write  all  of  the  exercises  thus 
far  given  that  are  to  be  written  from  dictation  until  you  can  write  them  at  the  rate  of 
one  hundred  and  fifty  words  a  minute. 

N         i   ^  *-  a    \     -    \     . 

He-is  probably  sensible  of-the  great  honor  thrust  upon-him,  and-his  popularity  and 


v <  * 


. 

gentlemanly  ways  peculiarly  fit-him  for-the  position.     We  all  rejoice  in-his  prosperity, 


3.  \     (  .    3        *L      •     ^^N^\       r\ 

*  d 

and  hope  that  through-his  instnnnentality  the  friendliness  of  foreign -powers  will-be 

4  )         ^      (  <A        C V  «^_  /. 

assured.     They-are  noted  for-their  hospitality,  as^well-as  for-their  frugality,  which-is-not 


'— V^ 


incompatible  with  being  hospitable.     Their  hostility  tc-the  principality  of-the  Prince 
_q V. . ;_ 

U  *\      o 

is  profitless,  and  were-it-not  for-the  proudness  and  stubbornness  of-their  rulers  they 

>  -        fr    .    <     I   -  -v  ..    J  1 


could-have  consistently,  and  without  display  of  partisanship,  shown  their  statesmanship, 

^  ^  a  /        (  II 

^         ;        ^  -^ r—^> L- 

§  and  established  their  ownership  of-the  territory  without  hardship  to-the  tenants.     It-is 

r, 


provideadal  that-he-had-an  insurance  policy  in-the  Prud^Mtial  Insurance  Co.  As-soon- 

V        ""1          x/^  A 

~ 


_ 

as-they    present-their   credentials    at   regimental  headquarters  they-will-be-presented 


IO3  HUMPHREY'S  INTERLINEAR  SHORT-HAND. 


with-an  order  for  ornamental  caps  and  accoutrements.     A  profitable  business  must- 

l^ ^ " 

^ 


Q 

Z>  always-be  attended  with  responsibility.     W?e  speak  of-the  teachableness  of  children, 

^3 ~a/ v      C* <yX^°e — b 

ineaning-their  aptness  to  learn ;  of-the  serviceableness  of-an  article,  meaning  its  quality 


, 

btfnl. 


of  being  serviceable ;  or-of-the  doubtfulness  of  anything,  the  state-of-being  doub 
(b) 

In-writing  such  words  as  indispensableness,  mindfulness,  carefulness,  thankfulness,  the 
16  ,   \  <V      \        ~X—  v        * 


8  termination  bleness  can-be  expressed  by-the  circle,  or-the   full  outline  may-be  used, 


_ 
whichever  is  most  convenient     Concerning-their  speaking,  I-have-nothing  to-say,  bu 


but 


*    .1  L-.  n  ^     ^         W,  I 

-y-          -T- 

it-was  in-striking  contrast  to-the  rest  of-the  performance,  considering-their  training. 

!»      1     -^.  r.x    L  __V. 


o    ^.^L<       ~t. 

Jf  In  perusing-the  stories  of  drafting  times  during  our  late  war  it-is  amusing  to  observe 


C  V  ^ 

what  lying  was  resorted  to  to-avoid  being  drafted.    You-should-not  kno\vingly  wound- 


the  feelings  of  another.     She  replied  laughingly,  and  subscribed  herself  lovingly.    The 

^     c  ^^ 

^ 


suffix  o^fj  denotes  any  science  or  branch  of  knowledge,  as  rAi'.i'ogy,  physiology. 


HUMPHREY'S   INTERLINEAR  SHORT-HAND. 


8  7 

o  geology'.      Psychology   is-that   branch  ^of  Metaphysics  which-has  for-its  subject  the 

*Cl^         \  .         \S 


human  soul,  its  nature,  properties,  and  operations.     "Whosesoever  sins  ye  remit,  they- 

•N  (C) 

25  Vv  N      0. 9       u        S\  <\  .xi  _ 

—A—  -^-J 1—  t  I 

are  remitted;  and  whosesoever  sins  ye  retain,  they-are  retained."     "Whosoever  will, 

(c) 

26   _,     I     ^  ~*\  *  r\Ty          c  Q     (^ 

^_ 1 A . / 

let-him  take  of-the  water  of  life  freely."     "With  whomsoWer  thou  findest  thy  good*, 

,"-i  L     r  • 


27 


_ 

J          '  --  '- 

Ict-hiin-not  live."     "And  into  whatsoever  city  or  town  ye  shall  enter,  inquire  who 


28 


in-it  is  worthy." 

(a)  Ing-thr  may  also  be  expressed  by  lengthening  the  zH^-stem,  as meaning- 

their.     (b)  Nert-ing,  a  convenient  form  for  in  writing ;  the  same  sign  is  written  below 
the  line  for  hand-writing. 

(c)  A  distinction  should  be  made  in  writing  whosoever  and  whomsoever.     Wnoso- 
ever  means  whoever,  whatever  person,  any  person  whatever ;  whomsoever  is  the  objective 
of  whosoever.     The  sentence,  "With  whomsoever  thou  findest  thy  goods,"  etc.,  having 
been  dictated  to  five  short-hand  writers,  all  but  oui  translated  whomsoever  by  whosoever. 
This  is  not  fatal  to  a  correct  understanding  of  the  passage,  per  se;  but  it  is  not  what  was 
dictated,  nor  what  the  text  called  for.     The  incorrect  translation  was  evidently  due  to 
using  the  same  form  for  both  whosoever  and  whomsoever. 

(d)  A  very  convenient  contraction  for  inquire. 

PUNCTUATION— MISCELLANEOUS  MARKS. 

243.  Whenever  the  ordinary  marks  used  for  punctuation -are  likely  to  conflict  with 
a  phonographic  character,  special  signs  may  be  substituted,  of  which  a  variety  are  given 
below.  In  reporting,  the  stenographer  should  indicate  the  periods  and  paragraphs,  as  it 
will  simplify  the  task  of  transcribing  his  notes.  Other  points  may  be  inserted  if  it  is 
convenient  to  do  so,  such  as  indicating  a  capital  letter,  a  foreign  word,  exclamations, 
laughter,  applause,  etc.  In  reporting  testimony  the  dash  is  frequently  required  to  indi- 
cate a  sudden  change  in  the  question  or  answer,  or  an  interruption.  The  stenogiapher 
should  make  it  a  rule  to  use  every  device,  when  reporting,  that  will  enable  him  to  make 
a  correct  transcript  of  the  notes  he  takes.  This  saves  time  and  trouble,  and  in  the  steno- 
grapher's case  it  will  lengthen  life. 


HUMPHREY'S  INTERLINEAR  SHORT-HAND. 


Period,  (/*»);  Comma,  (  ,  );  Colon,  (:  or  5  );  Semicolon,  (  ;  );    Interrogation, 
(I  or  z  );  Exclamation,  (    /  f  "7  );  Hyphen,  (=);  Dash,  (-/-or  -  );  Paragraph, 

(  f  ///  ');  Parenthesis,  (  if-  V       Q    );   Asterisk,  (  -^   );  Caret,  (       );  Quotations, 

/  \  (5?  fs-}~\  fr~~\ 

^    u  »      /  \       »  *  ).  Under-score,  (^  );  Laughter,  (W  ((AJ  );  Applause,  (  \\<i)  ); 

Great  Applause,  (   $>i>  );  Hissing,  (  (?^  );  Doubt,  (  ?  );  Italics,  (  _  );  Small 
Capitals,  (  t:  Capitals,  (  "r  ;|  );  Grief,  (  /   )•     In  legislative  reporting  the 

name  of  each  speaker  is  stenographed  and  a  circle  drawn  around  it,  thus:  (>~^   Stter- 
1*0*;    (\&  Edmonds;  \^  J/     Gordon. 


NUMBERS. 

244.  As  far  as  possible,  numbers  should  be  represented  by  the  Arabic  figures  ;  they 
catch  the  eye  more  quickly  than  short-hand  numerals,  and  are  consequently'  more  easily 
read.  In  rapid  writing  the  large,  round  numbers  are  more  quickly  expressed  by  their 
short-hand  symbols.  The  figure  six  is  better  written  in  short-hand.  The  following 

£~"\  \S* 

forms  may   be   used   to  advantage:.^,  hundred,/  thousand,.  ......  million,  _Y.._Jbillion, 

.••^-hundred  thousand,_s£~?\  hundred  million..  ..^-^.  .One^y  two,_/_.three,_?I^0.six,J._len, 
,.*?,  first,  5hi-secondV9-  third  J^.fourth,._L.sixthJ.tenthvCiwelfth,_^^r'joo; 


...  .100,000;  .4w....4oo;^5>^_  ..  .  .500,000  ;i  .6>Y_  _____  600,000;  5^-^ 

i,  200;_!)w.i,300;JV^  3,000,000,000;  150^-  .150,000;  I$Q<^__  150.000,000. 
Some  reporters  use  the  full-length  signs,  thus  :  .  4>—  -4    hundred,  .  2!  ______  thousand. 


105 


LESSON  XXVI. 


CONSONANT  WORI>-SIGNS. 

245.  If  the  student  has  faithfully  followed  instructions  up  to  this  point,  he  is 
sufficiently  familiar  with  the  principles  to  write  any  word  in  the  English  language 
phonographically ;  but  to  attain  the  highest  speed  in  writing,  further  study  of  the  word- 
signs,  and  of  contracted  forms,  is  necessary.  It  is  believed  that  the  following  is  about  as 
complete  and  accurate  a  list  as  it  is  possible  to  present,  all  of  the  signs  having  stood  the 
test  of  years  in  actual  practice. 

Where  several  words  are  represented  by  the  same  sign  they  are  inclosed  in  paren- 
theses. When  the  terminations  -ef,  -ed,  -fy,  -ility,  etc.,  are  joined  to  another  word  by  a 
hyphen,  both  the  primitive  and  derivative  forms  are  represented  by  the  same  sign,  unless 
there  are  other  signs  immediately  following  and  written  over  the  derivatives,  as  in  lines 
10  and  n,  page  112,  under  K.  '  It  will  be  observed  that  iss-kret  is  the  phonograph  for 
secured,  but  iss-ker-t  for  security;  while  in-iss-kret  represents  both  unsecured  and  inse- 
curity, /ss-klet  schooled  and  seclude,  but  iss-klet-ed  secluded.  The  hyphen  is  also  used 
to  join  words  together  in  phrase,  as  in-order-that,  by-means-of. 

To  enable  the  student  to  memorize  this  list  with  greater  ease,  and  in  a  much  shorter 
time  than  heretofore,  word-sign  sentences  have  been  arranged  for  dictation ;  but  in  addi- 
tion to  such  practice  the  list  should  be  gone  over  occasionally,  and  each  sign  written 
from  fifty  to  one  hundred  times,  or  more,  pronouncing  the  name  and  position  of  each 
sign,  as  directed  in  \  60,  page  16. 


V 


\         X  ^ 


up  (hope   happy    party    paten t-ed-able)   comply    peopled-d    apply    (applicable-ility) 

(a) 
c\  '~><\ 

2  \  N 


X 

(appear  proper  propriety)  (improper  impropriety)  principle-al-ly  (practice  practical-ly) 


v— -  c> 

(practicable-ility)   (upon   open)  (happen   punish-ed-inent)   poverty  (hopeful  hope-to- 

*  >3 \) \x  \  ^ _ 

M i^J —^ 

have)    option    compassion    passion    complain    plan    completion    perfect-ed    (proof 
rv  ^  o.  \ 


prove   professor)   approve-al    perfection    operation    oppression   (speak    speech  spoke) 


I06  HUMPHREY'S   INTERLINEAR   SHORT-HAND. 

6\  V-    \      \        )       \> S 3^_ 

-^r-  \ 

spoken    speaker    speakable    special-ly     especial-ly    exception    suspension    suspense 
n 

No         \_  V, 


NO 

(suspicion   suspicious)   suspected   peace  (pays  oppose)  (pass  hopes)  possess  possessed 

8\j  V        ^  ^ V ^_ 

•  ^<-* 

possessor   possessive   post    (passed   past   happiest)   compliance   complains   (appliance 

9  ^\  -5    ^  g; ^o °\0 o^ ^;> 


plans)   spiritual-ity   spiritualism    spiritualistic    surprise    express    suppress    surprised 


expressed    suppressed    (expression    separation)    suppression    experience    experienced 


(inexperience     in-the-experience)     inexperienced      opposition      position      possession 

..»        '    .        •  \  ^  ^ 

\~  "^~ 

except-ed   accept-ed-ation   acceptable   put   (complete   complied)    completely    applied 


(particular-ly  appeared  pride)  opportunity  proud   point   (opened   upon-it)   happened 
plaintiff  (complaint   complained)   (plant  planned)  (profit-ed-able  prophet)  prophetic 


proved    (approved    part-of)     suspend-ed     explained     comprehend-ed     apprehend-ed 
16 


irit     .spre 


superintend-ed-ence-ent     spirit     .spread   separated. 

(a)  Words  represented  by  more  than  one  consonant  stem  are  not,  strictly  speaking, 
word-signs,  but  contractions.  A.  number  of  contracted  forms  appear  in  this  list,  for  the 
reason  that  it  is  thought  best  to  have  the  student  memorize  them  at  this  time,  owing  to 
their  frequent  use.  It  not  infrequently  happens  that  the  derivative  forms  for  certain 
words  cause  the  beginner  considerable  annoyance,  especially  as  the  form  for  the  primitfv. 
only  is  given  in  the  Phonetic  Dictionaries,  (b)  The  ed-tick  may  be  p/.dcd  to  nord-sigm 
when  convenient. 


HUMPHREY'S   INTERLINEAR   SHORT-HAND. 


\ 


by   (be   object)    objected    to-be    (belong-ed   by-all)   able   (liberty   byour)   (member 


remember)  (niunber-ed   brother)  brotherhood   brethren   combine-ation   been   before 
3      \)  __  \,  _  V  _  %» 


objection-able    objective    (belief    believe)    believed     believer    remembrance    brief 


brave  subordinate-d-tion   (subject  subpoena)    subjected    subjection    subjective    buys 

5         No v  \) >V  _ 

(a-base   objects)    abuse    obligation    by-it     (be-it    be-had)     about    exhibit-ed     (built 

(a) 

6  ^  \ ^_«  v        _^ x 


build-ed-ing)   (able-to    bold-ness)  (behold    beheld)    (a-broad    brought)    (remembered 

1_  _  ^ \  

remember-it)    (behind     combined    be-not)    abundant-ly-ance    (bound     bounty-iful) 

8     v  \  ^  \  

before-it     above-it    blind     (blend     blunt.) 

(a)  When  two  forms  are  given  for  a  word  select  one  and  stick  to  it,  do  not  be  con- 
stantly changing  from  one  sign  to  the  other.  Exception  is  made  to  this  where  it  is  con- 
venient to  represent  a  word  by  two  signs  (see  reference  a,  under  T).  It  frequently  hap- 
pens that  a  word-sign  may  be  very  convenient  for  a  stenographer  engaged  in  a  certain 
line  of  reporting,  and  not  so  convenient  for  one  engaged  in  some  other  line;  for  in- 
stance, the  sermon  reporter  can  use  blet,  for  behold,  to  good  advantage,  while  the  amanu- 
ensis in  a  glue  factory  might  not  have  occasion  to  use  it  at  all,  so  do  not  condemn  a  cer- 
tain sign  because  it  does  not  fit  your  business. 


L     •>-     ^_     "I 


time     (it   take)    take-it     overtake     partake     undertake-n     retake     betake     mistake 


^  -  ^^  --  -  p__    - 

(at   out   took)     took-it    undertook    (tell    rill    it-will)    (at-all    until)    internal    (truth 


io8  HUMPHREY'S  INTERLINEAR  SHORT-HAND. 


1 


contract-ed)   (true  it-were  at-our  attract-ed)  (contain  taken)  (attain  at-one)  attainment 

V  y 


attainable    It-ought-to-have   whatever    (out-of   it-would-have)    at-length    (twelve-fth 

-  J  -  3  -  1:  -  1  -  L_I 

it-will-have)  (eternal  eternity)    at-our-own    contrive-ance    attractive    (city  sit)    set 

'    p     P 


(sat  satisfy-fied)  satisfactory-ly   as-to-its  consist  consisted   (system-atic  exist)  existed 

7  P      p      I        L  i  t         i  _  L     r 

f—  £  —  u  (j 

state    stoat     times    (it-is    its)    (itself   at-his)     (taste   test)     at-first     at-least     at-last 

»    j      j    E    c     ^    r,    ^      F, 

(contains  attains)  at-once  set-off  set-forth  situation  station  satisfaction  constitution-al 

'       f  Jill         1       U     1_ 


circumstance-tial  circumstances  strength-en  external  construct-ed  extreme  extremity 

f]  Q  Q/ 

IO  Q  I    .  f\  I   -  Q 

extract-ed    as-it-were     contraction     attraction     construction     extraction     instruct-ed 

"-J 1 P  P 

instructive  (instruction  in-(the)-construction)  (consistency  sustain)  (consistence  sustains) 
129  I  T  .1 

I or  y |]_ 

sister  it-ought  (it-would   it-had  at-it)   (till-it    tell-it)    until-i.t    tried    (toward    trade) 

»3  J 

___v) 

(contained    contend    it-ought-not)    (attained    attend    it-not>  (at-hand   it-had^iot    it- 
14  I  f  A  / 


wonld-not)    (it)K)Ught-to-have-had    it-would-have-had    it-will-not    contrived    constant 


HUMPHREY'S  INTERLINEAR  SHORT-HAND.  109 


(extent    extend     stand)     consistent     sustained     constituent    constitute-ed     state-ed. 

(a)  M  is  frequently  used  in  phrase  as  a  word-sign  for  time;  as,j at-this-timeA 

(. — .^  (^ — „  • 

at-that-time,  etc.,  to  prevent  the  phrase  from  extending  too  far  belov?  the  line  of  writing. 

(b)  •)      Tel3  is  objectionable  as  a  word-sign  for  both  at-all  and  until;  some  stenographers 
write  Y'  V-lay  for  at-all,  there  is  then  no  danger  in  using  tel  for  until;  many,  hovever, 
prefer  to  change  the  sign  for  until  and  write-^ — ettt'-l.     This  can  be  shortened  for  "f 
until-it,  or  lengthened  fa-A—until-there-is.     (c)  Contract,  contracted;  attract,  attracted, 

O 

and  kindred  words,  may  have  ket  added  to  them  if  the  writer  prefers  a  longer  outline. 


,j i         j  r        f 

dollar  (defendant   do   day)   advertise-d    advertisement    idle-ness  (deliver-ed   delivery) 
>     1  1  1          1  I  I 

J L q J          1 

doctor    (direct-ed    dear)    doctrine    director    (during    dark)    denominate-d-tion    done 

3 i -I/         K     tp t          i         i 

vJ  C  JS 

(down  providential)  divine-ity   deviner   devinest   differ-ent-ence  advance-d    advance- 

i      i  r  r        i        1 

_4 (J L/ I J       U^ t l 

ment    edition    condition-al    additional    delinquent-cy     (derive    derivation)    derived 

5      I  I  I  T  f  f  p  P          p 

~\^.  (7  I  I 

derivative  derision  direction  duration  (seed  side)  said   (sad  has-had)  is-said  has-said 

^      P         f          1  T  E  P 

(stead    study)    stood    consider-able-ably    inconsiderable    said-to-have,     is-said-to-have 

7         1,  f. J  J  J  J 

consideration  in-(the)-consideration  denominations  audience  providence  (delinquents 

1  I 


J       j          3 


delinquencies)    deliverance    darken-ed    (darkens    darkness)    directness     (did  did-it) 

_9J  _  r               1                1  __  J  J 

I  .1 

do-it     (had-liad     had-it)    delight-ed     derided    dread-ed     during-it     did-not  do-not 


HUMPHREY'S    INTERLINEAR    SHORT-HAND. 

1  Y 


(had-not  had-it-not)  (considered  considerate)  inconsiderate-ness  accident-al  you-did-not 

1  ^    or3  CI    «1  _  _/__ 

__„  ^  | 

you-do-not      you-had-not      I-did-not      I-do-not     I-had-not     he-did-not      he-had-not. 


(a)  By  always  writing  ket-oid-  or  ret-oid-dent  for  I-did-nol,  I-do-not,  and  I-liad-not^ 
vuh  may  be  added  to  these  signs  without  writing  them  out  of  position,  or  without  dan- 
ger of  conflicting  with  /.  The  tick  for  7  cannot  conflict  with  the  tick  for  he,  as  he 
\chet-oid)  is  always  written  downward. 

CH  (Pay) 

i       /  /  /  /          X7 


(watch  each)    (which    change)     (much    charge)    changeable     chargeable     each-wi 


(which-will  children)    much-will    (cheer    each-are)    (chair  •  which-are)    which- were 
00 

3  *  ^_  /  ^  ./ 

C~ 

which-onght-to-have   (whichever   which-have)   which-wd.-have    each-one    which-one 


(which-5ire-to-have     which-are-of)     (wh.-were-to-have      wh.-were-of)    as-  or  is-such 

.        ^     /,«»/?         *         ./•  f  ____  £, 


(such     situate-d)     situation      as-much     such-a-one     such-ought-to-have     such-have 


c  /  / 

such-wd.-have  such-are  such-were  (which-ought  which-it)  (which-had  which-would) 


(child   which- will-it)    child-hood    cheered    charity    charitable-bly     wiric'i-oughl-not 

1 * 6 

«/  6 

(which-wd.-not   which-had-not)   wh.-ought-to-have-had   wh.-have-had   wh.-wd.-have-had 

9         •" 

wh. -will-not. 


HUMPHREY'S    1N1EPUNKAR   SHORT-HAND.  j  1 1 

(a)  Some  of  the  word-signs  under  Chay  are  objectionable  to  stenographers  who  do 
not  find  it  necessary  to  use  signs  representing  four  or  five  words.  Many  stenographers 
do  find  it  necessary,  and  make  good  use  of  them.  The  beginner  must  be  guided  by  his 
experience  after  he  is  thrown  upon  his  own  resources.  In  the  use  of  very  brief  signs, 
young  stenographers  are  frequently  governed  by  their  speed ;  if  it  is  not  sufficient,  they 
eagerly  grasp  at  every  expedient  at  hand ;  as  it  increases,  they  do  not  find  it  necessary  to 
use  excessively  contracted  forms,  and  gradually  drift  into  writing  fuller  outlines,  and 
after  years  of  experience  they  forget  the  time  when  such  phrases  as,  "  What-is-his~generat- 
ref>utatwnfor-truth-and-veraciiy  in-the-neighborhood-in-which-he-resides,"  was  a  god-send 
to  them,  and  laugh  at  the  fledgling  who  is  trying  to  reduce  a  phrase  a  yard  in  length  to 
almost  a  single  stroke  of  the  pen.  l(b\  These  twr>  signs  were  inserted  v,v  mistake. 


/ 

r 

joy    (advantage    Jesus)     (damage  judge   large)     enlarge-ment     enlarged     angel-ic 


-/-  _/^2*_J^_.  -i  M  J,    ir*i 

archangel    evangelic-al    largely    danger   endanger    dangerous   (larger   jury)  jurors 


(religion  join)  general-ly  (junior  imagine-ary-ation)  Jehovah  generation  degeneration 

si-    I-  ~E      t      "V     _t_  •_.  __  /    / 

~t~       ~^ 

regeneration  exaggeration  (religious  joys)  irreligious  advantages  Jews  just-ice  largest 


J 


-f- 


just-as  generalize-d  geneialization   religionist  justification   generalization   evangelize 


jurisdiction    gentlemen    gentleman    imagined. 

K 

T 


(kingdom  common  commit-tee-ed)  commonly  (come  came  company)  (accompany-ied 


county)  country  (call  equal-ly)  equalization  (clerk  difficult-y)  Christian-ity  (care  occur) 
3 


can     caution-ed    occaaiou-ed    act^i    call-forth    conclusion 


occurrence     cure    eon 


HUMPHREY'S   INTERLINEAR   SHORT-HAND. 


•n. 


seclusion     creation     created     creative      Creator     (careful-ly   care-of)     skill     scale 


school    (describe-d    scripture-al)     secure     (because    kingdoms)    (comes    companies) 


accuse      (connnonest     cost)     descriptive     description     consequential     consequence 


consequent  inscribe-d    inscription    insecure  acquisition  accession  accusation     quite 


could     act-ed     acquaint-ed-ance    account  (called  equalled)    cold    conclude-d   quality 


qualification    (creature  accord-ing-ly)  (court  carred  occurred)  (cured  accurate  accrued) 


:ured-l 


client    secret    sacred    secured-ity  (unsecured  insecurity)  skilled  exclude-d  schooled 


seclude-d     collect-ed     collection     correct-ed     correction     character    characteristic. 


give-n     altogether    (together  go  ago)  (to-go  to-give)  (glory  glorify-ied)  (degree  agree) 


(begin-ning    organ)      organic       organism      (gain     again     begun)       began       gave 


(govern-ed-inent)     governor     glorification     (signify-ied     significant-ce)     signification 


significative      significancy       organs       organized      organization   .  (glories    glorious) 


HUMPHREY'S  INTKRLINEAR  SHORT-HAND 


(God     got)     (good     get)     guilt-y      (glad     gold)     agreed      great      give-it      gave-it. 

F= 
(a) 

(if  fonn-ed)    inform-ed       information       former-ly    for    (few  half  affect-ed)   eflect-ed 


(follow-ing  feel  fill  fall  if-all)    (fail  fell  for-all)    full-y    (if-our  offer)    from     for-our 


(often  fine  if-one)  (phonography  for-one)   confession    fashion    confusion    fashionable 

r- 


£^t- 

hilanthropv-ic-is 


(fallen    fall-in)    fell-in    philanthropy-Jc-ist    (feature   if-it)    (after   for-it)    future   fact) 

^j___^ s ^_ a ±. 

footstep  (followed  filled  feel-it)  (failed  felt)  (from-what  offered)  (afraid  freight)   find 
6  .  v 


faint     found-ed-ation  frequent  offer-their  (from-their  further)  farther  from-their-own 

(further-than  farther-than)  if-their  (for-their  father)  (follow-their  if-all-their)  further-jtheir 

(a)  As  a  word-sign  for  form,  f  is  most  convenient ;  n-f  can  then  be  used  for  inform, 
n-f-sion  for  information ;  or,  if  preferred,  n-sion  may  be  used  for  information. 


ever      have      (however  halve  view)      evil      value      valued      over      (every   very) 


(aver  favor-ed)   favoraWe  favorite    converse-ant    universe-al    university    nniversalism 

3   ^        ^>      U^  ^ ^>          U          ^ 

^ 

averse      even      evening  (have-been    having-been)     conviction     vision     ^very-one 


HUMPHREY'S  IXTERLIXKAK  SHORT-HAXIX 


4    -3       ^     ^     ^    ^        .   I 

conversion  version  aversion  of-thr  have-thr  liowever-thr-  or  they-are  (Savior  several) 


e 


(of-it    a-void-ed-ance    convict)     (liave-harl    have-it)     e\-idence      evident       evidently 


C  )  *> 

(halved    viewed)    (over-it   convert-ed)    virtue    virtaous    virtuously    virtual    avert-eti 

7 


T 

have-not         over-thr       ever-thr. 


TH   (//A) 

^—L ( 

(think  oath)    (thank-ed    thousand-th  youth)    theology-ical     saith     south     south-east 

south-eastern    author    three    through-one    thought    think-it  authority  authoritative 

J 1 / rx 

(threat    through-it     third)       throughout       (think-thr     or     they-are)       throygh-thr. 

TH  (Thee) 

V  t  \f  ~\ 

(thee   thy)   (them  they)   (thou  though)   Southern-er    they-all    they-will   though-wilt 

rv  / 

either  (their  there  they-are)  other  (within  thine)  then   than  they-have  they-have-had 

C  (      C  (.  ( 


4r 


they-would-have  (these  thyself)  this  (thus  those)  (themselves  this-is)  (that  t'hey-ought) 

(b) 
4        (  ^  ) 

~T~  ~^~ 

without   (they-wd.    they-had   though-it)    there-ought     there-it    (there-wd.    there-had) 


HUMPHREY'S    1XTKRUNKAK    SHORT-HANK. 


115 


D 

(on-either-hand    there-ought-not)  .   on-the-other-hand     (there-wd.-not     there-had-not) 

5      *  (  { [ t ^_ 

that-thr     the-other     without-thr     they-ought-not     (then-it  then-had)     (they-wd.-not 


they-had-not). 

(a)  The  //-hook  on  curves  may  be  changed  into  an  yQiook  to  express  have,  ever,  of, 
by  extending  the  hook  about  one-half  the  length  of  the  stem,  as^^>  may-have,  <Zs  s  hall- 
have.  Having  may  be  expressed  by  the  ing-dot,  as  ^-  ever-having,  ^3-  far-having. 
(b)  Wd.  is  used  in  this  work  as  a  contraction  for  would,  and  thr.  as  a  contraction  for 
their  or  there. 


•    )        ^          }  •) 

(see  saw)    (so  say)    (us  use  sue)    assist-ed-ance-tant    you-see-saw     you-say    I-see-saw 

^         ^         J        a 


(I-say  I-so)  assign-ment    assigned   secession   (association  cessation)   cession      first 

3         ^  .  > 

~ 


astonish-ed-iuent    establish-ed-ment  (east  see-it)  (so-it  so-had)  assets      eastern      astern. 


nr    ^"  V  I 

or .   m(  O- 

i    ^    n 

(eyes   ease-y)     was,  use   a  verb      is-it    was-it    (as-it   has-it)      used      is  n't     was-not 
o  O  £?      \ 

2  o - Q or/ 

has  n't     (is,  his)    (as,  has)    (is-his    is-as    his-is   his-has)    (as-is  as-his  as-has)     is-thr 

__     i1_  _          /__    j.1  .  _      1 / ^1 


\vas-thr     (as-thr  has-thr). 


Il6  HUMPHkKV'S    INTERLINEAR    SHORT-HAND. 

SH    (M) 


J  ) 


(she  wish)  (slnsll-t  show)  issue   wisher   sure-ly  (assure  share)  shine  (shown  shun  ocean) 

2  )  J  J  J 

-j—  _ 

conscience  (wisht  wish-it  she  ought)   shall-it   (she-wd.  she-had)  short   (assured  shared) 

3    J ; , 

wish-thr.  (show-thr.  shall-thr.) 

ZH   (Xhee) 


_ 

—  —  --      -x-  -^5- 

r.sual-ly       pleasure-able        measure        measured        '.unueasured         innueasSrable. 

L 

^  r      r  r     r     P  c 

i  ("^ 

(law  ill)  will-in^  (whole  allow)  (line  lien)  alone  revelation   revolution  (while  we-will) 

•  C 


well     wool     seal     (sale  soul  as-will)    salvation    (style  steal  still)  (stale  stole)  stool 

r  r        r      r 


3        ^  r 


r 

(laws  loss  lease)    less    (allows  lose)  (light  lit  lot)  (late  let)  (let-us  let-his)  latest  will-not 

i — - (L r  r <T        r 

we-will-not  (lend  loaned)    land    lead   (led  hold  held  old)     loud     (wild  wilt)    will-Jt 


lighter    (later  letter  will-thr)  latter. 

R  (Downward) 

(her  here  year)  (are  air  heir)  (our  hour)  (ours  ourself)  herein  earn  our-own  (arise  years) 
2  ~\  -v     ->,  J  or  "^ 

(arose  airs  heirs)  (h-ours  arouse  oursel'f)  arrest-ed  (art  heart)    or-not     are-not  around 


HUMPHREY'S    INTKKLINKAK    SHUKT-HANI). 


concerned    (Lord  read  ward)  (word  heard)  (hard  yard)  (order  order-thr.)  are-thr.    sir 

I  «=\        Ov  ' 

(as-onr  is-our)  concern-ing     concerned     unconcerned  start-ed. 

R  (Upward) 


recollect-tion     recover-ed-y     refer-ed-ence   (we-are  wire)    (wear  where  wore)    (aware 


with-onr)  we-are-in  (where-in  worn  workman)  with-our-own  (wc-are-of  we-are-to-have) 

3      t/*  ?  _  ^2.  _  ,  _  </L  _ 

^^^  e/ 

whereof      aware-of      (rent    rend)       .fonnd     (world    were-it    where-it)      where-had 


(real-ly  rely)  (reality  realty)  (relief  relieve)    relate-d-tion     relative    rule-d     ruler 

Q.  ,\ 

C/          s'\~      /^^>  (^  <^  >       °^ 


release-ize  realization  refonn-ed  reformation  we-were-not  we-are-not  were-not  surround. 

7W? 

(me    my,  time,  in  phrase)    (am  may  him)    home   (men  mine  mean)    man    human 
mission  motion    (with-me-my)  (with-him  we-may)  (women   we-mean-(to)  )     woman 


myself  himself  similar-ity  tsame  sum)  consume  (some-one  examine-ation)  examined 

/">  «^5  £~^ 

4  _  ^—  ^  _    s-^  _  __  _  .^__^^^ 
*  /  —  ^ 

(might-y  meet-ing)    met    mind   (amount-ed  am-not  may-not)  movement    \\e-miglit- 


,,g  HUMPHREY'S   INTERLINEAR   SHORT-HAND. 

meet-made  (were-made-met)fre-meant-to  we-may-not)  somewhat  sometime  immediate-ly 

6  ^  ^          '          <rs . ^ 

made     (seemed  is-made)  has-niade  consumed   important-ce  (improve-d-ment  may-be) 

7 


impossible-ity  improves  simple-y-icity  (somebody  as-may-be)  remark-able-y  (Mr.  mere) 
8  ~^ 


(more    mercy)      humor     we-may-be,  in  phrase;      stumped     stamped      million-s-th 

(matter  mother  may-thr)      some-other      murder. 

N 

v  —  p 


-n  — 

(any  in)  (know  no)     (own  new)     (influence  in-his)  (continence  hence)  (news  owns) 


(United    States   influences)     commences     influenced      (next   commenced)      opinion 
3         x 


(none  known)   (union  communion)        information       (nation   notion)     wh«i     one 


4 


CLP 


(seen  sin)     soon     in-all     in-all-its    only-as    annual-ly     unless    (want  went  when-it) 

c  Q^  %^ 

J  _  <^_y  _  ^_^  _  **s 

^-^ 
(wont   wound)    on-(the)-one-.hand     is-not    (as-not  has-not  sent)     need     (under   end 

6  S-" 


hundred)  (hand    owned)  (signed  consigned  sinned)    send    sound    (near  nor  in-our) 
7 


manner     owner     nearer-than    in-order-(to)    in-writing    handwriting  (entire  neither 


HUMPHREY'S  INTERLINEAR  SHORT-HAND.  119 

in-their)     (another     enter)      no-other       in-their-own       another-one       no-othei-ooe 

(winter  when-thr)     wonder-ful-ly. 

ING 

(England  English    thing)     (language  length)    (a-4ong  young)    (longer  longer-than) 

<^ 

l^     ^    M ; 

younger       lengthen  lengthy    singular-ly-ity. 

in£    KND    Y. 


why       (way    weigh)       away       (water    wither    whither)      weather       whethef-thr 

2       °)       ^ C -*1  -*- 

southwest-ern  (yea  your  you-are,  you  in  phrase)  (yes  yeas  yours  yourself)  yourselves 

3^Q^>      C         rorY 

yes-sir         your-own        yield-ed. 

H 


high       Ohio      holy-iest-ier-ness      hiss      house      hast      household     house-and-lot 

s  s~     


(heat  hit  hot)       hat         hint         hotel. 

VOWEL  WORD-SIGNS. 
I       . 


the   (a  eh)   ah    (an  and)   all    (too   two)   (already   awe)    (oh   O  owe)   (ought  aught) 


who-m    of    to    or    but   (on  he  him)   should   (I   eye  aye   hie)   how   we   with   were 

7       3  V  \f  " 

_£ 2 : n \j 

what  would  (ye   year-s)   (you,    your   m  phrase-])   yet   beyond. 


INTRODUCTORY 

TO  WORD-SIGN  SENTENCES. 


246.  To  write  rapidly,  and  to  read  quickly  in  return  what  has  been  written,  re- 
quires much  practice  upon  properly  arranged  material.     The  habit  should  be  discouraged 
of  writing  miscellaneous  matter  from  current  literature  before  the  student  has  memorized 
the  word-signs,  and  is  reasonably  familiar  with  the  contractions  that  enter  into  almost 
every  kind  of  composition.     Neither  rhould  he  be  allowed  to  form  outlines  of  his  own 
devising,  or  attempt  to  v.-rite  independently  of  the  exercises  furnished  expressly  for  the 
purpose,  until  he  is  well  versed  in  the  principles  of  phonetic  writing  and  can  apply  them 
with  intelligence;  otherwise  u'rong  outlines  will  be  improvised  and  wrong  word^igns 
used,  rendering  his  notes  incorrect,  and  consequently  illegible.     Exercises  containing 
the  most  frequently  recurring  words  are  here  given,  and  the  student  should  be  required 
to  copy  them  until  he  can  write  them  correctly  from  dictation  at  the 'rate  of  sixty  words 
a  minute;  they  should  then  be  dictated  to  him  daily  until  they  can  be  written  at  the 
rate  of  at  least  one  hundred  and  twenty-five  words  a  minute.     When  this  rate  of  speed 
is  attained  the  student  will  be  so  familiar  with  the  word-forms  that  he  may  safely  be 
trusted  to  improvise  exercises  consisting  of  the  simplest  forms  of  speech,  with  the  result 
that  in  an  entire  page  of  notes  not  more  than  two  or  three  corrections  will  be  found 
necessary. 

247.  It  is  scarcely  necessary  to  apologize  to  the  student  of  phonography  for  the 
style  in  which  many  of  these  sentences  are  arranged,  for  he  will  understand  the  difficul- 
ties to  be  overcome;  but  for  the  information  of  the  casual  reader,  unacquainted  with  the 
mysteries  of  the  art,  we  will  explain  that  these  sentences  are  composed  of  a  limited  num- 
ber of  words,  not  exceeding  two  hundred,  which  are  represented  by  signs,  more  or  less 
arbitrary.     This  list  of  words  is  the  key-note,  as  it  were,  to  rapid  reporting,  and  it  is 
absolutely  necessary  that  the  student  should  learn  to  write  them  with  the  utmost  facility 
before  great  speed  can  be  attained.     In  order  to  make  these  sentences  still  more  effective 
for  the  purpose,  word-signs  of  similar  form  are  put  in  contrast  with  each  other  whenever 
practicable,  and  the  words  they  represent  are  made  to  appear  in  the  sentences  as  often  as 
possible.     For  instance,  by  referring  to  the  fifth  sentence  it  will  be  seen  that  the  words 
it  and  time;  appear -s,  principles,  suppression,  and  oppression,  are   expressed  by  signs 
similar  in  construction.     There  are  several  advantages  to  be  derived  from  this  arrange- 
ment, not  the  least  of  which  is,  that  it  gives  the  student  confidence  in  his  ability  to  read 
arbitrary  signs,  representing  different  words  in  the  same  sentence,  with  a  readiness  that 
could  only  be  acquired  by  long  practice.     It  also  teaches  him  how  to  read  quickly  with 
the  aid  of  the  context, — and  such  aid  is  very  necessary,  for  these  signs  do  not  give  the 
reader  the  assistance  that  full  phonetic  outlines  would  give, — and  shows  him  that  the 
context  can  be  relied  upon  in  a  great  degree  by  a  well-informed  stenographer,  especially 
if  the  matter  reported  \vas  arranged  with  reference  to  any  kind  of  grammatical  construc- 
tion.    It  is  a  good  plan  for  the  student  to  form  sentences  of  this  kind  and  lay  them  aside 
until  he  has  forgotten  their  arrangement,  and  then  try  to  translate  them  with  the  aid  of 
the  context  and  his  memory  of  the  word-signs. 

248.  The  student  studying  by  himself  should  divide  this  list  into  lessons  of  about 
ten  or  fifteen  sentences  each;  copy  the  lesson  until  thoroughly  familiar  with  it;  then  re- 
quire some  one  to  dictate  it  daily  until  the  rate  of  speed  herein  before  suggested  is 
reached.     After  the  word-signs  are  memorized  they  should  be  written  from  dictation  in 
review  many  times  throughout  the  entire  course. 


LESSON  XXVIL 


WORD-SIGN  SENTENCES. 


v  C^    ->-*  __      ( 


(i)  The  people  will  comply  with-the  wishes  of-the  party  in-all  things.  (2)  They 
appear  to-be  happy  in-the  hope  of-the  glories  beyond.  (3)  Experience  and  practice 
combined  make  practical  men  and  women.  (4)  The  operation  called-forth  expressions 


^ 
of  surprise.     (5)  It  appears  that-the  principles  of  suppression  and  oppression  governed 

them    at-all    times.      (6)    Do-not    oppose    peace,   for   upon-it   depends  our    salvation. 

(7)  The  surrounding  circumstances  point  unmistakably  to-his  guilt     (8)  The  study 

U_ ^""^ £^5*^, L b. J_ 

of-the  Constitution  of-the  United-States  of  America  is  instructive  as-well-as  interesting. 


(9)  The  singular  construction  of-the  English  language  is  -wonderful.     (10)  Those  who 

s    -  \,    _ 

— 


complain  of  poverty   now   hope-to-have  riches  of-their-own  in  due  course  of  time. 


_  ____  __        --  --    __ 

S  5         ) 

(n)  They  expressed  their  approval  and  great  surprise  at-the  plans  and  appliances  used 

^""^       S-  ^  _     _  '     \  s   \  V  __  .   __;£ISi-__c^-*£— 

Vo  ^o  \ 

in   building-the  building.     (12)   He  hopes  to  pass  the  happiest  and  most  pleasurable 
J  ......  ^      -  <\  '  J  __  l_£j^-i 


time    in-all    of-his    experience.      (13)  The    audience    was    held    in    suspense    at-the 


HUMPHREY'S    INTERLINEAR   SHORT-HAND. 


.....  L  .......  ^  .........  ^  .......  i-pi  ........  S  ..........  "5  ........  X  ........  C  .................  &...:. 

f  ^^^- 

dangerous  position  of-the  blind  man,  who-was  suspended  above  them.     (14)  This-is  a 

—  .................  4  .....................  !  ..............................  <  ..................  ....... 


matter  which-ouglit-to-have-been  considered,  and  which-would-have-been  had-it-nor-been 

^  ........  >»  ..................  ^  ......  ii  ......  LJL  .........  ^.....V...A... 

fcr-our  objections.     (15)  In-his  speech  he  spoke  with  special  reference  to-the  suspicion 

..^..^....dLl  .....  .^  ......  ,.W  ......  s,  .....................  :  .......  5k_±jjJA. 

which  first  caused  their  arrest  and  final  suspension.     (16)  The  subject  on  which  I-have 


spoken  has-the  approval  of  men  experienced  in-such-matters.     (17)  If  you-will  submit 


j.,  .....     _  ........  -,...  .J....  .....  v.  . 

Co  '  No 

your  proof  to  prove  the  facts  you-have  alleged,  the  parties  shall-be  punished  if  found 


guilty.     (18)  The  question  at  issue,  and  before  us  now,  is-not  what  may-be  done,  but 

.!  ......  £S,  ......  J...N  .........  L  ...............  J  .....................  .^  ........  t!  .......  /..-  ...............  1. 

what  will-be  done  by-the  different  denominations  during-the  session  just  called.    (19)  The 

~  ........  -  ..........  «  ..........  -  .....  -\  .........  5  .......  r^  ...............  4  .....  i  ........  «,.. 

importance  of-the  movement  ought  to-be  considered  from-the  stand-point  of  improvement 

__./  ...........  '.  .......  ^  .......  o,  ..................  •  ............  j>  ..................  3  ............  />.  .....  _u 

which-has    already    been    made.      (20)    His    constituents     considered    such     action 

"^^^  ............  1..  .....  <  ........  3  .....  rs  ..........  .?.  ..........  v._  .....  ^  ........  .^ 

inharmonious,  and  consider  that  he-was  very  inconsiderate  of-their  expressed  wishes, 

_±C  .........  C  ........  ^  .....  fJs-^..'....£..^^.x.  ......  .a,  .....  C  ......  C. 

consequently  they  will-not  vote  for.  him  or  sustain-him  on  future  occasions;  they  think, 

^    <, 


in-fact,  that-he  ought-to-be  retired  to-the  quiet  seclusion  of-his  country  home.    (21)  I-am, 

-W-^J  ..........  ^  ......  ^  .....  '  ..........  0.  ........  ^  .....  k,  .....  .!S)  ........  L2$. 

however,  perfectly  astonished  to  hear  that  they-have  applied  for=a  separation  ,  it  surprises 


HUMPHREY'S  INTERLINEAR  SHORT-HAND. 


<c)  .................  :  .....  1_1_Z!  .......  )  ..........  L.:J.  .....  I 

me  more  the  more  I-think-of-it.     (22)  The  eye,  the  organ  through  which  we  see;  aye, 

C^....C..*  ..........  :*  ......  v  .....  :\..x  ......  /\s  .......  N  ......  <r-N  .....  Vo-  .......  ^ 

meaning  yes,  and-the  word  high,  are  all  represented  by-the  same  phonographic  sign. 

......  -  ............  ^  ..........  ~  .....  ~A  .....  ^  .....  t  .............  Si  .........  ^  ..........  3- 

(23)  The  inexperienced  need   not  apply;    only  those   who-have-been    fully  instructed 


in-the  English  language,  manners,  and  customs,  are  wanted.     (24)  In-our  opinion  the 

<^>'"/? 

owner  must    go    to  some-one  else  for-his  information  ;   some-other-one  may  tell    lim, 

.,  .......  z  ..........................  <.  .......  ^  ..........  f  .........  \i  ...........  j  ...............  ^  .........  a 

but  we-will-not.     (25)  As-the  spiritualists  stood  before-the  audience,  hand-in-hand,  they 

^°  c 


told  of  wonderful  manifestations,  and-of  visions  from-the  spirit  world  that  appeared  to 


them  in  spiritual  form.     (26)  We-are  completely  worn  out  with-such  hard   labor,  for 
C  } 

we-have  performed  all-this  work  with-our-own  hands.     (27)  In-view  of-the  facts  already 
known,  he  expressed  himself  as-not  at-all  surprised  that  spiritualism  should-be  suppressed. 

r    ^      (  v^    C~    ^L  L  ^ 

-TV^. -^* ^*7 -^»* v I . .  G? — ?s 

(28)  We-will  suppress  them  for-a    while   on-several  accounts,   but    more    particularly 

in-consequence  of-their  opposition  to-our  immediate  possession.     (29)  The  counsel  for 
(  ^\/^~        \ 

plaintiff  complained   that  he^had-not  had  an   opportunity    to   properly   open-the   case 


v 


on-the-part-of-his   client.     (30)   The   song   she  sang   was  described,  as  being  beautiful 


124  HUMPHREY'S  INTERLINEAR  SHORT-HAND. 


.-. 

beyond  description;  you-sbould-have  heard  it  to  appreciate  it     (31)  I-cannot  account 

X  .......  •=  .......  »£  ........  1  .....  L:>.  ........  i^.  ...........  ?  ......  :n.\™..:\.._  ..... 

for-the  inscribed  inscription,  or  tell  why  it-should-be  set-off  in-this  peculiar  way.     (32) 

- 


In  compliance  with-our  plans  of-the  evening  before,  we  passed  by-him  at-his  post  and 

_  f  <       (c)^     /  ......  •>  ......  f.  .......  v. 

"^  .....  X 

found    him   still    watching    without   thought-of  danger.     (33)    She-is  said  to-be-the 

..^  ......  IJ^LL-^..  ........  I  ......  ~z>  .....  ^-.^p  ......  ^  .......  -'  .......  ia~ 

possessor  of-a  violent  temper  ;  but  on-this  occasion  she  possessed  herself  with  patience, 

^X  <\       ->  ^     ~N  V  *\ 

.........  ^<Ls.._  .......  _.\....<^....\j^  .......  v  ..................  .>  .....  \^.  ....................  -A  .............  ^ 

notwithstanding  very  great  provocation  to  exhibit  her  passion.     (34)  Upon-his  express- 


.............    .....     ......    ........    ......  ...........    ..........  .......  _  ........  ..... 

ing-the  express  pacla^ge  we-are-of  opinion  that-the  obligation  he-was  under  was  complied 

..:  .....................  t  ......  ^  .....  f 

with.     (35)  I-have-an  option  on  twenty  thousand-dollars'  worth-of  cloth,  to-be  delivered 


by-the  manufacturers  at-once,  or  as-soon-as  there-is  a  call   for-it.     (36)  The  strength  of 

\ b U / v .s / P .L 

each  member,  and-its  construction,  was  set-forth  to  their  entire  satisfaction.     (37)  It-so 


......  s  ..............  .............  &  ..............  ............  *;  ..........  *  ......  \  .........   - 

happened  that-the  complaint  though   approved,   proved   to-be  quite  defective.     (38) 


Should-you  happen  to-be  up  'our  way  at  any  time,  call  in  and  see  us.     (39)  The  plan, 


upon  completion,  was  perfection  itself.     (40)  Their  Christianity  and  spirituality  cannot, 


--  ...........  -  .......  \  ..........  -  .................  -  .....  -  ...........  I  ......... 

and  ought-not  to-be  questioned.     (41)  I  met-him   at-the  meeting  where  he-  was  to 


HUMPHREY'S   INTERLINEAR  SHORT-HAND. 


125 


speak  ;  I-had,  however,  spoken  to-him  once  before.     (42)  He  described  them  particularly 

<\  V.  v_^  r- 

„.,  ..............................  „  ...........  <S,  .....................  ^  .............  X?.  .....................  ^  ............... 

'  % 

and  appeared  proud  of-the  opportunity  given  him.     (43)  Last  night  the  complete  plant 

^        °v  \  t/          ^        v        /      s~*          C~ 

J-  ..........  7^.  .........  tfT5l..S«*ftsJ?.™  >  ............  -..(^  ..............  /....I... 

was  spirited  away  by  some-one  unknown  ;  we-are  suspicious  of  those  men  who  loiter 

..............  }  ........  1  .........  I  ..........  }  ......  ^i  .....  .  _____  J>  .....  :  .....  a  .......  i_ 

~st  b 

around  here  during-the  day.     (44)  He-was  induced  to  go  and  hear  the  word  of-the 


Lord  read  for-the  first  time  in  his  life;  when  all  were  requested  to  read  together  he 

A    <-     (  9        )  •  \) 

/..\  .............  v  ...............  .cr^~~  «  ..................  x  ....................................  y.  .........  •  ........  <?^»..- 

read  with  them.     (45)  We-may-go  with-him  to  see  the  annual  exhibition  and  we-may- 


not,  but  only  with-our  mother's  approval.     (46)  We-met  yesterday;  we-might  meet 


......  ......  ..  ...........  .     .........    .  .....        ......... 

to-day,  and  we-may-not  meet  again  until  to-morrow  morning.     (47)  I  said  inexperience, 

\ 


and  not  in-the-experience\  the,  word  and-the  phrase  are  expressed  by-the  same  sign;  an 

......  !\  .........  ^  .........  '  .......  S^:  ........  =^11  ..........  <  ........  !rr  ..................  ^ 

experienced  stenographer,  or  phonographer,  can  read  it  without  difficulty  ;  an  inexperi- 


enced  one  cannot.     (48)  My  answer  to  that  question   is-that  consistency  consists  in 

V.,  .....  f  .........  ^...^  ......  ^\_  ..............  j,  .....  ^  .......  i^  .......  ^  ......  „< 

being  consistent   in-all  things  whatsoever.     (49)  It-is  of-the  utmost  importance  that 

.__,._  ......  ^  ..........  K  ......  \  ......  -.  ........  ^  .....  j-  .........  ^..-^2 

young-men  should-be  surrounded  by  good  influences;  otherwise  there-is  great  danger 

^  \-  ^   ^  .......  V  .....  L  .........  i.  ............................  - 

-Vat—  ^  N  cv> 

of-their  being  easily  influenced  for-that  which-is  bad.     (5<5);  It-will-not-be  approved  as 


126  HUMPHREY'S   INTERLINEAR  SHORT-HAND. 


.1 - * -\ u-... 


"T 

planned,  and-it  ought-not  to-be  for-it-is-not  what-was  ordered  or  expected,  and  it-will-not- 


* a. <^ - ~ 

be  accepted  except  some  change  is-made  in-it.     (51)  We  at-length  arrived  at  an  inn. 


...\ \r~  ..-* / 0... 

which  seemed  to-be  in-an  out-of-the  way    locality,  quite  near-  a  large   and  well   built 

S  f°     I         \  < 


city.     (52)  After-the  Insurance  Company  has  adjusted  our  losses,   it-is  probable    that 

A  I         (c)    v 

i^  \  I  I  s~\  K  *rf  /*\. 

W  V 

we-will-not   have   more-than    ten  out-of  twelve  thousand  dollars  worth-of  goods  left. 
(53)  I*"*5  my  belief  that  if-we  combine  the  old  combinations  with-the  new  ones  given. 

.; 1 / 


/v   

we-will-have  more  practical  designs,  the  construction  of-which  should-be   remembered 

•!>— c -= ' -C - ^--'•-^'•••^-••^^^' 

for  future  reference  and  use.      (54)   By  degrees  the  nation  began   to  grow  again  in 


<X  f? 

prosperity,  and-the  spirit  of  liberty  seemed  to  brood  and  spread  over-the  whole  land. 

/I         O         1  1  I  1  v          ^ 

J o. J I  L « J 

(55)  Truth  is-as  eternal  as  eternity  itself;  it-is-the  doctrine  of  eternal-life.  (56)  The 
city  contains  a  large  number-of  stations,  larger,  perhaps,  than  any-other  city  of-the  same 
size,  each-one  of-which  is  numbered  for  convenience  in  remembering  them.  (57)  I 
remember  very-well  when  I-went  abroad;  it-was  upon  my  return  that  I-brought  one 


home  with-me  from  England.     (58)  Be-not  afraid  to  follow-their  instructions  in-coa- 


HUMPHREY'S  INTERLINEAR  SHORT-HAND. 


137 


C  \ 


structing-the  building  ;  you-will-not,  and  cannot,  then  be  lield  responsible  for-its  defects 

...........  \/.  ........................  JZ!?......^.  ......  d  ......  „  .....  f  .........  *  .......  P  ......  )  .......  r...;±? 

in-constructiou.     (59)  My-client  agreed  with-me,  and  said  that-the  suit  was  settled  in-a 


manner  satisfactory  to-himself,  although  he  admitted  that-the  damages  awarded  for 


negligence  were-not  as  large  as-he  expected.     (60)  At-the-first  test  the  man  was  tossed 


over-it  with  ease;  at-the  second  he  fell  before-it     (61)  He  combined  great  skill  with 
n  ^    ^--x 

r~'  "  "<=s 

great  strength,  and  was  also  possessed  of  many  virtues.     (62)  We-might  have-had  fruit 
on  several  occasions  before  if- we  had  wished;  we-have-it  regularly,  now  that-it-is  in 


season.     (63)  My-client  was  acquitted,  but  their-client  has-just-been  con\-icted  of  murder 
^  (i)  o_  C  S  -  \ 

.............  $*  ..............................  ir  ..........  __________  .  ..............  ^  .........  /  .......  _  ......  ^  .....  __Aj^V 

V^.  (/»  1 

in-the  second  degree.     (64)  It-is-a  significant  fact  that  after  he-was  warned  to  keep  away 


•from-their  house,  he  still  persisted  in  going  in-there.     (65)  In-referring  to  your  favor 

..ZTJSJ?.  .......  N  ....................  .SLP  .....  .^  .....................................  L  .........  .^....>*_2  .....  /a... 

in-reference  to-the  organic  analysis  of-the  organism  of-that  delicate  organ  .known  as-the 


_ G~ V 

human-heart,   I-can    only    say   that-it-has-been   found   to-be-the  most  complete  in-its 

r 


c  \ 


organization  of  any  organic  structure  that  was  ever  organized.     (66)  We-were  delighted 


1 


at-Uie  darkness  for-it  darkened  each  object  so  we  could  easily  be  seen     (67)  Some-one 


128 


(TV 


HUMPHREY'S   INTERLINEAR   SHORT-HAND. 

P <- C. a. £^ I ) 

has-said  that-a  similar  amount,  about-a  million  dollars,  was  consumed  in-a  movement 

I       -     \                      ^                         I                        G(k)                           * 
.Jo Ai i >p. f. L-~  ^/ 

of-this  kind  before;  but  I-am-not-positive  who  it-was.     (68)  We-were-not  aware  that-the 

I <S^\ c £, _ ^ ±±Z 

circumstances  whereof  you  speak  were  such  as-to  warrant  his  arrest.    (69)  In-consequence 


of-their  action  consequential    damages   were  assessed,  and  would  have-been  collected 


had-not  security  been  given  for-the  full   amount.     (70)  The  child,  if   left    to   itself, 

'          v^r-       * 


which-will -it  choose?     The  good  or-the  bad ;  the  moral  or-the  immoral ;  the  pure  or-the 

/        0  ^9^  I 

impure.     To  this  there-is  but  one  answer,  mankind  is  naturally  depraved,  and  without 

the  refining  influences  of  Christianity  its  tendency  is  downward.    (71)  Upon-his  accession 


to  power  he  yielded,  and  consented  to-the  acquisition  of  more   territory,  hence  the 


accusations  made  against-him  by-his  party.     (72)  Although  a  bold   man,  he-was-not 


able-to  hold  his  own  single-handed  and  alone  against  so  many.     (73)   He-is  held  in 

~^  .....  .  ......  f  .........  t  ......  f  .......  ] 

high  esteem  and  kind  remembrance  by-those  brave  men  who  stood  at-his  side  during 


those  difficult  and  dangerous  times.     (74)  The  Committee,  together  with-the    entire 

...rrrrrr....  ......  C,  .....                                           .....CTTP    .  .  s~~?~^   f  \             NO 

X                                    --'f  .....  .....  ........  ----- 

company,  were  committed   to-the  care-of-the   Mayor,  who  accompanied  them  to-his 


HUMPHREY'S   INTERLINEAR  SHORT-HAND.  129 


country  home,  where  hey-were  carefully  and  skilfully  entertained  on-a  grand  scale.    (75) 


...........  ..........  -      -,  ........  ............     ........ 

He-was  appointed  county  clerk  to-the  Board-of  Equalization  of  Taxes,  as-well-as  clerk 

,  ........  L^-  .......  -  .................  L  ......  v^jt  ..........  <  ...........  ?.  .........  ^ 

to-the  State-Central  Committee.     (76)  It-is  purely  accidental  that  you-did-not  get  hurt  ; 

»    *-^     cS  <  -^  c     1 

™~3  .....       ^-^  .....  ^ 

you-do-not  seem  to  realize  that  you-had-not  a  moment  to  lose.     I-know  that  I-did-not, 


and  I-do-not  care  to  witness  such-a  narrow  escape  again.     (77)  The  engineer  did-not 

•          * 


see  you,  and  he-did-not  blow  his  whistle  for  he-had-not  time.     (78)  If-you  take  anything 


at-all  for-your  services  take-it  now  or  let  it  go.     (79)  If  you  undertake  to  overtake 

/  Q  —  P  V  s^\  ( 

\  ........  :  .....  ZIjLjac=Sk  .....  ."S  ----  >s  _____  £..Jl  ....................  V  ..........  >^j...v.rN^^ 

them,  and  succeed,  you-may  partake  of-their  hospitality.     (80)  They  undertook  to  retake 


the  position  they-had  lost;  but  they  made  a  mistake,  for-the  enemy  compelled  them  to 

V_  6  S  C^~  ^  * 

•A— ^ \ ^ 

betake  themselves  to-the  woods     (81)  I  apprehend  that-yon-will  comprehend  what-the 


study  Of  shorthand  is  before  you-can  write  at-the-rate-of  two  hundred  words  a  minute. 

1  I  ^       /  -s          /  . 

_..qr I/ - /• * V> C......I —          ....f/-.. 

(82)  There-is-a  difiFerence  between  angel  and  archangel,  angelic  and  evangelic     (83) 

I i ' ^ 1 1 LA. 1 .f- 

Tell-fhem  they   ought-to-have  applied  it  externally,    it-is-uot  for  internal  use.     (84) 

r. L. fi_ IL±^_: -x ji-^-^-.°-i 

I-will-not  tell-it  till-it-is  told  in  school,  or  until-it-is  told  after  school  is  out     (85)  In- 


IJO  HUMPHREY'S   INTERLINEAR  SHORT-HAND. 

.......  .1  ..............  t  ........  ±  .......  <  ............  £.  ...........  ^Jr:  .........  ?.  ...........  ^  ........  i... 

consideration   of-the  gift,    he-is  said-to-have   acted    in-a  considerate   manner   towards 

c  <  -  v  ...................  '  .........  r  ^  F  ^  ...................  ^ 

those  who  gave-it  to-hiin.     (86)  He  has-had  a  very  sad  experience,  which-would-be 

t      *-   r  J  °   /-v      I          > 

.......  •'  ...........  K  ......  '  .......  ^  ...........  °  ................  t,  ............  .....  r  ••-•      r 

Vj£_/ 
interesting  were-it  told  to-the  audience  ;  he  owes  his  improved  condition  to-a  beneficent  and 


J.  .................... 

divine  providence.     (87)  Every  business-man  should  advertise  his  business  ;  the  character, 


or  style,  of-the  advertisement  is  important,  and-the  methods  of  advertising  now  in  use 

^  .......  s~*  .....      ^  ......  r  ......  v^,--^  .......  £?-  ..........  \  ......  / 

are  improvements  over-the  old  fashioned  ways;  judicious  advertising  will  always  pay  the 

'  ' 


advertiser,  if-  the  goods,  are.  as  represented    or  advertised.      (88)    The    advantages  of 

......  L  ...........  ^  .....  ^  .......  \^...N  .........  i±  ...........  ^  .......  ^  .....  ^  ......  c...... 

religious  regeneration  are  apparent  to-the  commonest  creature  in-the  world,  as-well-as 


o       _ 


to-the  Christian.     (89)  Your  creation  is  quite  characteristic  of-you,  and  shows  great 

:..Z1(  ......  C  ......  C.  ....-  .......  la.. 

/  *-  ~^> 

natural  skill  ;  also  that  you-are  well  schooled  in-the  arts  and  sciences.     (90)  Who-ever 


thought  it-wouM-be  followed,  and  found  floating,  after  so-many  days  and  weeks  have 


passed  away.     (91)  Your  valued  favor  is-at-hand,  and  your  request  -will-be  attended-to 
~        \ 


immediately,  by  myself.     (92)  The  largest  and  most  accurate  results  will-not-be  secured 

_")*>_  .....  .^.  ..............  :  ......  -^....)  .......  ^—    ^,  .    Q—  :        ^ 

by-such  means.     (93)  The  gift  was-a  significant  one,  and  signified  the  esteem  in-which 


HUMPHREY'S   INTERLINEAR  SHORT-HAND. 


13* 


........  .......     ......  T  ..... 

he-has  long  been  held  by-those  who  gave-it  to-him  ;  only  those  in-the  secret  understand 


J,  ........  ^  ........  !  .......  ^  .........................  \  ..... 

its   significance   or  signification.     (94)    He-was   astonished   at-all   that-he   saw    in-the 


establishment;  he-had  seen  one  similar  to  this  in  arrangement,  but  somewhat  smaller. 


(95)  He  attended  the-first  session  of  congress,  almost  without  cessation,  after-the  secession 

_/. .' f L     JL 

/  *° 

of-the  South,  or  Southern  states.     (96)  This  company   holds  all   of-their  things   in 

...~. ) <± C^~- I- 

common,  so  each-one  has-an  equal  interest  in-all  of-their  securities,  and    in    property 


and  real-estate  of  every-  kind.     (97)  He-has  had-it,  but  they-have-not  had-it  ;  he-would- 

_JL  .......  L.  -t  .........  4  .....  1  .....  '.  ........  ?-.. 

<T  f  i 

not  have-had  it  had-it-noSbeen  for-tlrose  who-have  had-iL    (98)  This  author  is  authorized 

,  .../]...;  .....  ^  .......  ,  .......  X  .........  So  ..........  z  ............  :  .............  '  ...............  i  ......  ' 

to  write  on  theology  and  theological  subjects,  on-which  he-is-an  authority;  whatever  he 


writes  is  considered  authoritative.     (99)  The  principles   of  religious  liberty  are  to-be 

^-*         -*-»       ?  *  C  *-       s^  —  ^ 

-^  ................  ^  ........................  '  ............................  -  ......  f-ts  .............................. 

found  in-the  Holy  Scriptures,  which-are  the  laws  of  God,  who  rules  in-the  Kingdom  of 

A.  ..........  ,^..-.i^-^...L-.;  ........  .^  .......  /...^.,../1^  .....  «. 

Heaven,  and-who  sent  his  Son,  our  Saviour,  the  Lord  Jesus  Christ,  to  redeem  the  world 

,  .....  <L_i_  ...\  .........  1  .........  "  .......  «-.  .....  ;  .....  /-...^  .....  *-a- 

and    save   all  mankind.     (100)  By  direction  of-the  court  the  jury  returned   a  verdict 

s  ^  "    ^...W  ......  I  .......  \ 

____  T^y.  ........  ^  ..............  --..—.  .........  - 

for-the  plaintiff,  to-wnich  the  learned  counsel  for-the  defendant  objected. 


133  HUMPHREY'S  INTERLINEAR  SHORT-HAND. 

(a)  A^-hook  added  to  express  own.  (b)  Ing-the  tick ;  this  tick  may  be  shaded  to  ex- 
press ing-thr.  (c)  The  lengthened  hook  on  curves  to  express  have,  may,  when  con- 
venient, be  used  to  express  of  in  phrase,  (d)  Ing-ing  may  be  written  in  phrase  for 
English-language,  (e)  Careful  writers  can  use  the  f-  y-hook  on  //resigns  to  express  of. 
(f)  In  sermon  reporting,  and  where  the  word  life  occurs  frequently,  it  may  be  conven- 
iently expressed  by  the  full-length  stem  f.  (g)  There  is  no  objection  to  using  petoid-iss, 
below  the  line,  for  to-himself.  (h)  Jens',  in  law  reporting,  may  be  used  as  a  contraction 

for  negligence,     (i)  In-the-second-degree  may  be  written  in  phrase, .     (k)   Weh, 

enlarged  to  add  were ;  a  hook  may  be  written  within  the  curve  to  add  not,  as we- 


LESSON  XXVIII. 


LIST  OF  CONTRACTIONS  AND  WORD-FORMS. 

249.  While  this  list  of  Contractions  and  Word-Forms  is  not  intended  to  take  the 
place  of  the  Phonographic  Dictionary,  an  unusually  large  number  of  contractions  have 
been  given.     The  interlinear  arrangement  is  of  great  assistance  in  practicing  them,  and 
a  further  advantage  is  derived  by  the  presentation  of  derivative  forms.     The  hyphen  in- 
dicates that  the  derivatives  are  represented  by  the  same  sign  provided  for  the  primitives, 
unless  a  second  or  third  sign  is  placed  above  the  derivatives.     All  words  connected  by 
hyphens  are  not,  however,  derivatives.     It  has  been  found  convenient  and  economical  of 
space,  without  detracting  in  the  least  from  the  advantages  derived-,  to  connect  words  of 
similar  meaning,  phrases,  etc.,  in  the  same  manner,  consequently   providing  a  much 
larger  list  of  words  than  would  be  possible  with  any  other  arrangement,  in  the  same 
space.     For  instance,  take  the  word  secretary;  without  repeating  the  word  it  is  con- 
venient to  connect  with  a  hyphen  the  words  of  State,  (the)  Treasury,  (the')  Interior, 
War;  if  the  article  is  to  be  supplied  in  a  particular  case,  or  the  plural  form,  the  student's, 
general  intelligence  will  enable  him  to  decide  upon  the  proper  outline. 

250.  This  list  should  be  practiced  in  the  same  way  as  the  word-signs.     The  student 
can  improvise  short  sentences,  similar  to  the  Word-Sign  Sentences,  and  write  them  from 
dictation.     When  not  convenient  to  write  the  signs,  the  habit  of  reading  them  over  fre- 
quently is  a  good  one. 


abandon-ed-meru     ability     abjecFTy-nes?'*— flRominate-ion      abrupt-ly-ness    abstract- 


ed-ion      accessory     accident-al-ly     accommodate-d-ion     accomplish-ed      accomplice 

3     -,  J.AJ~ I7..ILIL. 


accountable-ility       accountant      achieve-d-ment      acknowledge-d-ment      active-ity 


actionale     actual-ly     actuate-d    acute    acquiesce    acquit-ted    Act-of-Congress    add 


4;™i  .......         ..........  1  .......  H  ..............  J  .....  ttV  ......  I- 

adequately     adjust-ment-able    admirjister-ep-atian    administrate-ive^oY-trix  admiralty 

JL=^.  ........  1=^  ..............  k 

"X 

admire-able-y    admissible-y  admitrted-ance  admouish-ed-tion   adult  adulterate-d-ion 


134 


HUMPHREY'S  INTERLINEAR  SHORT-HAND. 


•f 

adultery-er      advafitagecois-ly       adversity       advert-ed       advisable       advocate-ed 


aesthretic-al —  affection-ate-ly      affidavit      affiant      affirmative      afflict-ed      afford-ed 


aforesaid     afternoon     after-thought     after-wards     aggrandize-ment     aggregate-d-ion 


agriculture-al-i=t        ailment        Alabama        alarmed       alcohol-ic       alike       aliment 


alleviate-ion     alfege-d-ation     almighty    almost    also   alteration  alternative  although 


altogether        always         amalgamate-d-ion          ambiguous-ly-uity          aiubition-ns-ly 


*3. 


amendment       America      amanuensis     anguish       anniversary       announce-d-ment 


annoyance      anonymous       antagonize-d-ist-sm          antecedent-s        anticipate-d-ion 


s  —  xi        v  —  /I 
<L*^:.jL 

M 


....I.. 


anxiety     anxious-ly       anyhow     any-way       anything       anybody       apostle-olte-a}- 


r-VV 


16 


a-priori    appoint-ed-ment      appreciate-d^ion      apprehension-sivS     approximate-d-ion 


appurtenant-ces      apropos      arbitrary-ily      arbitrate-ion      Archbishop     Arch3eicon 


18 


~^  "^ 

-z  .......  / 

1  _  \^_^  f 


_  ^_^ 

architect-ure-al       argue-ment-ative       aristocracy-tic       artificial-ly       arrange-d-ment 


HUMPHREY'S   INTERLINEAR   SHORT-HAND. 


'35 


arraign-ed-ment       ascribe-d       assemble-d-y-age       assign-ed-ee-or      assimilate-d-ion 


/ 

associate-d-ion     assort-ed-ment     astronomy-ical     assume-d-ption     assumpsit     attach- 
ill  [^  111  II  k  (,- 

ed-ment     attainment     attest-ed-ation      atone-d-ment     auditor     authentic-ally-ticity 


avenue         average. 


1    \          \....\..\ V\       vv-vx. 

S^^  J  X         n  ^y     Jt      •A       O 

baggage-master       balance-d-sheet       ballot-box       bank-er-Vupt-c/       banNbill^ 

note-stock       Baptist-ized-ism      beautiful-ly      beforehand     behalf    behind-hand 
-^ X^— — C~*=>    C-, ...C-,. 

v_  (       C 

benefactor  "Beneficial-ly-ary    benevolent-ce-ly     benignity-nant    bequest    bequeath-ed 


bed-chamber-clothes-room-time    beihgerent    BetrUehein    better-not-than    bewilder-ed 


bill-of-sale     biography-ic-al      birth^ay-place-right     boarding-house-school      board-of- 

I  ^o 

6  ^  ^        V-^  V^>     ^_^^ 

trade     boldness      bond-and-mortgage      bondsmen-man      bookstore      bounty^Tu1-rre§s 

broken-hearted      brutality      burdensome       business-like        busy-body        by-way-of- 


illustrating-ion. 


1 36 


HUMPHREY'S  INTERLINEAR  SHORT-HAND. 


cabinet     calculate-d-able     California     campaign     capable-ility      capacity     capital- 


ist-stock      capital  ize-ation     captain     captive-ity      casualty     Catholic-cism     certain- 


^\^.--r- / --^--^ 

ly-ty      certify-ied-icate     qh/llenge      chapter    chaplain     charter     charity-able-y-ness 

L       - 


charlatan-ism       chattel-mortgage      children-of-God      Christian-religion     Christianize-d 


Christendom         ChurcrTcTChrist       Church-of-God       circuit-court      -circulate-d-ion 


circumference     co-equal-ly    collateral     collect-on-delivery  (C.  O.  D.);   commandment 


commercial      coramon-council-law-sense-wealth      commission-ed-er     communicate-d- 


ion       cornparative-ly      compassion-ate-ly       complicate-d-ion       comprehension-sive 


condemnation     confidential-^       conform-ab\e-ation      congratulate      congregate-tion 


conjecture-d-al       connect-ed      Connecticut       conscience-tious-ly-ness       conscious-ly- 


ness        consecutive-ly        conservative-ism       constable        Constitution-of-the-U.-S. 


consumption      contaminate-d-ion     contemplate-d-ion       conti/igent-cy       continue-d- 


HUMPHREY'S   INTERLINEAR   SHORT-HAND. 


137 


ance-ally-ation      contradict-ory       controvert-sy       co-operate-d-tion       correspond- 


M 


ed-ent         corresponding-secretary      councilman        counsel-cil        counteract-ed 


credit-able        criminal-ate-ed-ation      criticise-d-cism    cross-examine-d-ation-question 


16 


cruelty,    culpable-ility     cultivate-d-tion     curiosity     curious-ly     cursory     custom- 


17 


er-ary-house. 


damnation      daughter      day-or-two      debility      decease-d      declare-d      ^December 


dedicate-d    deduct-ed    definitioji    deform-ed-ity    deity    deliberate-d-tion    democrat 

.........  L?.  .........  k,  ....... 


ic-cy    demoralize-ation    demonstrate-d-tion    denounce  depart-ed-ment  depend-ent-ce 


deponent        deprecate-d-ion        depreciate-d-ion        derange-d-ment        denve-d-ative 


V 


L....L...  .....  UT^  ..............  I  — 

J  \      V^        V 

desideratum     desperate-tion     develope-d-ment     devised     diameter-rical-ly     dignify- 


ied-ty    diligent    diplomat-  ic-cy     disadvantage-s-ous    discriminate-d-tion    disagree-d- 


7l— 


-L-  i 


ment    disappear-ed-ance    discharge-d     dishonor-ed     disqualify-ed-cation    distinct-ly- 


138 


HUMPHREY'S  INTERLINEAR  SHORT-HAND. 


tion      distinguish-ed-able      disappoint-ed-ment       disbelief-ve-d       discontinue-<£ance 
disconnect-ed     discover-ed-y    discrepancy    diirfrancbjfee-d    dislike-d     disobcdience-ent 


...<-=»  .-r-rS-  .............  Lp.  ..............  <L     cL 

disorganized-er-ation     disinterested-ly-ness     dispifrage-g4nt     dispensation    display-ed 


displeasure       dissatisfy-ied-action-tory       dissolute       dissolution       distinctive-ly-ness 


distribute-d-tion       District-of-Colurnbia       diversiljy       divine-being        document-ary 


domestic-ate-ed      doubt-ed-ertyess-fuk_    downcast-faH-hearted-right-stairs-trodden-ward 


|  .....  | 

ijty-ftil 


drygoods-store    drugstore    dity-ftil     dwell-ing-house-place     dyspepsia-tic. 


eamest-ly     East-and-West     East-Indies    eccentric-ity     ecclesiastical    economy-ical-ic 


editor-ial-ly     educate-d-tion.    efficacious-ly     efficient-ly-cy     effort     elaborate     elect 


.          ...........    ..... 

electric-ity-ical      element      elevate-d-ation      eloquence      embezzle     emigrate-d-ior, 


eminent     emperor     emphatic-al-y      Empire-City     Empire-State     enable-d     enclosure 


endeavor-ed     endless    energy     engage     English-language      enjoy      enlarge-d-ment 


HUMPHREY'S  INTERLINEAR  SHOKT-HAND. 


139 


.J.....  .....S»««'CX^ jJL...7jj tr>. 


enormous-ity    enquire-y    enroll-ed    entertain-ed-ment    enthusiast-ic-^asta  euvelope-d 


...V— ?. 


Episcopal-ian-cy-chnrch         epistle         error         erroneous         escheat        especial-ly 
8     ^  )        >—N   >-v        ^         I     or     I  1 

essential-ly    estate    esteem-ed    estimate-d    et  cetera    eternal-life    «dtogy    Europe-an 


brV 

evade   eventual- 


evaae  eventual-ly    everybody    everything    everlasting-life    ever-and-ever    ever-more 


evidence      evident      exaggerate-d-tion      example      exemplify-ied      exemplification 


excellent-ce      exchange     exchequer      exception-able      exclude-d-sion     e'xecutor-trix 


expend-iture    express-company    exterminate-ed-ion    extinguish-ed  extraordinary-ily 


extravagant-ce    extract-ed     extreme-ity    extricate-ed     eye-sight 


lure     faintest     faithful-iy-ness  •  falsehood    falsified-cation    falsity    fatal-ity    family 


familiar-ize     February     fellow-cmz^ns    female    fertile    fidelity    final-ly    finance-ial 


orge-d-er-y     first-class     foreign-er    forever    foretell    foretold    forgive-n    for-instance 


formal-ity     former-ly     forthwith      fortune-aterly      for-the-most-part     for-the-sake-of 


I4O 


HUMPHREY'S    INTERLINEAR   SHORT-HAND 


frequent-ly-cy      fundamental       furnish-ed-iture       further-ance-more-most1      furth 


^-» 

generation      genial      genteel-ility      gentile      geography-ical      Georgia     gradual-ly 


OT 

*-?  .....  <r-l...s-i 
/  H 

grand-child-daughter  -mother-fathsr-son-jury    gratitude. 


H 


hand-in-hand     hardware-store     health-y      henceforth      help      hereafter      heretofore 
hereinafter      hereditament      hereditary      hieroglyph-ic-al      highway      Holy-Ghost- 


Scriptures-Spirit      Hon.-gentleman-Member-Senator      horizontal-ly      horticulture-al 


hospital     hospitable-ality     hostility      House-of-Commons     House-of-God     House-of- 


Lords     House-of-Parliament    House-of-pra^er   House-of-Representatives    human 


^ 

r.an-mis- 


nature     humanity     humbug     hypocrisy     hypocrit-ical     hysteric-al. 


idea-al     identical-ly-fied-cation     idle-ness     idolater-y     ignomy-ious     ignorance-ant-ly 


c     r 

^  ............  ~>  ..... 


illegal-ity    illegible-bility    illegitimate-cy-ly    illiberal-ity    Illinois    illiterate  dflogical 


HUMPHREY'S   INTERLINEAR  SHORT-HAND. 


14! 


illustrate-d-ion      imbecil-ity      immaterial     immature      immigrate-d-ion     imminent 


immoderate  immodest-ly    irnmoral-ity    immortal-ity-ize    immutable  impassioned-ate 


impartial-ly      iinpatient-ly      impel-led     imperceptible-y      imperfect-ly-ion      impetus 


impious-ly  implacable-ility  impenetrable-y-ility  imperative  impolitic  impracticable-y- 


ility       imprisonment       impregnable-y-ility       improbable-y-ility       irnproper-ly-riety 


^^>....) / \ 

ifnprovidence-t-ly.  inability    inaccuracy-te    in-accordance   in-as-much    inauspicious-ly 


incessant-ly     (incite     in-the-sight)    incline-ation-d    incidental-ly    incivility     income- 


1 


petent-plete     incombustible-ility      incompatible-ity      inconsiderable      inconsistent-ly 


inconstant   incredible-ility    incredulity    indebted    indeed    indefatigable    indefinite-ly 

v—  1  ^^_-0  -^P  -  1  s^x_^ 

?.  .....  jj^^^  .......................  I  .................  ^x,  ................    r\  ................ 

indemnify-ied-t-ication       indenture       independent-ce-ly       indescribable-y       Indiana 


indicate-d-ion/          indict-ed       indifTerence-ent-ly      indigestible      indignity-ant-ly-ion 


iudiscreiion        iydlscriminate-ly        indispensable-y        indisposition        indisscluble-y 


142 


HUMPHREY'S  INTERLINEAR  SHORT-HAND. 


^"1     ^- 

V 

indistinct-ly-ness     individual-ly-ity     indulge-d-ence-ently     industry-ious    inevitable-y 


16 


inefficient-cy-ly       inference-rial        inferior-Sty        infer-red        infidel-ity        infinite-y 


infinitesimal-ly  infinitude      infirm-ity      influential      infonn-ed-ant      informal-ly-ity 

18    ^-^  /   n 

.     *J  .(^jy.... 

infringe-d-inent  ingenious     ingenuous     inhabit-ed-al^k-ant  J  inherent-ly-heritance-ed 


injured-y       innocence-t       in-order-to-that       inquire-y-ed      inquest      inquisition-itor 


in-regard-to       in-reply-to       in-relation-to       in-resp>onse-to        insignificance-y-cant-ly 


inspection-tor  .    inspire-d-ration       insolvent-cy       install-ed-ment       instantaneous-ly 

La/ 
1<T5.... 


instead       instinctive-ly       insufficient-ly-cy        institnte-d-ion       instrument-mental-ity 


_....^v  _....  ......  .< 

insular-late-tion    insult-ed-ing    insuperable    inseparable  insupportable-y  insurrection 


integrity    intellect-ual-ly     intelligence-ent-ly    intelligible-y-ility    intemperance-ate-ly 

^e 

intend-ed-ion     intercession     intercnange-able-y     intercourse     interest-ed-ing     inter- 


mediate-ly     intermit-tent     interrogate-d-ion-atory     interrupt-ed     intersect    interstate 


HUMPHREY'S    INTERLINEAR   SHORT-HAND. 


27 


intestate      intimate-d-ion      intimacy      intimidate-d-ion      into     unto     intolerable-y 


intoxicate-d-ion     mtrepid-it>     intnnsic-al-ly     introduce-d-tion-tory     intuitive-ly-tion 


invalid-ity      invent-ed-or-tion       investigate-d-ion       investment       inyolve-d       Iowa 


irrational-ly      irreconcilable-y      irregular-ity-ly      irresis&t4e-y      irrepara^le-y      ine- 


proackable      irrespective-ly      irresponsible'-y-ility      irreverence-ent-ly      irrevocable-y. 

J 


L 


January  June  jeoplrdy^ze-^  JesUs-Christ   Jesus-of-Nazareth    joiat-committee-stock 


. 

judgment    judicature-ory    judicial-ly-ary     judicious-ly    Justice-of-the-Peace   iust-had 


jurisprudence  juryman  justice-o'i-God  justify-able-fied-cation    juvenile  juxtaposition. 

K 

Kansas      Kentucky      kindhearted      kindergarten       Kingdom-of-Christ-God-Heaven 


knowledge. 


labored    ladies-and-gentlemen  lament-ed  landlord  last-week  latest  lately  laws-of-health- 


144 


HUMPHREY'S  INTERLINEAR  SHORT-HAND. 


^     n    n 
u/ 

life    lawyer  learned,  v.;   learned,  a.    learned-ccunsel-friend-gentleman-judge  leasehold 
left-hand-ed   legal-ity   legible-y-ility   legislate-ure-ion-tor-tive  legitimate    lengthen-ed 

4     .,         A      \       (^      ^          \       X 

lengthwise      liability      liberty      libertinism      liberal-ity     liberty-of-the-people-press- 

r  s*  f\. 


speech     life-estate-time     light-est-footed-handed-headed-hearted-minded      likely-hood 


liquidate-d-ion     litigant-gate-ed     little     locomotive      long-time-hand      longer-than 


longitude-inal-ly       looking-glass       Lord-and-Savior-Jesus-Christ       Lord-Jesus-Christ 


Louisiana    loyal-ly     luckily     luxuriant     luxuriate     luxury-ies-ous. 


3 


machine-ist-ry      magazine     magnanimous-ly-imity      magnificerice-t-ly      maintain-ed 


maintenance   majest-ic-ally    majority  malevolent-ce    malformation   malicious^ly-ness 


malignant-cy-ly-ty      malpractice       manufacture-er-ing-tory        manuscript        March 


materialist-ism        mature-d-ity        manager        mathematics-cian-ical-ly        meantime 
mechanic-al-ly      mechanisni     medical-treatment      medicine-cate-d      meditate-d-ation 


HUMPHREY'S  INTERLINEAR   SHORT-HAND. 


V 


Mediterranean     medium     madam     melancholy     membership     Member-of-the-Bar- 


Coagress-Parl  iatnent      memorandu'm-a       memorable       mental-ly-ity       mention-€d 


merchant-disc    mercantile    mercy-ies-iful   mercy-seat  mercenary   messenger  Messrs. 

metaphor-ical  metaphysics-ical  method-ical   Methodist-ism   metropolitan  Michigan 

0  ^ 0> •  ^          - — ~j 

^I^....... \ .^. .L_j?.._ L...C^....^Z>Z?^.....JZ^L 

microscope-ic-al    mightest    mightiness    mighty    migrate    minimum   minister-ed-try 


Minister-of-the-Gospel     minority     ministerial     ministration     Minnesota     miracle-Sr 


ulous     misdemeanor     misfortune     misrepresent-ed-ation     mistake-n-took     misses 

...^L..  .......  .C?\.  ............  £3^.  ......  __  —  _  ________  C^I  _______  .^-'X-Ti... 

missionary       Mississippi       Missouri       misinformed       mitigate-d       modified-cation 


modest-ly     moral-ly-ity     mortal-ity     mortgage-d-ee-or    mortify-ication  -  more-or-less 


most-important-likely     most-of-the-time     multiply-ied-ication-tude     munificent-ce-ly 


mutability. 


N 


narrate-d-ation-tive      native-ity      nature-al-ly      naturalize-d-ist-ation       national-ity 


146 


HUMPHREY'S    INTERLINEAR   SHORT-HAND, 


national-expenditure-reform     navigate-d-or-ion    necessary-ily    necessary-consequences 
necessity-ate-d    needful-less    negative-ly    neglect-ed-ful    negligent-ce-ly   negotiate-ion 


neighborhood       neutral-ity-ize       never-theless-it-is      New-Hampshire-Jersey-Mexico- 


^—/^   ^~z^ 

b         v.          >rrJr 
Testament-York-City-State      next-day-month-year-week      nobody-else      non-essential 


non-performance   North-America-Carolina    north-east-ern-easterly    northwest-em-erly 


northward-ly    notwithstanding-its-ingthr.     nothing     November    nowhere    nuisance 


aumberleas    nourish-ed-ment 


obedient-ce      obey-ed      observe-d-ant-ce-ation       ibsolete      obstruct-ed-ion       obvious 


occasion-ed-al-ly     October    occupy-ied-ation     oflBcial-ly    ofiBcious^ness-ly    oftentimes 


Ohio      Old-and-New-Testaments      omnipotent-ce      omtiipresent-ce      omniscient-ce 


on-acct.-of  one-of-the-most   one-or-two   origin-al-ly-ity   ornament-ed-al-ly    orthodox-y 


*\  ....................  j[ 

orthography-ic-ally     ostentatious-ly-tion     otherwise     overwhelm-ed-in. 


HUMPHREY'S   INTERLINEAR   SHORT-HAND. 


147 


paid       painful-ly       palace-car       parallel-ed       Parliament-ary-arian       partial-ly-ity 


participate-d-ant-ation         partner-ship         partook         party-of-the-nrst-part-sec^part 


7      /  (  (        es    ~ 

passenge'r-car    passion-ate-ly    pastime    patraology-ioal-ist    patience-t-ly     patriot-ic-ism 

f          0 

^\^^^  \_          \_P         X_p  \ 

'7d ^ ^ 

patron-age-ize  pattern  peculiar-ity-ly    peculiar-circumstances-of-the-case  pecuniary-ily 


penalty     pencil     penetrate-d-able-ation     penitehtiary     Pennsylvania     people-of-God 


per-annum-cent     perform-ed-s-ance     perish-able     permanent-ly-ce     permit-ted-ission 


pernicious-ly     perpendilular-ly-ity     perpetual-te-d-ation     persecute-d-ion     persevere- 


ance-d       personal-ly-ity       personal-estate-propeVty-se\:urity-rights      personification 


persuade-d        plienomena-non       philology        philosophy-ic-al-er^      phonetic-society 


phonographer-ic-y    'phonograph     photograph-y-ic     physical-olog>  -ically    pickpocket 


plural-ity       point-of-fact-view      police-court       political-ly-economy       popular-ly-ity 


possessed-or-ive        possible-y-ility        posterity        post-master-office-card-service-stamp 


148 


HUMPHREY'S   INTERLINEAR   SHORT-HAND. 


postmortem-examination    practiced-titioner    precede-d    precipitate-d-ion-ly    precisely 

\ 


x?     ^         *\.   ^  *-j  -    <—y   ~^p    ^v  N     'V 

p  p3  ~r j~ 

precision      preaestinate-ion      predominant-ce-ate-d      pre-eminent      prejuaice-ial-ly-d 


preliminary     premise     prepare-d-ation    prepay-id-ment    prerogative    preponderance- 


of-evidence      preibyter-ian-y      prescribe-d-ption      present-ed-ation      present-circum- 


stances-of-the-case    preserve-d-er-ation-ative    preside-d    Pres.-of-the-U.-S.  presidential 


prevent-ed     prevalence-ent    privilege-d     probable-y-ility     probation     problem-atical 

A  *\  * 

..........  !L-«x  .....  = 

proclaim-ed-mation      prodigal-ity      producrMon-ive      proficient-ce-y      pronibit-ed-ion 


project-ed-ion    prominent    promulgate-d-ion    pronounce-d-ation    property  prophet-ic 


propitious      proportion-al-ed-ate-ly      propose-d-al      prosectite-d-ion      prospect-ed-ive 


\. 


prosperity        prostitute-d-ion        protect-ed-ion        protest-ea-ation         Protestant-ism 


23 


\     \ 

(f  ,r^  tf  _\  V ^ 

prothonotary    province-ial    Psalm-ist    public-an-ation-ly    publish-edW   public-opinion- 


spirit-ed-ness    purpose-d-ly     pursue-d. 


HUMPHREY'S  INTERLINEAR  SHORT-HAND. 

Q 


149 


qualify-ied-cation    quality  quantity  quarter-ed-master    quick-en    quiet  quitclaim-ed 


Queen-City    qui-vive    Quo-Warranto. 


railroad-car-station    railway    rather-than    ratify-ication    (real-ly  rely)    realize-d-ation 


realty-ity     reiteratexi-ation     relate-d-ation     relative-ly    release-d    relevance    reliance 


reliable-ility        relief-ve        relinquish-ed-ment        reluctant-ly-ce         remit-ted-ance 


remonstrate-d     renounce-d     renew-ed'    reorganize-d-ation     repeal-ed     repent-ed-ance 


reprehensible-ility-ive  represent-ed-ation-ative  RepuBlic-an-Parr^  repute-d  resemble-d- 


ance     reserve-d-ation      resolution      respectable     respective-ly      respond-ed-ent-ence 

L..A 

response-ive     responsible-ility    restqre-d-ation    restrict-ed-ion    Resurrection-of-Christ 


return-ed    revenue   reverence-d-ential    rever-ed    revolt-ed  revolution-ary  revoTve-d-er 

9..^;  .......  -^.^  ...........  /L.  ........  ^.  ......................  A,  .........  A 

reward-ed       Rhode-Island       Right-Honorable-Reverend      righteous-ness      Roman- 


Romanism      ruin-ed-ous      runaway      ruler      rural- 


150 


HUMPHREY'S  INTERLINEAR  SHORT-HAND. 


safer     sample    sanctify-ication    sanction-ed    sanctiiy-uary    Saturday    Saviour-of-the- 

• L, 

world     saying     sceptic-al-cism      schoolmaster      scientific-ally      scrutiny      season-ed 


Secretary-of-State-Treasury-Interior-War       sectarian-ism     secular     sedentary    seeing 


Q? 

.T.  .. 


sensual-ity     sentence     sentiment-alism      September     serious-ly      shorthand      short- 


sighted-ness       sober-mindedness       social-ism      sojourn-ed       solvent-cy       something 


^^    /* 

wf t 

Son-of-God-Man        South-America-Carolina-east-eastem-west-erly-ern        Southern-er 


specify-ic     speculate-d-or-ation     spendthrift     sphere     Spifit-of-Christ-God     spiritual- 


world     spontaneous-ly     stamp-ed     statement    statesman-en    stationary-ery    statistics 


stenography-ic    stereotyped    strange-er    stupendous    subjection-ive    subjugate-d^ation 


.o_p   , 
'••-        — 


subscribe-d-ption     subsequent-ly     substantial-ly-te-d     substitute-d     success-ful-ive-ion 


. 

succinct-ly     succor     suffer-ed-er     sufficient-ly-ce     suggest-ed-ion-ive-ly-ness     suitable 


summer-ary    summon-ed    Sunday-School    superabundance  jsuperficial-ity    Superior- 


HUMPHREY'S  nrrEEUNEAR  SHORT-HAND. 


151 


Court   supernatural    superscription    superstition-ous-ness    supplication   support-ed- 

<x  c\  evcvv 

14\.  \^   V^    \  V — >v  V- — -v   \      \\^    ^/°\~-  ^\ 

\  '  '<£/ 

able        suppose-d-ition        supreme-acy        Supreme-Being-Court       surreptitious-ly 


susceptible-ilitj  swindled-er  symbol-ize-d  sympathy-etic-ally  synonym  system-atic-al. 


Tabernacle  tangible-ility  tantamount  technical-ly-ity  telegraph-ic-m  temperament 

_LJ 

temperance-ate-society   temperature  temporal-ity  tempt-ed-ation  tenable  ter/dency 


tenement  Tennessee  terminate-ion  territory  testament-ary  testify-ied-monial-mony 


4 

Texas     Thanksgiving    thenceforward    theology-ical    theoretical-ly     thermometer 
I  1 


timid-ity    tolerant-ce-ation-e-d      to-morrow      torpid-ity      township      to-wit    trans- 

1  r\  11  10 

,  f\ 

._D iteJfe SLA^. .(trs....crr^.-. .1 ..>» ^-...p 

atlantic     transcend-ed-ent-al-ism     transcript-ion     transfer-red    transform-ed-ation 

71          1  1  1 

7L_a   J— ^          J  J  r 

tx^  ^\/ 

transgress-ion    transient-ly    transparent    trinity    trustworthy. 

U 


ultimate-ly-um       unanimous       unavoidable      unawarts       uncertain      nncomsnon 


152 


HUMPHREY'S   INTERLINEAR   SHORT-HAND. 


2  I  ~U  .'1     Q  ^^ 

uncontradicted    under-the-circumstances-of-the-case    underhand-ed    understand-ing- 


stood-take-n   undoubted    undu<iful   uneasy  unequalled  unexpected-ly  unfortunate-ly 


uniform=rty   uni 


unheard-of    uniform=rty   unimportant-ce    unimproved    unintelligible    Unitarian-ism 


»  uniteti    U.-S.-Senate-of-America     unity     unkind-ness      unparalleled     unpopular-ity 


unquestioned-able-y       unreal       unreasonable-ness       unrecompensed       unreconciled 


unregenerate  unrelenting  unreliable  unrequited  unreserved  unruly  unsatisfactory-ily 

c<           °i  0 

8     J    ^     ?                 _^-^              *T  *~^Vo                          "\ 

unseason-ed-able      unsectarian      unscriptural  unscrupulous-ness     unspeakable-y 

9 

unsustained     unsurmountable     utterly. 


valiant-iy    valid-ity     value-d-ablVtion     veg^ble-rian-ism     vegetbte-d     Vermont 


very-wel)    veterinary    vexatious-ly-ness    Vice-President    vice-versa    vindicate-d-ion 


violate-d-ion      violent      Virginia      vision-ary     vital-ity      viva-voce     voluntary-ily 


HUMPHREY'S  INTERLINEAR  SHORT-HANIX. 

taZ 


C/L 


wait-ed-er      walk-ed      wander-er       warehouse-ed       warm-ed      warned      war-rior 


-s        ~> 

I l      *-* ' 

Washington       wayward       we-may-be-able-to       Wednesday       West-Indies-Virginia 

,±!L 

whatsoever    whenever    whensoever  whereby-fore   wheresoever  willing-ly  Wisconsin 


wisdom-of-God    wisest    withdraw    withstand-stood    Word-of-God    words-of-my-text- 
our-text     working-classes-man-men. 


tick         yesterday         yearly       your-favor-statement       yours-truly-respectfully. 


LESSON  XXIX. 


SIMPLE  PHRASES— JOINED  A,  AN,  AND. 

251.  Write  each  of  the  following  phrases  twenty-five  times.  At  least  half  an  hour 
each  day  should  be  devoted  to  this  practice.  Combinations  that  are  unusually  difficult 
to  form  should  be  written  a  hundred  times,  if  necessary.  Copy  the  phrases  slowly  at 
first,  or  until  they  are  well  in  mind,  then  execute  them  as  rapidly  as  you  can  and  make 
neat  outlines.  Review  them  from  time  to  time. 


_±L_i,,  .............  5 

in-a-(an)  for-a-(an)  that-a-(an)  when-a-(an)  send-a-(an)  was-a-(an)  into    can    it-is  does 
?^......Tn-  .......  fc....l._.7  ......  .  .....  :  .......  "  .........  u  ......  \r... 

just     against     this-is     of     all     to     or     already     but     before     on     ought     should 

^  .......  :?.  ........  A.  .....  _  .....  Z___  .....  1  .........  ^.1  .........  &_„£:_ 

who     is    as    and-that   and-for  and-generally   do-you    where    this    this-is-a    then-a 


3.. 


accordingly  is  as  and-I-was  and-he-was  and-I-will  and-he-will  and-I-shall  and-he-shall. 

JOINED  HE,  HIM,  THE. 

A 

252.  Initial  he  is  always  written  downward;  medially  and  finally,  in  phrase,  it 
may  be  written  upward. 

253.  There  is  no  danger  of  any  one  of  these  three  ticks  clashing  with  each  other. 
Him  can  be  expressed  by  /A^-tick  with  perfect  safety;    it  is  here  confined  to  phrase 
•writing,  but  some  stenographers  use  it,  standing  alone,  written  in  the  position  of  he  or  on. 

f  .....  Lfo  .....  U 

he-did-not-had-not-was-not    he-went-wont    he-must-be     he-might-will     he-has-been- 


has-not-been     he-has-done    he-can     he-cannot     he-wonld-have     he-should-be-not-be 


...........  _  .......  6.  __  or...<«  —  ........  ________ 

he-is-a-the      he-has-a-the      he-called-him      he-comes-could-not      when-he-was-would 


VXA,  ........  I  ........        ........  (.  ............  L 

for-he-was-would     does-he    thinks-he-can-would    then-he    as-long-as-he    smce-he-has 


HUMPHREY'S   INTERLINEAR  SHORT-HAND.  155 

5            Q_^                        P     P ;*       # f f                ^               x        <  V^^ 

as-soon-as-he-could     is-he-the    has-he-the    as-he-has-is    he-sent-him-gave-him  for-the 

L^. " L V-\ 


when-the    accordingly-the     whatever-the     iipon-the-him     abovT-the-him    where-the. 
which-the     gave-the-him     was-the     can-the     it-is-the      this-is-the      against-the-him 

.»....> >. , , r. r * * v.v *_ 

of-him     all-the     to-the-him    or-the    already-the    but-he-him    before-the-him    on-the 

J. '. _* : _* ^ ' ..A 

ought-the     should-the     who-the-is-the     is-the    as-the. 

JOINED  I. 

254.  7  is  one  of  the  most  frequently  recurring  words,  and   probably  introduces 
inore  phrases  than  any  other.     In  the  words  L— - -  item,   \    idea,  2 —  Isaac,    /    eyes, 

highest,  and  ^ p  highness,  the  full  form  is  generally  used ;  but  in  all  words  where 

a  convenient  joining  can  be  had,  either  the  downward  stroke  of  /  (petoid,}  or  the  up- 
ward stroke  (retold,)  and  tetoid,  may  be  used.  Some  writers  prefer  to  use  the  full  form 
in  all  cases  when  /  precedes  the  stems  s  or  z;  this  is  not  at  all  necessary,  as  experience 
has  demonstrated  that  tetoid  can  just  as  well  be  used,  as  /  J-was,  /  I-see-saw,  )  f-say\ 
inverted  yuh  can  then  be  phrased  with  these  stems  for  /  you-see-saw,  )  you-say.  In 
the  same  manner  yuh  may  be  added  to  d  for  I  you-do,  'I  yon-had,  etc.,  (see  lines  9  and 

10,  page  109). 

255.  /  should  not  be  affixed  to  a  word,  and  it  should  never  take  the  slant  of  diet- 
aid  (written  downward^)  which  represents  he. 

256.  If  the  above  directions  are  carefully  followed  there  will  be  no  conflict  be- 
tween he  and  7.     To  still  further  aid  the  student  pn  this  point,  a  line  of  7- and  Ae-phrases 
are  here  contrasted . 

t<T  / ^  / — <_x  ^ra 

r       , 

(I-had  he-had)  (I-said  he-said)    (I-can    he-can)    (I-could-not  he-could-not)  (I-am-not 


he-may-not)    (I-seem     he-seems)        I-have        I-have-no       I-have-not       I-have-been 


156 


HUMPHREY'S  INTERLINEAR  SHORT-HAND. 


I-have-not-been^  I-have-yone-said-seen^hem    I-have-known    I-liave-just    I-have-taKelP 

.2..J* J. k .!. 


- 


I-shall-be-have     I-shall-notJiave-be*    I-think     I-think-it-is     lUhink-youf-so     I-think- 

/•  ^~  /"\ 

that-you-are-will    I-think-you-may-must   I-must-be    I-must-have    I-will-not    I-will-be 


I-will-not-be       I-will-have-do       I-wilI-tr>-       I-am-sure      I-am-very-sure      I-am-glad- 

i~T 

very-glad      I-am-sorry-very-sorry      I-ain-incliiied      I-do-not      I-did-not      I-had-not 


I-fear  I-fear-you-are-will-have   I-fear-you-will-be-may  I-must-be  I-must-have-not 

p        v^~CN-l  s^~^_>v  x^  ^o  ^^o         ^       ^^-^ 

""-vi>"" 

I-must-not-have       I-must-not-be       I-find-found       I-understand-stood       I-am-aware 


I-am-certain-that     I-agree-believe-hear-remember. 

JOINED  AS,  HAS. 


has-been     it-has-been     has^cione     it-has^done     as-for     has-not     as-well-as     as-soon-as 


^ £_ Q 

as-long-as      as-has      as-has-been      as-good-as      as-far-as      such-as      such-as-has-been 

.1 £_ ^.. 

such-as-would      such-as-can      there-has-not-been      it-has-not-bee~n      that-has-nothing 


nothing-has-  oeen. 


HUMPHREY'S   INTERLINEAR   SHORT-HAND.  157 

JOINED  IS,  US. 

.  I    c»  v_p  v      I       L       L!  ^   ^j> 

b NJ? x^y kjj) b. -\o (f 

it-is    that-is    in-his    for-his    it-is-not  it-is-not-his  tell-his  think-his  there-is  when-is 

Z..k. b ?. x> '  ^ «... 

this-is    it-is-his    of-his    to-his    all-his    on-his     should-his     who-is     is-not     is-sent 

is-this    is-then     is-done     is-said     is-safe     is-seen     is-his    is-such     tell-us     tell-us-bis 

/*>  V^)  U  D 


defend-us    let-us    save-us    think-iis    take-us    takes-us    send-us    love-ns     lo\ts-us. 


JOINED  WE,  YOU. 


we-have   we-have-been   we-have-no-known  we-have-done  we-have-said  we-have-seen 


. 


.1 


we-donot  we-think  we-think-it  we-think-so  we-think-you  we-think-that  we-think- 


you-may  we^think-you-will  we-think-you-are  we-think-you-must  we-shall  we-shall-be 


A 


we-shall-have     \ve-shall-not-have     we-ehall-not-be     we-shall-not-tmnk-you      we-fear 


we-fear-you-are-not    we-fear-you-will-not    we-fear-you-will-be     we-fear-you-must    we- 


fear-you-uiust-be^  we-feel-fail-find    you-will    you-will-not   you-will-be   you-will-not-be 


you-will-have     you-will-do     you-may-not     you-can-not     you-must-not     you-aie-not 


153 


HUMPHREY'S  INTERLINEAR  SHORT-HAND. 


you-may-have-been     you-must-be    you-must-have-been    you-must-not-be    you-can-be 


you-cannot-be     you-can-have    you-cannot-have. 


DOUBLE  AND  TRIPLE  LENGTH  CURVES. 


For  explanation,  see  pages  75  and  76. 


love-their-ing-their     between-their     sending-their     save-their-ing-their     •when-there- 


-7          7 
shall-te    \vhenever-there-is-tne    for-their-is-not     I-think-their-is    I-am-sure-there-is 


are-there-as-many    receive-their    serve-their    sanction-their    finish-their  furnjslMheir 
defend(er)-their     surrender      surrender-their      render-account      render-their-account 


you-afe-entirely   have-the-raatter   enter-d-his-service  "it-matters-little   \vander-ed-about 


longer-than-that      younger-tnhn       if-there-is-anything-nothmg-to-be       if-there-be-not 


it-is-rather  it-was-raerefore  there-is-another-question-subject-point-oNTe-w   \vhere-they- 


are-thcre-are      do-you-know-whether-there-is      further-thcTTTtrlerests      whetHer-there 


are-means    enter-their-protest    feathei-their-nests    further-their-^wn    when-their-own 


HUMPHREY'S  INTERLINEAR  SHORT-HAND. 


'59 


know-their-own      was-th^ir-own      however^their     think-their     is-their     over-their 


value-their  •  wish-their. 


N-HOOK  PHRASES. 


257.    The  Mhook  is  used  to  express  one,  own,  than,  not,  in,  ua.    (See  page  87, 
218.) 


=* 


C..  3. v... 

^s^^? 


her-own    our-own    your-own    theft-own    have-their-own    save-their-own    either-one 


everyone    another-one    some-one    which-one    each-one    better-than     further-than 


_r: \ ^^rrrr^.,rzr.....: v... 

j      ^_> 

more-than    nearer-than    other-than  sooner-than  rather-than  quicker-than  better-not 


3 


was-not    will-not    have-not    but-not  or-not  ought-not  in-some-way  in-the-summer- 

I 

spring  in-the-same-place-manner  in-the-experience  in-his-presence  in^onsideratioa 


unseasonable    in-some-cases-pursuits. 

R-HOOK  PHRASES. 
258.     The  .tf-hook  is  used  to  express  are,  our,  were. 

.LX-..C-. Z. £L Z..../ i 3 

they-are-not       which-are-were      such-are-were      atour-own      it-were      in-our-own 


in-our-opinion     at-ou^2ggestion-request 


160  HUMPHREY'S  INTERLINEAR  SHORT-HAND. 

W-HOOK  PHRASES. 
259.     The  W-hook  is  used  to  express  we  and  with. 


we-will-not      we-are-not      we-may-not       we-must-not      we-are-in      we-may-as-well- 


might-as-well    we-mean-to-have-to-be    we-might-not  we-met    we-meant-to-have-to-be 

3  or  £-— -^      <j  °r 

we-may-not-have      with-me-my       with-him       with-whom. 

HALF-LENGTH  PHRASES. 

* 

260.     It  is  frequently  expressed  by  halving  a  final,  (straight)  consonant,  or  a  word- 
sign. 


take-it     took-it     fetch-it     make-it     preach-it     write-it     approach-it     at-it     had-it 


is-it    was-it    as-it    of-it     have-it    give-it     gave-it     over-it     from-it     if-it     wish-it 


when-it      think-it      upon-it      above-it. 

ALL,  US,  AND  WILL  PHRASES. 
261      A  final  ^-circle  is  used  to  express  its;  and  /-hook  to  express  all  and  will. 

..W  ......  Qz  ......  Ao  ......  *  .......  .JL.  ......  w  ..........  LL.  .......  L  ............  L 

for^us      leave-us      loves-us      of-us      take-us      send-us      save-us      think-us      it-will 


l-ZL  ________  ,...C  .....  _...f....        .........  L  ......  .!  ...........  ^  .............  f  ............. 

which-will     they-will     at-all     by-all-means     for-all     of-all     to-all      with-all-their. 

OF,  OF-THE. 

262.  Of,  and  of-the,  may  generally  be  "omitted  between  words  joined  in  phrase,  or 
they  may  be  implied  by  writing  the  words  between  which  they  occur  closer  than  usual. 
Any  words  may  be  omitted  which  the  context  will  supply. 


HUMPHREY'S  INTERLINEAR  SHORT-HAND. 


tOi 


remarks-of-the-speaker      head-of-the-departmeut      subject-of-the-spcech       civilization- 

Vv  P 

____  ........  _______  \..>c  .....  _  .................  .<-/.  -  o...  tp...  o 

J 

of-the-people         speech-of-the-President        nature-of-the-case        statcmcnt-of-the-case 


prepouderance-of-evidence    wofds-of-my-text    how-long-have-you-known-him    where- 


do-you-residc     \vhat-is-your-naine-occupation. 

INTERSECTED  PHRASES. 

263.  "It  frequently  happens  that  the  reporter  is  called  upon  to  write  long  titles  of 
railway  corporations,  societies,  etc.,  where  the  joining  together  of  the  entire  name  would 
be  exceedingly  awkward  and  inconvenient.     In  such  cases  the  words  association,  company ', 
committee,  department,  party,  and  society  can  be  disjoined  and  written  through  the  pre- 
ceding outline,  or  in  juxtaposition  to  it,  when  not  convenient  to  strike  it  through.     The 
consonant  k  being  used  in  this  work  as  a  word-sign  for  company,  in  many  cases  it  can  be 
joined  to  the  preceding  stem  more  readily  than  it  can  be  intersected,  and  when  it  is  pre- 
ceded by  an  j-circle  the  circle  should  be  turned  on  the  most  convenient  side  of  the  stroke. 
The  principle  of  intersection  can  be  employed  to  great  advantage  'in  writing  medical, 
and  other  technical  terms;  in  such  cases  special  forms  must  be  improvised  by  the  steno- 
grapher to  meet  the  line  of  work  in  which  he  is  engaged.     Long  titles  can  be  divided 
and  a  part  of  a  word,  or  an  entire  word,  omitted,  as  in  Muskingum  Valley  R.  R.  Co., 
given  below. 

264.  While  intersected  forms  are  generally  more  quickly  executed,  they  are  not 
always  the  briefest ;  but  fully  make  up  in  legibility  what  they  may  lack  in  point  of  brev- 
ity.    A  few  medical  and  law  terms  are  given  to  show  the  advantages  of  this  method  of 
representation. 


Bar-Association    Building-Asso.    Benevolent-Asso.     Protective-Asso.     Christian-Asso 


Adams-Express-Co.    American-Express-Co.    U.-S.-Ex.-Co.     Amer. -Transportation-Co. 


Union-Ferry-Co.     Munici  pal-Gas-Co.     Manufacturing-Co.     Machine-Co.     Express-Co. 


Penna.-R.-R.-Co.     Muskmguui-Valley-R.-R.-Co.     The-Burnham,-Smith-&-Jordan-Co. 


162 


HUMPHREY'S  INTERLINEAR  SHORT-HAND. 


Citizens'-Coinmittee    Committee-on-Ways-and-Means    Republican-State-Central-Com 


Democratic-State-Central-Com.     Relief-Corn.     Executive-Corn.     Inquiry-Department 


Medical-DepL     Treasury-Dept.      Post-office-Dept.      Democratic-Party     Labor-Party 


Republican-Party  \     Temperance-Party         Literary-Society          Mutual-Aid-Society 


Temperance-Society  Amer.-Tract-Society  Home-Mission-Societv  Sec. -National-Bank 


C.-O.-D.    acute-angle   angle-of-elevation   Bessemer-process  coffer-dam  connecting-rod 


conpling-bar-bolt-chain     cubic-foot-inch     abdominal-hernia     angina-pectons     home- 

opathy-ic     post-mortem-examination     be-it-enacted     interlocutory-decree    judgment- 

3  [^  ±°'  < 

creditor    letters-of-administration    show-cause  subpoena-duces-tecum   cum-grano-salis 


de-facto       de-novo. 


EMB  PHRASES. 


it-may-be-as-\vell-ready   you-may-be-nght-wrong    may-be-considered-made   there-may- 


HUMPHREY'S  INTERLINEAR  SHORT-HAND 


'63 


be-some  which-may-be-likely   they-may-be-certain-required    we-may-be-able-to 

jLe*. 

we-may-be-cousidered-required-governed-greatly-charged-certain-quite-sure  may-be-per- 

.4..<^Xr 

fectly-reconciled-referred-true      may-have-been-thr.-the      he-may-have-been      I-may- 


y 


have-been    she-may-have-been    that-may-have-been    there-may-have-been    such-may- 


have-been     you-tnay-have-been. 


WORDS  IMPLIED  BY  NEARNESS  OF  WRITING. 


day-to-day    hour-to-hour    time-to-time    place-to-place    street-to-street   house-to-house 


man-to-man     hand-to-hand      importance-of-the-subject      wealth-of-the-nation      hour- 

3  -J        I1        \^        V7        li       ^^^L_ 
.....  ^  .....  ~  M 

of-the-day     day-by-day    step-by-step    inch-by-inch     day-after-day     week-after-week 


hour-after-hour     year-after-year     generation-after-generation. 


SIMILAR  WORDS  DISTINGUISHED  BY  POSITION  AND  OUTLINE. 

265.  In  studying  this  list  of  words  the  student  will  find  forms  that  are  represented 
elsewhere  by  word-signs  or  contractions.  The  contractions  should  be  used,  unless  the 
writer  has  ample  speed  and  prefers  fuller  outlines. 


hi. 


(apparition  operation)  (portion  apportion)  (administration  demonstration  {(administrate 


1 64 


HUMPHREY'S  INTERLINEAR  SHORT-HAND. 


demonstrate)  (adopt  adapt)  (admpjnsh  diminish)  (diminution  dimension  adm 

?.h  ^.....\^^>  ......  ......  !i  ......  I  .....  i...         ...J 


(domination   condemnation  damnation)   (defeat   devote   deviate)   (daughter   debtor) 


•        .......    ...        ....... 

(auditor-y    editor    doubter     (des 


)    (desolate-ion    dissolute-ion)    (denned    definite)    (petrify 


putrify)  (prohibition  probation  approbation)  (opposite  appopite)  (copy  keep)  (collision 


collusion)  (element  aliment)  (extricate  extract)  (peaceable  possible  passage)  (prompt 


"  v-^""  "V^c /••          -•-/• 

permit    promote)    (tempt    attempt)    (preach    approach)    (prominent     preeminent 


C\ 

V 

rod  imi 


permanent)  (prediction  protection   prod  imion   predication)  (device  a&uke/  (except 


accept  expiate)  (feeling  failing)  (competition  petition  completion)  (predict  protect 

V-    v 


A L^..      .1 

_  XO>  LJS 

predicate)   (business    baseness    absence)   (traction    attraction)    (prescribe    proscribe) 

U       L  -^ 


(diamond    demand    adamant)    (exalt    exult)    (immoderate    moderate)    (immaterial 


material)  (eliminate  illuminate)  (science  essence)  (theistic  atfielstic)  (region   origin) 


(fluent    affluent)    (irritation     rotation)    (imminent     eminent)    (immature     mature) 


HUMPHREY'S  INTERLINEAR  SHORT-HAND. 


165 


(unavoidable  inevitable)  (inviolable  unavailable)  (anonymous  unanimous)  (immoral 


moral)    (immortal     mortal)    (indicted    indebted     undated     undoubted)    (migration 


16 


emigration     immigration)     (effect     affeft)     (fix      affix)     (apostle    epistle    postal) 


17 


(patient  passionate  compassionate)  (impatient  impassioned  impasaionate)  (proportion- 


18' 


ed-ate|  preparation  appropriation)  (pertain    appertain)  (prosecute    persecute)  (beatify 


19 


beautify)    (abandoned    abundant)    (traitor     trader     territory)    (attainable    tenable) 


V 


(derision    duration   adoration)   (cost   caused    coast)    (corporal    corporeal)    (credence 


accordance)  (violation  volition)  (convulsion  valuation)  (deviation  division  de\\tr(jn) 


""n 

(physical  fiscal)  (spirit  separate  support)  (altipde  latitude)  (eclipse  collapse)  (insult 


insulate)  (repression  reparation)  (unsecured  unscrewed)  (prosper   perspire)   (proffer 


prefer)  (train   turn-torn)  (rational  irrational)  (legal   illegal)  (culminate   calumniate) 


(logical  illogical)  (aspersion  aspiration)  (funeral  funereal)  (writer  reader  orator  order) 


i66 


HUMPHREY'S  INTERLINEAR  SHORT-HAND. 


26 


(indicate-ion  induct-ion)  (interior  anterior)  (invasion  innovation)  (undefined  indefinite) 

cv 


(notional    national)    (anomalous    nameless)    (solitary   salutary)   (valuabrfe   available) 


V 

(violent  valiant)  (ingenious  ingenuous)  (poor  pure  puerile)  (define  defiance  defense) 


(oppressor  pursuer  peruser)  (present  personate)  (situation  station)  (excrete  execrate 


excoriate)    (extension     extenuation)    (permission    promotion)    (resolute    irresolute) 


(mission    machine)   (missionary   machinery)  (labored    elaborate)   (garden   guardian) 


(animal  anomaly)  (learnt  learned)  (righteous  riotous)  (aberration  abrasion)  (patron 


pattern)  (pledge  apology)  (person  parson)  (ruined  renewed)  (broad  bright)  (resume 

reassume)  (Persia   Prussia)   (Mrs.    Masses)   (breath    birth)    (steady-study    staid)   (soft 

35^    \\ 

swift)  (sip  sweep)  (relevant  irrelevant). 

VOCALIZED  WORDS. 

266.  As  a  general  rule  foreign  words  and  proper  names  should  be  vocalized;  ex- 
ception is  made  to  this  when  the  stenographer  is  very  familiar  with  the  subject-matter 
he  is  reporting,  or  when  a  word  bears  such  relation  to  the  preceding  word  that  its  mean- 
ing cannot  be  mistaken,  as  in  the  word  ultimo,  used  in  reference  to  date,  as  2^th^-~^  ult. 
Unfamiliar  words  or  names  should  have  at  least  one  vowel  inserted,  usually  the  vowel 


HUMPHREY'S   INTERLINEAR   SHORT-HAND. 


I67 


that  is  most  suggestive  of  the  word.  In  law  reporting,  where  proper  names  occur  fre- 
quently, they  may  be  vocalized  the  first  time,  and  after  that  the  unvocalized  outline  will 
generally  be  sufficient.  The  stenographer  should  insist  on  obtaining  the  correct  names 
of  witnesses  before  the  examination  is  proceeded  with. 


:/..A 


apposition     age     aid     axes     army     aright     aimed     afar     attack    a-priori     assay 

2  r  — '"•> 


city     comma     croquet     depute     edge     echo     re-echoed     efface     effuse     effluent 


*r\    I     \-      Np  X  "^      >  'f*      '~   '^ 

--V^y-  .....  «--  -T^  —  >r-- 


elbow    depot    bouquet    bestow    baby    emission    essay    else    era    emit    emotion 


enemy      endowed      endued      formulae      fly      fro      germane      Germania      glow 

r\  , 


i 

£_S  Q /  _^, 

immigration     insight     innutrition-ous     inner     inefficacious     innoxious     liar     laid 


monarchy       nigh       nay       obey     occupy     omission     omit     ore     ruddy     rusty 

....:L..^.^.^r..|...V----^  .....  *—  .....  —  .....  ^- 

roseate     site     sulpnite-ide-ate     suit     snow     voracity     Illinois     idtntical-ly     hoe 


high-toned      hereabout      Guizo      gas-light      fiasco      espiojaflge      escretoire     Erie 


encore      employ^      elite      ecce-homo      eclat      deportment      crochet      consignee 

^  .r 


— IT—  f 

Columbia      cassino      calcium      buoy      boa      apropos      amidst      aild      abotftd 
I 


; 

minutiae    obesity     oiled      omega      onus      opiate      parquet      pseudo      rationale 


r68 


HUMPHREY'S  INTERLINEAR  SHORT-HAND. 


referee     repay     renaissance      retinue      reveille      salon       aid-de-camp      sang-froid 


showiest    sinew    soiree    solo    sport    statesmen     swath     swooped     tableau     taboo 

"  j-.i-  .  A  U^  ............  \  ........  i-t_.-x.^ 

tete-a-tete       theses      tout-ensemble      tragefienne      trio      troche      ukase      ultimo 
unguent     Utah     unique    valerrcremTes     vignette     virtuoso    via    vicissitude    Aaron 


Addison     ad-libitum     Asia     Asiatic    sine-die    en-route    en-suite    Abraham    Abram 


Absalom     Agrippa     Armenia     Bethlehem     Canaan    Ecclesiastes    Emanuel     Elijah 


Elisha         Ezekiel         Ezra        Galilee         Israel        Josephus        Joshua        Messiah 


Nebuchadnezzar       Nehemiah. 


267.  The  few  proper  names  given  above  will  serve  as  examples  for  the  student,  and 
show  him  the  difficulty  of  vocalizing  quickly  and  correctly.  A  little  practice  now  and 
then  of  this  kind  will  show  good  results.  Of  course,  as  before  observed,  it  is  not  neces- 
sary to  vocalize  names  fully  in  reporting,  but  the  student  must  gain  facility  in  vocalizing 
or  he  •will  never  be  equal  to  every  emergency  that  may  arise.  He  may  write  nine  pages 
of  notes  and  not  use  a  vowel,  but  the  tenth  page  may  be  full  of  them,  and  forever  blast 
his  reputation  as  a  reporter  if  he  fails  in  stenographing  it  correctly.  Isaac  Pitman's 
"Phonetic  Dictionary"  contains  a  long  list  of  proper  names,  and  although  his  vowel 
scale  varies  somewhat  from  the  Benn  Pitman  scale,  still 'it  is  useful  to  the  student  as  a 
book  for  reference. 


LESSON   XXX. 


COMMERCIAL  PHRASES. 


(able  to  adjust-matters)  (able  to  arrange-matters)  (according  to  agreement-his-my-their- 


r 


agreement)  (according  to  contract-his-tlieir-your-contract)  (according  to  instructions- 

<raf  C5T 

V...  - 


my-their-your»instructions)  (account  book-current-sales)  (acknowledge  receipt  of-your- 
4    ^^  _        [/) 


favor-letter)    (a  day  or  so-two)    (adjust  the  matter)    (a  few<^4«ys  ago)    (au  charg 


/  V 

guaranteed)  (account  ofvovercharges)  (annual  premium  dividends)  (annuity  lor  li 


life) 


(answering    your    favor-inquiry-communication-letter)     (as  per    attached    letter-cor- 


^ 

respondence)  (better  rate)  (bills  payable-receivable)  (bill  of  lading)    (book  account) 

^\  .VN^.^.^^O ^  V  "S^ .N\ 

(by    express-American-Adams-United- States)     (by    rnail-rail-freight-water-boat)    (by 


return  mail)  (by  way  of)  (cancel  his-my-our-your-order)  (claim  for  breakage-damage- 


dernurrage-loss-leakage-oveXliarge-rebate)  (clerica1  error)  (confidential  communication- 


170 


HUMPHREY'S  INTERLINEAR  SHORT-HAND. 


correspondence-letter)  (copy  of  bill-contract-letter)  (copy  of  their  letter)  (copy  of  bill 


attached)  (consider  the  matter)  (commuted  commissions)  (demurrage  charges)  (deferred 

13  ......  C  ......  o 


_  <  n 

premiums)  (delivered  c.  f.  i.  {cost^freight  and  insurance}')  (durifig  the  month-week-year) 


(duringMljat^tiine-the-latter-part-of)  (early  part  of-season-ycar)    (enclosed  correspond- 


ence-letter)  (enclosed  find  check-copy-draft)  (enclosed  herewith)  (estimated  cost-\\feight) 


16 


(first-class-rate)  (f.  o.  b.  (free  on  board} )  (f.  o.  b.  cars-Boat-smp-sailing-vesltl)  (foreign  port) 


(for  collection)  (for  the  purpose  of)  (freight  agent-rate)  (give  the  matter  consideration) 


u 

(great  advantage-extent-many-cases-times)       (great  majority  of  cases)  (gross-receipts- 

i — 7 

weight)   (half  rate-tarSff-rate)    (has  been  received-referred-fOTwg-ded)   (I  acknowledge 


20 


receipt  of)    (I  also  attach)    (I  am  anxious-aware-of-fact)    (I   am   authorized  to  say) 


(I  am  compelled-concerned-convinced)    (1  am  in  receipt  of-your-letter-favor)    (I  am 


perfectly  willing-satisfied)  (1  am  requested-to-say-sorry-to-say)  (I  beg  to  acknowledge) 


HUMPHREY'S  INTERLINEAR  SHORT-HAND. 


171 


(I  beg  to  call  your  attention)  (I  can  quote  you-sell-you)  (I  have  no  doubt  you  can) 


-\     -x 

^  .......  A 

(I  have  no  objections)  (I  hope  to  be  able  to)  (in  answer  to  your  favor-letter)  (in  accord- 


25 


ance  with  your-instructions)  (if  we  do  not  hear)  (I  confirm  telegram)  (incontestable 


policies)    (in   relation   to  loan)    (in   respect)    (in   reply-response)    (Inter-State 


Cominerce^law-Commission)     (it  appears-to-me)     (just  about-after)     (just  as  soon 

.....  L  ......  /f..-6.....^../-v. 

>  ^  <  p 

as-possible-as-long-as-as-well-as-as-much-as)  (  just  received-returned-saV-so-taken-d^id- 

S\ 

ed-came)   (kindly  advise-us-state-whether)   (lake    and    rail-rate-shipments  lake  ship- 

30 


ments)   (last  ordeV)   (later  than)  (latter  part  of)  (letter  press)  (let  us  know-whether) 


3' 


(look  about)    (make  us  firm  offer)    (make  arrangements)    (maximum    charge-cost- 
weight-price)      (memorandum  of  agreement-contract)  (minimum  charge-cost-price- 


weight)  (monthly  report-pay-roll-statement)  (more  than-we-cai!-do)      (mu«*Nis  we 


34 


desire)    (much  quicker  than)    (must  adjust-matters)    (must  take  intoMxmsideration) 


HUMPHREY'S  INTERLINEAR  SHORT-HAND. 


(my  answer-instructions-reason-letter-order)  (net  weight-earnings)  (next  time)  (net  pro- 
ceeds-income-premium)   (not  longer  than)    (obliged  to  make)    (on  account  of-their) 

* \ 

(on  and  after  that  date)  (on  or  before)  (on  all  accounts)  (original  copy-correspondence- 


letter)      (our  'favor-cornpany-letter-instrucy^ns-order^op^k)     <owner's    oath-risk) 


39 


(officially  lapsed  policies)    (pay  day-master-roll)  (participating  policies)  (per  annum- 


40 


cent^ar-day-dozen-baKeMwrnared-weight-pounds-thousand-week-rnontn)    (personal 


acct-communication-expense-knowledge-latter-property)  Yplease  acknowledge-receipt- 


of)    (please  advise-us-accept-thanxs)    (please  shfp-us)    (please  forward-wire)    (prepay 
^.  t\\  /]  /\       //         /\ 

43  ^  or/:k    is    c/c  </  * 


\ 

chaj^es)    (prepaid  cwrges)    (rate  of  freight)    (railroad-agent-station  railway-station) 


44 


(real  estate-and  personal-pfoj>erty)    (referring  to  attached-letter-papers-memorandum- 

45...^ ^ da.^.ri: 

correspondence)  (referring  to  way  bill)  (right  of  way)  (right  away)  (revised  classifica- 

46  ^s^**\\  P  OT    P  P/  P  J\        ? ^\ 

U"  ...<^...^..          "'jf'      --••£/-    \ -••£•    \ ••• 

tion)  (reversionary  dividends)  (satisfy  you-your)  (satisfactory  proof-of-death)  (satfefied 


HUMPHREY'S  INTERLINEAR  SHORT-HAND.  173 

wjtti  your-wify-our-their)  (semi-annual  premium)  (Semi-Tontine  Policy)  (seems  to-be- 


to-have-been)  (seller's  option)  (Several  da$s  ago-months-weeks-years)  (see  his  letter-my- 


Vl. 


their)   (shall  be  glad-pleased)   (shipping  clerk-receiptordeirections)  (short  period- 


time)  (some  way-or-other)  (some  time  ago)  (special  rate-arrangement)  (sight  draft) 


.    . 

(spring  shipments-trade)  (standing  vrder)  (state  of  gffairs)  (sum  and  sustance)  (subject 


to    y*>«f    commission)     (subject'  to    immeaiate  acceptance)     (take  advantage    of) 


53 


(survivorship    annuity)    (surrender    value)     (surplus  over    liabilities)     (tariff  rate) 


°'  -V - --        .- 

(tariff  sheet)  (this  shipment)  (to  be  ordered-shipped)  (Tontin^S&urance)  (tnist  that 


V' 


you  -will-can)  (understand  that-you-their)  (uniform  rate)  (unless  you  can)  (until  you 


can-we-can)  (until  there  is)  (dse  to  be}*  (uV-to  have)  (usually  there  is-ther>!Jias-been) 


5 c 

(valuable  ^o^ideration)  (valuetneir)  (variety  of  causes-cases)  (various  causes<ases) 


(venture  to  say)  (very  certain-of-it-about-it)  (very  certain  there  is)  (very  necessary-often) 


174 


HUMPHREY'S  INTERLINEAR  SHORT-HAND. 

3— 7    JP 


(very   respectmlly-yours-truly-yours)    (very  sure)     (we   acknowledge-receipt-of-your- 


60 


favor-letter)   (we  always-are)  (we  are  anxious-to-have)   (we  are  in  receipt  of-your- 


favor-instructions-letter)  (we  are  always)  (we  are  aware)  (we  are  compelkd-cor.vinced- 


62 


constantly)  (we  are  in  communication)  (we  are  pleased)  (we  respectful^-eall  attention 


......  ...... 

your-attVoiloli)  (we  beg  to  reply-to-say)  (w 


your-attVoiloli)  (we  beg  to  reply-to-say)  (we  can  sell-can  not-sell)  (we  can  ship  you- 


quote-you)  (we  enclose  correspondence-copy-order)  (we  have  an  order)  (we  have  been 


65 


shipping-receiving)  (whenever  there  is)  (which  is  to  be/referred-was^referred)  (will  be 


66 


found-received-considered)    (wire  reply-answer)       (wire   upon   receipt  of  this)    (we 


0-N                                S 
J W 


are  under  the  necessity)  (we  hand  you  herewith)   (we  have  drawn)  (we  have  placed) 

68      r/^\3      //^So^\3  2^~  ^T~or    rtJ  ^~ 

(you  will  please-sliip-us)    (your  instructions-statement)    (you  are  herHyrauthorized- 


instnifcted)  (your  risk). 


LESSON  XXXI. 


LAW  FORMS  AND  PHRASES. 

268  .  To  become  thoroughly  proficient  as  a  law  stenographer  requires  something 
more  than  mere  short-hand  ability.  The  person  who  can  write  one  hundred  and  twenty- 
five  words  a  minute  and  has  some  knowledge  of  law  is  better  equipped  for  such  work 
than  he  who  can  write  two  hundred  words  a  minute  but  is  lacking  in  that  knowledge 
which  is  necessary-  to  an  intelligent  use  of  his  short-hand.  Before  attempting  court  re 
porting  the  beginner  should  familiarize  himself  with  the  common  law  forms  and  prac- 
tice, either  by  study  in  a  law  office,  or  by  a  course  of  private  reading.  This  should  be 
supplemented  by  daily  attendance  in  the  court  room,  in  order  to  become  accustomed  to 
the  methods  there  in  vogue  and  the  nomenclature  employed.  Persistent  practice  of  the 
law  tetms  and  phrases  here  given  will  greatly  facilitate  the  learner's  progress  in  verbatim 
note-talcing.  The  phrases  are  given  as  models  from  which  the  writer  can  construct 
others  specially  adapted  to  the  court  in  which  he  may  practice.  The  methods  of  pro- 
cedure differ  in  the  courts  of  the  different  States,  so  the  phrases  that  are  peculiar  to  one 
may  not  be  of  service  in  another,  but  the  general  principles  involved  are  the  same. 

260,.  A  word  in  regard  to  intersected  forms:  the  student  should  not  encumbei 
himself  with  too  many  special  signs  or  contractions,  but  rather  learn  to  write  Phonetic 
short-band;  but  when  such  forms  are  used  they  should  be  well  chosen.  Intersected 
words,  and  properly  arranged  phrases,  are,  as  a  rule,  always  legible,  and  can  be  read,  as  a 
young  law  stenographer  remarked,  when  he  could  read  scarcely  .anything  else  on  the 
page;  they  are  the  landmarks,  as  it  were,  that  enable  the  stenographer  to  obtain  his 
bearings. 


(about  all  you  know)  (about  how  many)  (about  what  time)  (about  how  long-was-it) 
v  \___J__  s~*\  ~*\. 

(atlstract  of  title)  (action  of  ejectment)  (Articles  of  Association)  (arrest  4>f  judgment) 


(according  to  the  evidence)  (according  to  my  recollection-your-recollection)  (adminis- 


trators  and  assigns)   (Admiralty  Court)   (a  good  many)  (alimony  penderUe  lite)  (are 


you  able  to  state-whetHer-or-not)  £re  you  sure)  (are  you  just  as  certain)  (alonfcfSout 


I76 


HUMPHREY'S  INTERLINEAR  SHORT-HAND. 


that  time)    (answer  objected  to)    (as  far  as)    (as  fast  as)   (as  long  as)   (as  many  as) 


(as  much  as)  (as  a  matter  of  fact-law)  (as  nearly  as  I  can '  fix  it)  (as  nearly  as  I  can 


remember)  (as  soon  as)  (as  quick  as)  ( 


o-r  1       or      I 

4..^...^....^... 

at  what  time)  (at  that  time)  (at  the  time) 


(bankrupt  bankruptcy)]  (bankrupt  estate)    (bill  of  costs-exceptions-exchange-lading- 

(3) 


particulars-sale)   (being  duly  sworn)   (before  you  answer  that)   (to  tie^oest  of  your 


recollection)  (bond  and  mortgage)  (bonds  and  mortgages)  (Board  of  Trade- 


Works)   (call  attention-of-the-court-o-the-jury)   (call  your  Honor's  attention)  (County 


Court)    (counter  claim)  (co-respondent)    (Court-of  Appeals-Common-Pleas-Chancery- 


Justice-Bankruptcy)  (Court  of  Special  Sessions-Quarter-Sessions)   (Court  of  Record) 


/ 

(Criminal  Court)  (can  you  think  of  anything  else)  (can  you  recollect-remember)  (can 
yon  state-\vhether\>r-not)   flpause  of  action)    (circumstantial  evidence)    (counsel  for 


defendant-plaintiff-for-the-State)    (eestui  que  trusts)    (contributory  negligence)    (con- 


HUMPHREY'S  INTERLINEAR  SHORT-HAND. 


177 


18 


^\.  ^^s. 

tributory    negligence  orV  the    part   of  the   plaintiff-defendant)     (cross  examination) 

4=70 -k- IT - ^ 

decree  nisi)  (deed  of  assignment)  (defendant's  counsel)  (describe  to  the  jury)  (1 


Sheriff)      (do  you  know  the  defendant-plaintiff)     (do  you  live-recollect)      (do  you 


recognize-remember)  (do  you  mean  to  say)  (did  you  understand)  (did  you  go  there) 

(did  you  recognize)  (do  you  know  anything  about)   (documentary  evidence)  (do  you 
27 

.t 

recollect-anything  about  this)  (did  you  have  any  conversation)  (did  you  ever  see  him- 


there)  (did  you  ever  have  any  conversation  with  him-with-her)  (did  you  see-say)  (did 


25 


3-V4 

ou'consider-swear-thi 


you  ever  see-say)    (do  you'consider-swear-think)  (do  you  thinkNw-ali^ttfing  else)  (do 


26 


1  1  1 

t  W  ^^ 


you  ever)    (do  you  know  whether-or-not)    (do  you  know  whether  thr.)    (debentu«) 


w 


(rf<?  fe«^  tfS^)  (denied  and  exception  taken)  (declined  and  exception  taken)  (declined 


to  accept  as  charg«d~ana>  exception  taken)  (dismissed  with  costs)  (drawee)  (ejectment) 


29 


(examination  in  chiefj  (ex  parte)  (equitable  estate-interest-relief)  (execution  creditor) 


i78 


HUMPHREY'S  INTERLINEAR  SHORT-HAND. 


(examine  tnis,oaper)    (exception  taken)    (evidence  allowed  and  read)     (entitled  to 


3' 


r)    (fault  or  negligence)    (fee  simple)    (fiduciSry-relaix>n-ship)    (fire  assurance) 


(fire  insurance)  (final  specification)  (foreclosure)  (from  your  owl^kiiowledge)  (gentle- 


men  of  the  jury)  (go  on  and  state-to  the-jury)    (go  on  and  stateQhe  circumstances) 


(goods  and  chattels)     (Grand  Jury)     (guilty  of  negligence-contributory-negligence) 

J\"— 
35    '  _^  _  ./^  Q^ 


(guilt  or  innocence)    (heir  at  law)    (heirs  and)  assigns)    (holder  for  value)    (have  you 


anything  further  to  state-say)  (has  ttnere  not  beertj^had  he  beeVthr.)  (how  long  have 


37 


you  known-him-tier)  (how  do  "youjcnow)  (how  many  years  ago)  (how  long  was  it) 


w  long  ago)  (how  Iong*tiave  you  lrVea-tnisre^(how  long  Wive 


(how  many  t^nes)  (how 


39                                          r                         0  >^\ 
..**) ^sf. V) 

/s*-'\  "^  ^ 

you  been-tHere)    (house  and  lot)    (household)    (humanNjein^-life>-^I 


(I  am  not  able  to 


40 


state-not  positive-not  certain)   (I  am  of  the  same  opinion)    (I  cannot  think  of  any- 


thing  else)  (I  cannot  recollect-remember)  (I  can  think  of  nothing  more-else)  (I  couid 


HUMPHREY'S    INTERLINEAR  SHORT-HANa 


179 


r 


not  say-swear)  (I  do  not  (don't)  remember)  (I  do  not  (don't)  recollect)  (I  will  ask  you-. 

v^U 


43V-VJ?  ^        f    _  ^o 

tv. 

to-state-to-the-court-jury)    (I  will  call  your  attention)  (I  understood  you  to  say)    (I 
44 

understand  you  to  say)  (if  the  Court  please)  (if  your  Honor  please)  (if  you  come  to 

45  S>:  SirVo. 

f 

the  conclusion)    (if  you  arf  satisfied)   (if  you  should  find)    (in  this  action-court-case) 
46 


47 


(in  this  indictment-matter)  (in  arrest  of  judgment)  (incorporated)  (in  your  answer) 

v.  ^—P 


•  (in  bankruptcy)  (in  fee  simple)  (in  pursuance  of)  (in  possession-satisfaction)  (insolvent 


debtor)    (interlocutory-decree)    (interpleader)    (in  the  neighborhood)    (in  which  he 

I/I 


49 


lives-resides)  (Joint  Stock  Company)  (joint  tenancy-tenant)  (judge's  order)  (judgment 


creditor)  .(judicial  separation)    (Justice  of  the  Peace)  (just  as)  (landlord-and-tenant) 


S> 


(learned  counsel  for  the  deft.-plff.)    (legitimacy)    (letters  of  administration)    (letters 


patent)  (lookVt  that  sigW*we)   (look  at^his)  (life  assurance-insurance-aijnuity-estate- 


53 


interest)  (limited  liability)  (liquidated  damages)  (Local  Board)  (malicious  prosecution) 


i8o 


HUMPHREY'S  INTERLINEAR  SHORT-HAND. 


(may  it  please  the  Court-ybwf'Honor)  (market  price-value)  (misdemeanor)  (mortgage) 
(mortgagee)  (measure  of  damages)  (member  of  the  board)  (murder  in  the  first  degree- 


second  degree-manslaughter)    (negligence)     (negligence  of  the  defendant-plaintiff) 


57 


(negligence  on  the  part  of  the  defendant-plaintiff)  (Nisi  Prius)  (notice  of  trial)  (notice 


to  quit)  (no  sir)    (no  sir,  I  did  not)   (not  to  my  recollection)    (not  that  I  remember.) 


(objection  by  counsel  for  deft-plff.)  (objection  sustained)  (objection  overruled-exception 
v  C"N      P  v  v 

Ax...          Ar^> \r \*> 

taken)    (objected  to;  overruled-exception  taken)    (objected  to  as  leading-incompetent 
and  irrelevant)    (objected  to  and  waived)    (objected  to  as  immaterial)    (objactiopby 


deft's  cotmsel^plfTs  counsel)  (objected  to  as  a  question  of  law)  (of  your  own  knowledge- 


personal  knowledge)  (offered  in  evidence)  (offers  in  evidenced  (on  the  part  of  the 


64 


deft-plff.)  (on  the  dther  side)  (order  of  court)  (overt  act)  (over  ancNrbove)  (party  of 


the  first   part-second   part)      (patent  agt -office-specification)      (Paymaster   General) 


HUMPHREY'S   INTERLINEAR   SHORT-HAND. 


181 


(pendeiitc  lile)    (personal  estate-proper 


........    U....  .v;  >T. 

rty)    (petitioner)    (Petty 


Jury)    (plfTs  coowsel- 

\r 


testimony-witness)  (please  state  to  the  jury)  (plaintiff  cannot  recover)  (policy  holder) 


68 


(policy  of  assurance-insurance)    (power  of  attorney)  (practitioner)     (prima  facie} 


69 


\ 


(privileged   communication)    (Probate-Court)     (proponent)     (prisoner  (s)  at  the  bar) 
70    ^  <\ 

(principal  evidence)  (preponderance  of  evidence)   (proof  has  been)  (promissory  note) 


(prove  to  your  satisfaction)  (Quarter  Sessions)  {quo  warrantd)  (question  of  fact-law) 


(rate  of  interest)   (rebutting  evidence-testimony)  (re-direct  examination)  (reasonable 


doubt)  (reasonably  worth)  (real  estate  and  personal  property)  (railroad  crossing-track- 


station)      (railway   track-crossing-station)      (reasonable  and  probable  cause)    (rents 


and  profits)  (reserve  fund)  (residuary  legatee-estate)  (respondent)  (reversionary  interest) 


(replevin)    (replication)     (res  judicata)     (res  jesl<z)     (savings  bank)     (self  defense) 

J~*  V 


(seized  in  fee)  (separate  maintenance-estate)  (set  aside)  (show  cause)  (signed  and  sealed) 


182 


HUMPHREY'S   INTERUNEAR  SHORT-HAND. 


0/1    - 

78 


(simple  contract)   (special  jury)    (specific  performance-of-the-contract)    (state  if  there 


79  >^    OT    f  P  ~X 

.7.?...V_D.  ......................  ...  .......  t^  ......  b  ..........  4^,  ............  A- 

^  - 


is-has-been)   (state  how  many-much)    (state  to  the  jury)    (state  when  it  was)    (state 


whetheV-or-not-thVre-are\X(statute  6f  frauds-limitation)    (state  of  the  case)    (state 


your  name)  (stay  of  execution)  (stock  in'  trade)  (subpoena  duces  lecuni)  (Superior 


Court-Supreme  of-the-State-of  the  U.  S.)  (take  into  consideration)  (take  it  for  granted) 
83,         or.       ,  J^  P  P 

(took  it  for  granted)  (tell  how  long)  (tell  the  jury-truth)  (tell  us  wriether)  (tenant  for 


84 


.tjR.k*. 


K 
life)    (tenant  in  common)  (testimony  of  the  deft-plff.)      (testator)1    (testatrix)  (time 


immemorial)  (that  the  deft.-in-this-case)  (that  the  plff.-in-this-case)  (that  was)  (that  it 


86 


the 


was)  (that  there  was)    (that  is  all  there  is  of  it)  (this  is  an  action-brought-by-the-plff.) 


(their  heirs  arm  assigns)  (the  first  thing-time)    (there  is  evidence-no-evidence)   (there 


may  have  been)  (title  deeds)  (truth  of  the  case)  (to  whom  was  it)  (to  the  best  of-(my, 


his,    your,    her,)-recollection)   (to  recover  of  the  deft.)  (to  your  satisfaction)  (trade 

U 


HUMPHREY'S  INTERLINEAR  SHORT-HAND. 


mark)  (treasu^d  trove)  (under  all  the  Ctfcumstances-of-the-case)  (unless  you  are  satisfied) 


(unless  the  evidence  satisfies  you)    (upon  their  oW_testjmony)  (U.  S.  bonds-Circuit 

?,..._lnJ_I!\^>£z..  ...^sX...  X 

Court-Dist-Court-Supreme-Court-Government)    (up  stairs)     (valuable  consideration) 


(value  of  it)     (value  of  the  land)     (validity  of  the  patent)    (voluntary  association) 


94 


(venture  to  say)    (verdict  for  the  deft.-plff.)    (verdict  of  the  jury)   (very  well  aware) 


f.... 


96 


97 


(vice  versa)    (was  considered-delivered)  (was  it  likely)   (was  it  not  for  thcsjmrpose) 


•••}-.        >t    tt*. 

'    3\>else)  (was  thr?lmy"T3rfe-el5e^ricre")  (was  anything  saidK)r-done-therd 

r         66' 


D  U 


.  n&tmng  said)    (we  are  prepared)    (we  are  not 


.....       v.  .....  -... 


aware)   (we  are  satisfied-that)    (what  answer  did  he)    (what  wis  done-saW-and-done) 

vj 


(what  else  was  said-or-done-here)  (what  else  was  there)  (what  was  the  first  thing-said) 


(what  is  it  worth)  (what  time  was  it)  (what  were  (you)  doing-there)  (what  would  be) 


..  - 

(what  would  you-consider)    (whatever  understanding)    (when  it  is  borne  in  mind) 


I84 


HUMPHREY'S  INTERLINEAR  SHORT-HAND. 




(when  we  take  imo  consideration-you-take)  (what  did  you  do)  (what  do  you  mean) 


(where   do   you   live)      (where   do    you   reside)       (where  do  you  say  you  live) 


104 


(where  did  you  say  you  lived)     (where  did  you  go-see-him)      (where  were  you) 


•» 


(whereas  it  is)    (what  is  your  best  judgment-recollection)    (what  is  your  business- 


occupation-profession)  (where  is  your  pRre^>f  business)  (what  made  you)  (what  is 

I07. £? a 

your  general  recollection)  (who  were  you-are  you)  (will  you  be  kind~enough)  (will 

T08 

you  examine  this  paper-lc&SX^at  this  paper)  (will  you  swear-to  that)  (will  you  swear 

!??_. 

positively)  (will  you  state  whether  or  not)  (will  you  tell  the  jury)  (will  you  under- 


take  to  say-swear)  (would  not  be  certain)  (would  not  say-swear)  (would  not  4wear 
positively)  (you  will  swear-positively)  (writ  of  error)  (yes,  sir)  (yes  or  no)  (yes,  sir ;  I 


am)      (yes,  sir;    I  do-I-think-it-is-Mhink-so)       (yes,  sir;-it-is-there-is-there-may-be) 


(you  are  certain-sworn)  (you  can  state)  (you  could  not  say)  (you  do  not  know  whether 


HUMPHREY'S   INTERLINEAR  SHORT-HAND. 


185 


or  not)  (you  have  told  us)  (you  mean  to  say)  (you  were  present)  (your  verdict-must- 


be-for-the-dlfendant-pla%tiff)  (you  need  not  tell.) 


LEGISLATIVE  PHRASES,. 


(U.  S.  SENATE.) 


345.  By  permission  of  Mr.  D.  F.  Murphy,  Official  Stenographer  of  the  .U.  S.  Sen-^ 
ate,  I  am  enabled  to  publish  the  following  list  of  phrases,  taken  from  his  private  note 
book.     It  is  probably  the  largest  and  most  complete  list  of  the  kind  ever  published  in 
this  country,  embodying  as  it  does  the  result  of  years  of  experience  in  Congressional  re- 
porting.    The  secret  of  rapid  short-hand  writing  is  thorough  familiarity  with  the  most 
frequently  recurring  words  and  phrases  in  the  language,  which  can  only -be  acquired  by 
constant  practice  of  the  proper  kind.     Such  practice  this  list  is  intended  to  provide.     It 
will  be  found  invaluable  to  the  'short-hand  writer  who  contemplates  engaging  in  legisla- 
tive reporting,  and  to  the  type-writer  operator  whose  work  may  lie  in  the  same  direction. 
Mr.  Murphy  says,    "  /  am  opposed  to  phrasing  except  where  the  forms  of  the  words 
naturally  combine  and  the  connection  is  obvious.'1'' — From  Humphrey's  Manual  of  Type- 
Writing,  page  15. 

346.  Apropos  of  the  above,  this  list  is  of  double  advantage  to  the  student,  in  that 
it  shows  to  what  extent  phrasing  may  safely  be  carried.     Perhaps  no  question  has  excited 
more  discussion  among  stenographers  than  that  of  proper  phrasing.     The  professional 
legislative  and  law  reporter  is  probably  a  better  judge  of  the  extent  to  which  it  can  be 
indulged  in  than  any  other  class  of  short-hand  writers;  their  occupation  brings  them 
face  to  face  with  an  unusual  variety  of  subjects,  and  puts  to  a  most  exhaustive  test  their 
ability  as  verbatim  note  takers.     Under  such  a  condition  of  things  their  short-hand  must 
necessarily  be  equal  to  any  emergency  that  may  arise,  and  eyen  these  gentlemen  are 
greatly  influenced  in  their  style  of  writing  by  the  natural  speed  that  they  possess,  or  lack 
of  natural  speed ;  and  some  veritable  short-hand  cranks  frown  at  the  mere  suggestion  of 
connecting  two  words  together.     However,  setting  aside  the  peculiarities  of  the  peculiar 
men  in  the  profession,  the  consensus  of  opinion  among  the  most  skillful  and  progressive 
short-hand  writers  is  as  Mr.  Murphy  has  expressed  above.     There  is  no  doubt  but  that 
the  judicious  use  of  phrasing  is  of  vast  assistance  in  reaching  a  high  degree  of  speed, 
and  correspondingly  increases  the  legibility  of  the  writing.     No  iron'clad  rule  can  be 
formulated ;  each  practitioner  must  exercise  his  best  judgment.     The  amanuensis  in  the 
laboratory  of  a  manufacturing  chemist  would  not  find  the  phrases  used  by  the  law  stenog- 
rapher particularly  applicable  to  his  business,  and  vice  versa ;  neither  could  use  in  his 
chosen  field  of  labor  the  phrase  peculiar  to  the  other.     The  list  of  phrases  here  given  is 
more  general  in  its  application  than  any  other  possibly,  could  be,  and  provides  the  very 
best  material  for  practice  that  could  be  placed  before  the  student,  even  though  he  may 
never  engage  in  legislative  reporting.     By  repeatedly  writing  it  he  will  acquire  manual 
dexterity  in  wielding  the  pen,  and  will  lay  a  foundation  on  which  to  construct  phrases 
suitable  to  whatever  field  of  reporting  he  may  elect  to  engage  in. 

347.  Mi.  Murphy  learned  phonography  when  the  art  was  in  its  infancy,  and  uses 
many  forms  that  the  rising  generation  of  short-hand  writers  are  not  taught  to  use;  but 
neither  the  professional  stenographer,  nor  the  student,  can  fail  to  observe  the  remarkable 
freedom  of  his  outlines,  which  admit  of  rapidly  executed  and  graceful  forms,  though 
many  of  them  may  seem  to  the  short-hand  writer  of  to-day  unnecessarily  long,  in  view 
of  the  more  modern  application  of  principles  that  tend  to  shorten,  but  in  no  wise  impair 
the  legibility  of  the  phraseograph.     That  those  who  are  curious  to  know  how  the  chief 


HUMPHREY'S   INTERLINEAR  SHORT-HAND. 


I87 


of  the  U.  S.  Senate  corps  of  reporters  transfers  to  his  note-book  the  kaleidoscopic  pro- 
ceedings of  our  national  legislative  body,  we  have  here  given,  first  in  order,  the  short- 
hand forms  that  he  employs;  while  those  following  the  marks  of  equality  are  the  same 
forms  arranged  according  to  the  latest  method  of  the  Pitmanic  style  of  writing. 

A  PHRASES. 

(able   to   make)-  (able  to   realize)      (ad  valorem)     (kcT^of  Congress)    (against  it) 
(alien  enemy)    (all  over  the  country)     (all  over  the  land)    (all  over  this  country) 


(alternate  sections)  (all  that  ha**been  done)  (all  that  has  been  said)  (American  citizen) 


(anywhere  else)     (all  that  my  friend)     (appropriation  bills)     (Army  of  the  U.  S.) 


(as  fast  as)  (as  a  matter  of  course)  (as  long  as)  (as  a  matter  of  necessity)  (as  shall  be) 


(at  all  events)    (at  length)    (at  all  times)    (at  some  other  time)    (at  stfcTT^time) 

I*  —  >. 

(attorney  «at  law)    (at  the  last  session)   (at  the  next  session)    (at  the  presVftt  session) 


(at  t&Hpresent  *y)    (at  the  request  of)    (as  shall  be  made)   ,(all  such  propositions) 


(Attorney  Gen/SHhe  U.  S.)  (at  once) 

B  PHRASJES. 

(-iTen>cted)  (ballot  box)  (banking  families)    (better  calculated)    (Be  it  resolved) 


(better  informed)     (bill  for  the  relief  of)  (better  Jfeigment)  (bounty  land  warrant) 


iS8 


HUMPHREY'S  INTERLINEAR  SHORT-HAND. 


(British    government)       (Buenos  Ayres)      (but   yon   would   not)      (by  reason  of) 


(by  said  resolution)  (bankrupt  law)  (bankrupt  act). 

C  PHRASES. 


be  raised)        (can  be  reported)          (cannot  get)          (Central  Pacific  R.  R.) 


IP 


(Circuit  Court  of  the  U.  S.)    (Citizens  of  the  U.  S.)      (chiefWrk)     "Chief    ustice) 


:/. 


(civilized  world)  (civil  expenses)      (Cnief  Magistrate)  (civil  power)        (Civil  Service 


Reform)          (colored  race)          (commanding  officer)          (common  sense) 


....yr. _ 

(constitutional  amendment)      (contested  election)      (could  not  get)        (Court  of 


_.  T) 

Claims)    (children's  children)    (cestotl  que  trusts). 
D  PHRASES. 


(deficiency  \J>propnation  bill)  (Democratic  party)          (deputv/emarshals) 


(did  yon  make)      (direct  tax)  (disbursing  a^ts)  (disbursing  clerks) 

^XQ^J?       /'  .--£—-*, 

(disbursing  officel^/  (disloyal  persons)    (di^iuguished  chairman)    (does  not 


HUMPHREY'S    INTERLINEAR   SHORT-HAND. 


.89 


come)       (does    not    exist)       (does   not   taUeplace)-      (do    you    remember). 

E  PHRASES. 


"- 


.A/^.\....^..=  ..<7_  — L*^/     ZX*^        "*• 

J  '  ^ 

(El  Paso)'    (engiR^Ej  department)    (entering  wedge)    (every  one)    (extra  member) 


(extra  session)    (every  part) 


F  PHRASES. 


(fair  pfe^)      (fellow  citizenSy     (foreign  minister)      (Federal  authorities)      (Federal 


constitution)         (Federal  govennnent)       (Federal  officers)       (final   adjournment) 


(final  passage)    (final  vote)    (for  a  long  time)    (for  example)    (for  a  moment)    (for 


..r          ....... 


instance)   (for  the  support  of)  (for  my  own  part)  (for  whom)  (rejr/otHfiC  ptvrooses) 

ND 


(Freedmen's  Bureau)      (for  th^fijst  time)     (for  that  reason)     (for  their  services) 

Vj\ .=. . .  SjV. . .  \ - S^ S^y -StX^SrS--  ./\^. 

\2.^\     A          x^/N.  \  \ 

(for  tlie  rA^seVy,  purpose^for  purpose^of )   (for  the  purpos^  of)    (for  the  relief  of) 

' 

•f--  - 

(for  the      ine  purpose)N>c(for  the  simple  reason)     (free  exercise)     (free  institutions) 


(from  time  to  time)  (for  thVvje>vpurpose\(for  long  years)  (for  a  very  good  reason). 


HUMPHREY'S   INTERLINEAR  SHORT-HAND. 

G  PHRASES. 


190 


(good  reason)    (go  through)      (grand  jury)    (great  number)    (government  officials) 


(government  officers)  (Government  of  the  U.  S.)        (Great  Salt   Lake) 


(Gulf  of  Mexico)        (gold  and  silver)        (grant  of  land). 
H  PHRASES. 


(Habeas  Corpus)    (has  not  yet  been)    (have  been  taken)       (have  not  examined) 


(Heavenly  Father)     (hereinbefore  referred)     (how  is  it)     (how  little)        (how  long 


before) 


(Hudson's  Bay)          (human  nature)          (House  of  Representatives) 


(how  -m)uch  fcbever)      (has  not  only)      (Her  Majesty's  Government)      (hundreds 


of  thousands). 


I  PHRASES. 


(I  am  disposed)    (I  am  inclined  to  think)          (I  am  in  favor)          (I  am  informed) 


(I  am  not  aware)     (I  am  not  going)     (I  am  not  in  favor)     (I  am  not  informed) 


(I  am  opposed)  (I  am  right)    (I  believe)      (I  am  unwilling)       (I  am  very  happy) 


HUMPHREY'S  INTERLINEAR  SHORT-HAND. 


(I  am  very  sorry)       (I  am  very  well  aware)         (I  am  willing)       (I  am  wrong) 


(I  ask  that)  (I  am  decidedly)       (I  cannot  say)       (I  beg  pardon)       (I  cannot  speak) 


(I  cannot  understand  it)       (I  do  not  choose)    (I  do  not  deny)    (I  do  no\  desire) 


(I  do  not  insist)   .(I  do  not  know)    (I  do  not  wish)   (if  it  was)   (if  possible)    (if  that4s 


not  done)  (if  th^iy  are)    (I  feel)    ^l  have  also)    "(I  have  already  alluded)      (I  have 


d)      (I 


\ 


already  referred)    (I  Iftve  already  said)    (I  have  always  been)    (in  such  a  position) 


(I  have  always  opposed)    (1  have  a  resolution)    (I  have  beenSible  to)      (I  have  be? 


making)       (I   have  w^n  obliged)       (I   have  fCeen   top)      (I   have  just  read) 

12  v         V  V 

(I  Have  just  referred)       (I  hav?-fistened)       (I  have  marked)       (I  have-no  desire) 


(I  have  n^disposition)      (I  have  no  fault)      (I  have  spoken)     (I  have  suggested) 


(1  have  the  honor  to  be)      (I  have  the  honor'<to>transmit)     (I  hope  that  will  be  done- 


!?_..x L     ±^j 


will  not  bedhne)      (it  is  imjust)      (I  know  nothing  about)      (I  may^e  mistaken) 
J 


192 


HUMPHREY'S  INTERLINEAR  SHORT-HAND. 


(I  may  be  permitted)    (I  may  be  wrong)     (I  may  have  seen)     (I  might  mention) 


17 


(I  move  that)        (in  all  its  bearings)        (in  all  other  respects)    (in  all  probability) 


(in  any  court  of  the  U.  S.)  (in  any  debate)  (in  any  degree) 


(in  any  event)        (in  any  state)  (in  any  other  capacity)  (in  any  other 


country)        (in  any  other  manner)        (in  any  other  way)       (in  any  other  state) 

2T  |        =. 

x> 

(it  is  not^yet  before)    (in  any  slate  of  the  U.  S.)    (in  conformity)    (Indian  ajfairs) 


(in  reference  to  this)     (in  every  case)      (in  regard  to  that  matter)      (in  every  part 


of  the  country)      (in  every  respect)       (in  favor)       (in  relation  to)       (in  so  many 


words)       (in  substance)     (in  such  a  way)    (in  his  annual  message)  (in  his  depart 


25 


ment)    (in  his  own  capacity)     (in  his  speech)     (in  such  shape)     (Internal  Revenue) 


(in  such  manner  as  shall  re-provided)    (in  such  manner  as  to  restore)    (in  its  nature) 


27 


(in-  its  application)  (RrteAal  ta^-fJn  its  own  way)    (in  its  tentts)    (in  that  matter) 


HUMPHREY'S  INTERLINEAR  SHORT-HAND. 


28 


(in  that  respect)    (in  thab^hape)    (in  that  way)    (in  my  speech)    (in  order  to  have) 


29 


(in  point  of  fact)    (in  point  of  time)    (in  the  course  of  my)    (in' the  imrse  of  tins 


debate)    (in  the  country)     (in  their  report)     (in  addition  to  this)    (in  the  name  of) 


(in  this  chamber)     (in  the  year)    (in  this  ctebate)    (in  this  hBtance)    (in  this  shape) 


(in  this  way)    (into  the  country)    (into  tlrSjifffon)    (I  presume)    (I  shall  be  excused) 


33 


(I  shall  not  believe)  (I  shall  not  occupy)    (I  shall  not  pass)    (I  shall  occupy)     (I  shall 


34 


refer)        <I  shall  return)      (I  shall  show)      (I  shall  support)      (I  will  only  say) 


35 


(I  am  concerned)    (is  not  in  order)    (I  take  it)    (it  can  be  shown)^       (it  cafl-rnJt  be 


nole  strick^)        (it  car  not 


:  delayJT        (it  can  not  go) 


37 


(it  can  not  pass)    (it  has  been  Kind)  (it  has  befiff  suggested)    (it  has  not  only  bee*) 


- / V 

(I  therelSre)  (I  think  A  is  it)  (it  is  .knitted)  (it  is  manifest)  (it  is  no  appropriation) 

(uWTio^ger)        (it  is  no  question)        (it  is  not  dine)        (I  can  not  consent) 


I94 


HUMPHREY'S  INTERLINEAR  SHORT-HAND, 


L  -  L  k 

«2__Ay t^.^\.  - -9^-^- 4l 

it  is  not  so)     (it  is  no  ufe)    (it  is  trktgjbre) 


(I  admit)        (if  I  am  not  mistaken)       (it 


41 


(it  may  [be  true)        (it  may  be~mkintained)      (it  must  be  remembered)      (it  may 


be  referred)     (it  shall  be  received)      (it  shall  be  shown)     (it  shall  have  passed) 


(it  shall  not  be  lawful)       (it  shall  never  receive)       (it  should  become  necessary) 


44 


(it  should  be  repealed)  (it  should  not  extend)  (it  striked  me)  (it  <vas  refused)    (it  \vi 


appear)      (it  will  be  remembered)      (it  will  be  carried)      (it  will  be  maintained) 


(it  will  be  idle)    (it  will  be  seen;    (it  will  be  worth)    (it  will  bring)    (it  will  draw) 


47 


|  "*._ 

(it  will  fall)    (it  will  help)    (it  will  not  be  long)    (it  will  only  takfe) — (it  will  receive) 


(it   will   require)  (it   will    take) (it   will   turn)  (it  would  ^/likely) 

i  ^J) 

49 

...v^.  .. 

(it  wouM-MOt|  take)    (I  understand  it)    (I  will  ask)     (I  will  make)     (I  will  not  ask) 

5°                     J  S~)                    /L                              J 

(I  will  not  undertake)    (I  will  therefore)    (I  will  withdraw)     (I  wish  to  be  excused) 


(1'wish  to  carry)    (I  wish  to  make)     (I  wish  to  offer  a  resolution)     (I  wish  to  state) 


HUMPHREY'S  INTERLINEAR  SHORT-HAND. 


195 


(I  wish  to  submit)    (I  have  no  objection)    (I  shall  enter)    (if  it  be)    (in  the  Senate) 


53 


(in  his  own  name)    (I  wish  to  renew)     (it  shall  be  presented)    (in  the\rown  behalf) 


< 
(I  havesnc/s^ch  purpose)  (it  would  noTpass)  (in  such  institutions)    (in  all  these  cases) 


55 


(is  not  only)    (is  not  now)    (in  all  its  part)    (ipse  dtxif!)     (it  has  also)     (I  wish 


to  make  a  report)      (in  its  exercise)      (in  all  such  cases)      (in  its  I  order)      (in  all 


other  parts)    (I  have  always  had)    (I  havelooked)     (I  tell  you)         (m  all  my 


58 


experience). 


J  PHRASES. 


(joint  resolution)     (judicial  capacity)     (judicial  decision)      (judicial  investigation) 


(just  takeli). 


L  PHRASES. 


(laboring  classes)      (land  warrant)      (laboring  men)      (last  session)      (law  abidi 


(law 


making  power)        (kgakJevidence)        (legal  tender)        (letter  carrier) 


I96 


HUMPHREY'S  INTERLINEAR  SHORT-HAND. 


(letttSfs  patent)    (letter  writer)    (let  us  be  sd^isfied)    (let^  us  look)     (lieu  thereof) 


(Lieutenant^overnor)    (liquor  dealers)      (liquor  sellers)       (long  before)      (loyAl 


citizens)    (loyal  persons)    (legal  profession)    (lake  shore). 

M  PHRASES. 


(mail  S^amship)   \  (majority  report)     (may  have  seeTrf  (may  h  please  your 


honors)    (may  not  have)    (military  service)          (minority  report)  (Mississippi 


Valley)     {Mr.  Chairman)      (Mr.  President)  (money  market)  (morning 


business)     (my  colleague)      (my  friend  from  N.  Y.)      (Mason  and  Dixon's  Line) 


(more  tllan  that)    (mother  country). 

N  PHRASES. 


(national  asylum)          (national  authority)          (national   banking  association) 


(national  bank  note)        (national  defense)        (national  government^        (national 


policy)    (native  land)    (naval  affairs)    (naval  service  of  the  U.  S.)     (New  Orleans) 


HUMPHREY'S   INTERLINEAR  SHORT-HAND. 


197 


bearing)  (nor  do  I  profce)  (nor  more  than)    (No,  sir)  (notaries  public 


(riot  at  all)      (not  only  that)      (not  for  purpose^    (not  very  long  ago)       (nor  is 


it  material)    (nor  is  it  necessary). 


O  PHRASES. 


(of  each  House)    (Officers  of  the  Navy)     (official  dispatch)     (of  its  own  members) 

*     \r\  ....... 

(of  my  amendment)      (of  my  testimony)      (of  my  learned  brother)      <bf  Mr.) 


(of  said  act)    (of  said  government)    (of  their  own  government)    (of  which  no  Hotice) 

4     ^^V^ 

(on  all)    (on  behaTF)    (on  board)    (oit-tfetlfftides)      (one  half)      (one  moment) 


(one  or  two)    (on   it)    (one  or  two  amendments)    (on  one  side)    (on  its  merits) 


(on  its  passage)       (only  way)       (on  our  part)       (on  my  motion)      (on  my  return) 


(on  my  table)      (on  the  amendment)      (on  the  contrary)      (on  their  own  account) 


••••H ; 


(on    the   other  side)      (on   the   part  of  Congress)      (on   the  part  of  the  House) 


198 


HUMPHREY'S  INTERLINEAR  SHORT-HAND. 


(on  the  part  of  the  Senate)  (on  the  present  occasion)  (on  the  subject)  (on  this  report) 


(on  which)    (original  resolution)     (or  of)     (or  not)     (Orphan's  Court)    (or  rather) 


(ought  to  be  submitted)  (ought  to  Be  thrown)  (on  this  point)    (on  its  own  merits) 


(Odd  Fellows)    (on  my  feet). 


P  PHRASES. 


(paper  currency)        (pending  question)     (pension  list)     (pension  rolls)     (people 


of  this^&qjrffy)       (pelty  larceny)       (Porto  Rico)       (Post  Office  andPosf  Roads) 


(Postal  Service)       (present  administration)     (previous  ngtice)     (previous  question) 


(prima  facie)  (prize    money)  (private    letter)  (property owners) 


Q  PHRASES. 


(Quartermaster's    Department)  (quarter   section)          (quarter  of  a  century) 


(quarter  of  a  million). 


HUMPHREY'S    INTERLINEAR    SHORT-HAND. 

R  PHRASES. 


199 


(railroad  accident)          (railroads  and  canals)          (railroad  grant)          (read  tluT^ 


second  time)    (read  tlJje-<hird  time)    (railroad  wansportation)       (real  and  personal) 
(real  estate)       (retired  list)         (Rear  Admiral)         (recent  session)       (relied  upon) 


(Rev.    gentleman)         (right   of  suffrage)         (Rocky    Mountains)         (right  of  way) 


(rural  districts)         (resolved  that). 


S  PHRASES. 


(sailing  ships)       (saloon  keepers)      (San  Jose)      (Scire  Facias)      (Secretary-  of  the 


.erf. cr^:. I 

Interior)    (Secretary  of  State)    (Secretary  of  the  Senate)    (Secretary  of  the  Jjfcasury) 

boo      • 


(Secretary  of  War)  (Senate  of  the  U.  S.)  (Senate  resolution)     (Senators  of  the  U  S.) 
(setting  forth)      (shall  be  carried)     (shall  be  liable),    (shall  be  restored)       (sn^H 


henceforK^d)     (shall  r.ot  apply)     (since  this  case)     (shall  not  pass) 
-2-*] 

6  L  ......  . 


^ 

haj-e 


(ship  budding)    (short  extract)     (short  session)     (should  haj-e  had)     (should  like) 


20O 


HUMPHREY'S  INTERLINEAR  SHORT-HAND. 


(should  not  go)  (should  not  say)  (should  think)  (side  by  side)  (silver    currenc 


(so  as  to  make)    (so  as  not  to  make)    (so  long  as  it  is)    (somewhere  else)      (so  much 


money)        (Speaker  of  the  House)        (Spanish   American)         (so  long  a  time) 
(Speakers-table)     (special  order)\     (special  session)      (specie  payment) 


authorities)     (state   courts)     (3t5te~jowrnals)      (state  securities)     ((state  sovereignty) 


_ 

(statute  book)        (stronger  than)        (sub  silentid)    (such  as  are)     (such  as  was  made) 


(such  othe^  report)      (so  as  to  be^able  to)       (such  will  be) 


14 


(Supreme  Court). 


T  PHRASES. 


(take  place)      (taken  up)     (taking  possession)     (tax  payett)     (temporary  clerks) 


(temporary  purposes)  (territorial  government)  (Territories  of  the  U.  S.)  (that  can  be) 


(that  i»charged)     (that  will  depend)      (there  is  no    isposition)      (there  is  no  other) 


yr  ^^^^^^xy 

(there  is  no  STfch  motion)    (there  is  tto  use)    (there  will  never)     (there  would 


not 


HUMPHREY'S  INTERLINEAR  SHORT-HAND. 


301 


now)    (they  can  make)    (they  can  receive)    (they  can  now)    (they  will  be  received) 


(throughout  the  country)        (to  Begin)       (throughout  the   world)        (to  believe) 


....... 

out  the   world)         to  believ 


(to  enlarge)    (to  exercise 


-Vxi--v  "^       -V»-- 

ise)     (to  get  rid)      (to  go  back)      (toStsmer 


(to  go  back)      (to  Mts  merits)    (to  look) 


(to   make  a/speech)  (to    make    mention)  (to  make  the   (a)   motion) 


>     ^ 


(to  offer  an  amemfirlent)    (to  thecontrary)    (to  such  au  extent)    (to  the  conclusion) 


tolwi 


(to  the  exclusion)    (to'wit)    (trial  by  jury)   (they  do  (jpt  desire)    (to  takethe  pla< 


(to  t^jat  extent)       (that  is  all)      (turned  over)      (there  is)      (that  it  is  claimed) 


12 


(they   cannot)          (that   is   this  case)        (Trans-Atlantic)       (Transcontinental) 


(trans-shipment).^C_ 


U  PHRASES. 


(under  said  act)  (under ^uch  regulations)  (under  such  rules)  (under  thJntmendment) 


J" 

(under  this  arrangement)  (under  thjose  circumstances)  (under  which)  (Upper  Mississippi). 


202 


HUMPHREY'S  INTERLINEAR  SHORT-HAND. 
V  PHRASE3. 


(very  clear)    (very  long  speech)    (velcy-s^ort  time)    (vested  rights)    (veto  iness&e) 


(vice  versa)    (very  long  discussion)    (very  well)    (very  small), 


W  PHRASES. 


(Ways  and  Means)    (we  are)    (we  are  authorized)         (we  are  going)          (we 


2    °^  L  i»  V-tr 

satisfied)    (we  do  not  undertake)    (we  have' been  told)    (we  have  reached)    (we  have 


received)  (we  shall  be'a'bTeto-make)  (we  shall  do)  (we  shalnot  investigate)  (we  will) 


(we  will  not)    (we  will  have)    (what  do  you  mean)   (whatever  may  be)   (what  extent) 


(what  I  am)    (what  I  desire)    (what  I  wish  to)    (what  I  find)    (what  kind)    (what  I 


»  • 

have  no  doubt)    (what  I  have  said)    (what  I  mean)    (what  I  said)    (what  is  called) 

f.J 1^.. J^... b U~a>.... 

(what  is  it)    (what  ought  tp  be  done)    (what  shall  be)    (what  it  is)    (what  it  means) 


(what  it  was)      (what  I  understood)      (what  was  necessary)      (what  would  be  said) 


(vAat  would  be  the  result)   (what  woula  have  been)    (which  are  alleged)    (wHich  are 


HUMPHREY'S  INTERLINEAR  SHORT-HAND. 


203 


necessary)    (which  cannot  be) 


wfeieh  hachbeen) 


(which  has  been  recently)    (which 


has  been  read)    (which  has  been  referred)    (which  has  just  been)    (whicFTnavetf 


honor  in  part)    (which  have  tak^n  place)    (which  is  already)    (which  shall  abridge) 


(which  shall  be  sufficient)   (which  will  involve)  (\^hjc,h  will  lead)   (which  will'stnke) 


14 


(which  can  exercise)      (which  would  make)      (which  would  result)      (who  shall) 


(who  shafrTnvestigate)     (who  shall  be  elected)     (who  should  not  be)     (who  would 


« 


know)       (why  is  it)       (will  be  pursued)       (will  be  retained)       (will  be  Igatisfied) 


(will  notSc/embarrassed)     (will  nj>t  be  stricken)     (we  are  sure)     (which  would 


reduce)    (would  n6t  be-do-say)    (will  not  Betaken)    (will  not  get)      (wire  pullers) 


(without  amendment)    (within  which)    (would  accept)    (would  not  be  responsible) 


(would  not  be  respectable)     (which  shall  be^MJUtrf)     (which  \haL]be  submi 


(who  will   follow)        (well  authenticated)       (we  will  make)       (we   will   not  do) 


(we  are  bound). 


204  HUMPHREY'S  INTERLINEAR  SHORT-HAND. 

273.     The  following  explanation  will  make  clear  the  peculiarities  of  Mr.  Murphy's 
short-hand : 

Use  no  stroke  for  A,  a>,  or  y. 

"^  ^  *  f 

diancellor. 


—  Yw,  as aver, ..A.,  every.,  f. &r,as..l_.  smaller,  _^^/?. 

;d*Ji 

initial  hook  on  a  curve  indicates  /,  assr  ^  only&^__  relation. 


oug At,.L . .  already.     Use  no  tick  for  ana\  the,  he.     Use  no  hook  foi  w.     A  small 


EXPEDIENTS  AND  SPECIAL  FORMS. 


274.  It  is  to  be  regretted  that  a  standard  system  of  phonography,  embodying  all 
that  there  is  good  in  short-hand,  cannot  be  uniformly  adopted;  but  this  seems  to  be  an 
ideal  that  may  be  longed  for  but  never  realized      There  are  few  stenographers  who  do 
not  make  use  of  special  forms  and  phrases  of  their  own  devising,  and  if  they  have  not 
the  ingenuity  to  invent  for  themselves,  they  will  adopt  the  inventions  of  their  more 
gifted  brethren.     It  is  not  our  business  at  the  present  time  to  elaborate  new  theories,  but 
to  present  practical  short-hand  as  we  find  it  in  general  use,  whether  it  violates  rules  or 
sustains  them;  it  matters  not  so  long  as  it  is  practical.     What  we  do  give  is  given  on 
the  best  of  authority  —  practical  and  successful  use  by  the  most  experienced  practitioners 
of  the  art.     The  forms  and  expedients  in  this  chapter  can  be  used  by  writers  of  Bemi 
Pitman  Phonography;    and  by  the  writer  of  any  modification  of  the  system  who  is 
thoroughly  versed  in  the  principles  of  short-hand  writing;  but  the  purely  mechanical 
stenographer  had  better  stick  closely  to  his  text-book,  and  not  play  with  two-edged  tools. 

275.  The  use  of  the  initial  jy-hook  for  you  or  your  is  advocated  by  some  of  our 
best  writers  on  short-hand.     Its  value  to  the  law  stenographer  will  be  apparent  in  the 
following  illustrations.     Such  phrases  as  do-yon,  did-yon,  can-you,  have-you,  etc.,  occur 
very  frequently,  and  it  would  be  a  great  saving  of  time  and  labor  on  the  part  of  the 
stenographer  to  have  easy  forms  for  their  representation.     In  the  report  of  a  short  trial 
of  about  ten  thousand  words  the  question  ao-yon  occurred  thirty  times;  did-you  twenty- 
seven  times;  can-yon  eighteen  times,  and  hafc-yon  eleven  times.     All  of  these  questions 

1       V  1 

admitted  of  easy  phrasing  by  use  of  the  yay-\\GQ\e.:  —  *—  rf<)-yoit;  —  —do-you-rccollecl\— 

^         e 

did-you  or  your  ;-^—can-you-your  \  -  if-you-your;-^^^havc-you-your.     Writers  of  the 
Munson  system  make  a  distinction  between  ever  and  have  by  writing  the^-stem  forever 


and 


the  /-hook  for  have ;  as,— ^-do-you-evcr ; — v-do-yon-have,  but  as  ever  is  an  adverb  of 
time,  and  have  a  verb,  there  is  not  much  danger  of  their  coming  in  conflict,  and  can  be 
used  inversely  with  safety.  It  is  better  to  make  a  full-length  form  for did-yoti,  than 

o,        a          a^ 

to  abbreviate  it ;    as did-yott-liave  :  — ^id-you-cver-have  ; &did-you-have- 

any-conversatuni ;  — ^ ^did-you-ever-haive-any-conversalion ;  —j—did-you-ever-see- 

•)u-have-any-objeclions ;— " — ^ do-you-ever-go-there\-*^dtd-you-not- 

A  ,n 

liad-yon-nol ;  — Q had-you-ever-been-therc ; j-zt/Aa/-^'.^-^//-^ ; I-J£ 

y<?W0.     The  same  hook  may  be  used  for  ><wr;  as, IQ^did-) 

1x        — -°                                                                (^- 
sign-this-note ;      <^^- — ^-did-your-parlner-give-hh-consenl.   i»«j 


2O6 


HUMPHREY'S   INTERLINEAR  SHORT-HAND. 


^    have- 

L. 


have-yau-been ; 


0 

-hmv-long-have-yoit-been-engaged;  — ia-*— have-you-ever ; 


=>2 — have-yoii-knoivn-him ;  • 


have-you-seen-hi>n. 


T 


•can-you-slate ;» ^—can-you-remember ; 

(X 

; ^—by-your-nerdict ; 


-can-you-think-of-anything-else ; 


yes-sir,  he-was  standing 


ivas-he  standing  by-your-hoiise  at-the-time  ;- 

by-our-house ; t- V= ^ did-you-say-that  you-did-not-have  any- confer  sat  ion 

with-him.     S  is  sometimes  used  for  say.         -\vhich-yon-can.     The  large  initial  hook,  on 

lay  may  be  used  for  you ;  as,  '^     y — will-yoii-please-stale ;— ^ ^ will-you-state  ; 

-z^z'//-jo«-;w/;-^-^=^^^ will-you-be-kind-enough; — ^ are-you-in-thc- 


'/,  and  on  ray  and  r  ;  as, 
you-e 
de/endant\ 


-are-you-goitig  ;- 


<^\_^ 
ngaged\  —  —      7  —  —  -  are~you-lhe-plaintiff-in-this-aciion  ; 


— I — are-ymi-the- 

're-you-acqiMinted.     The  final  hook  on  the  under  side  of  straight 
steins,  used  by  Pitman  for  tion,  may  be  used  to  better  advantage  for  lir\  as,     '  J>-go- 

their ;'     **      -^ — make-their ; ^J up-ihere ;  — —I — at-their ;  —       ^  can-there-be ; 

-give-their~names  ;—^ '     _j       take-their ; are-there-many  \ 


•change-their.     The  /z'0H-hook  can  be  written  on  the  upward  side  of  stems  in  all 
cases  where  it  is  now  used  on  the  under  side.     Ray  may  be  written  downward  in  the 

<t-recollecl-whelher-or-not.      This  is  the  form 
we  have  always  used ;  other'stenographers  sometimes  use  the  upward  stroke,  leaving  off 

the  «-hook,  which  certainly  has  the  advantage  in  point  of  speed ;  as, 


1  ^l 

phrase,  -jU—I-do-not-recollect ;  —-?& — 1-do-not-rt 


leet.     These  forms  ior—^-I-do-nol-remember;  —  ^/-do-nol-remember-it,  are  good..    The 


<V 

special  law  phrases  -V  -  preponderanee-of-evidence  ;  -  ^P—prove-toyour-satisfaction  ; 

<V  «V  v  r\ 

^     X  <S_^N.  01-      SV  (js  JP 

—:2-  —  the-plaintif-cannot-recaver  ;  —  ^"^  \-  -  ^^—prisoner-at-the-bar  ;  —      ^  per- 

^   ^  ^  \ 

jonal-cstale  ;  -  CP^^\.  —  real-estate-and-personal-property  ;  -  ~->—by-the-pleadings  ; 


HUMPHREY'S   INTERLINEAR  SHORT-HAND. 


207 


-^-by- 


ente-0»- 


-negligence  ;  r^r-by-negligence-on-the-parl-of-the-defendanl  ;  a^—6y-ne£tige 

'    \t  <V  \ 

thc-part-of-the-plainliff\  -  ^-by-thc-evidence\  -^^,urden-o/-proo/y  etc.,  may  be  used 
with  a  great  saving  of  time.     Another  hook  that  we  have  found  quite  convenient, 


1 

although  not  generally  known,  is  the  «£-hook;  as  in  the  words  -  drink  \-^—  drunk  ;       * 


k; ^—embank-ment.     It  will  be 

observed  that  this  hook  applies  to  very  few  words,  but  the  outlines  of  these  words  are 
awkward  to  make  and  ungraceful  in  appearance,  therefore  we  prefer  the  «£-hook,  except 

for  bank;  this  word  being  used  in  phrase  a. good  deal,  it  is  better  to  use  b  or  ben  in  the 
third  position  as  a  word-sign.  (See  Law  Forms  and  Phrases,  line  9.)  This  same  hook 

is  also  used  to  represent  way ;  as, any  way ; " *  no  way ; right  away ;  ^      * 

some  way; midway ;          s go  away ; — ^-—railway.     The  phrase  al-that-time  occurs 

very  frequently,  and  is  variously  written,  but  we  have  always  preferred  a  double-length 
/;  /  in  the  third  position  is  at,  and  in  the  first  position  time,  so  we  combine  the  two  and 

write — — at-(lliai)-time,  supplying  the  that;  -then  if  /-»-;«  is  written 'for-l— - at-(the)-titne ; 

and— I — — — I at-what-time,  the  writer  will  have  as  three  good  forms  for  these  fire- 

>~^    U — x 

quently  recurring  phrases  as  it  is  possible  to  devise.  In  this  connection  it  may  be  well 
to  state  that  it  is  not  advisable  to  have  the  same  word  represented  by  a  plurality  of  signs, 
but  time  seems  to  be  an  exception  to  the  rule,  m  being  used  in  phrase  to  keep  the  out- 
line from  extending  too  far  below  the  line  of  writing. 


276.     The  phrase  I-wM-ask-you   is  variously  written, /- 

will-ask-yon.     The  latter  form  will  be  found  brief  and  legible.     The  forms /- 

am-asking-youi  and — ^-f-ask-you  are  also  in  general  use.  Inasmuch  as  contractions 
have  to  be  memorized  many  of  them  might  be  curtailed  somewhat  more,  or  sufficiently 
to  obtain  all  of  the  advantages  of  brevity,  therefore  in  speech  reporting  we  have  found 

\S  /\  ^l 

ray-p  intersected  -^-  better  than   f      \for  Republican- Party;  -^-Democratic-Party; 

•Whig-Party; ^\Greenback-Partyt  etc.      The   phrases I-cannot-ieU^ 

-I-could-nol-tell  are  more  expeditiously  written  than  with  full  outlines,  and  are  just 


2o8  HUMPHREY'S  INTERLINEAR  SHORT-HAND. 


as  legible.     The  word  house,  occurring  frequently  in  certain  kinds  of  testimony,  may  be 
easily  and  conveniently  expressed  by  the  full-length  stem  s  or  by  the  zw-circle;  as,-**  — 


I  ^-P  ^>>  \ 

your-house  ;    I  \   ot-his-hcruse  ;  -  in-his-honse  ;  -  ^—from-his-house  ;  -^  —  bolh-houses  ; 

^  " 

y-hmse;  -  ^-in-the-honse.      The  «/-tick,  which  is  explained 


VS 
on  page  65,  may  be  used  occasionally  to  express  /'/;  as,-'  —  let-it  \  -  find-it.     The  j/M 

/  ^ 

loop  is  used  in  the  solemn  style  fork  -  thou-hast;  -  why-hast;  and  in  testimony  for 


stale  \  as,  —  ^-state-whether-{or)-not  ;  —  -^»-£  —  state-if-ihere-is  ;  --  state-(hou'}- 


\   as,  —  ^^- 


/*» 

many ;   >    •" =* — stale-yottr-name ; — ^^  state-where ;— ^ 


State-ivhether4pr)-not ;  ^^-slatc-ivhether-there-are  ; did-yon-stale.      The  i//> 

loop  is  also  used  in  a  variety  of  phrases;   as, because-lhey-are; because- 

there-is ;  of-course-they-are ;  of-course-there-is ;  since-lhere-is ; 

as-long-as-there-is  ;-f— stockholder ;   ^,<^ stakeholder.      Their  is  also  expressed 

^~—f  '                          f  I 
by  the  MtV-tick;  as, since-their ; because-their.     In  special  cases  the  5//r 


. 
loop  is  used  to  express  5/or^ ;  as, ^ — in-your-store\ in-our-store\ dry-good*' 

e  \ — ^^—> — drug-store,  and  foT—^-itp-stairs  ;— -ft— downstairs.      It  also  forms  a  con- 


i/on  , , __  


venient  sign  for is-their ;  ^  has-their ;    ^  as-there-is.     The  principle  of  reading  the 

/£«a/  hook  before  the  lengthening  principle  is  explained  on  page  77.     (from~)- 


/tr\ 

beginning-(td)-end\ — ' ' ' — u;ill-{you)-swear,  are  excellent  forms.     Some  report- 
ers write ^ — for  (that}-is-more-lhan-(I-can)-say  ;         ^go-ipn-andystate^to-the^-jury ; 

^^    — — hmv-long-(have-you-beeiiyafquainled-tfwitKyhim,  or  ^^    ^, ; — ^^^P — 

never-inind-(it'hal)-he-said  is  used  by  some  writers.     The  forms j^ you-need-nol-lell\ 

^->  i 

C^ ^          ( 

^ — 2 — give-us-your-opinion  are  good  for  general  use.  -J deft.-objects  \ 

I 
••g>vo dfft.-excepts ;-^ — plainti f -objects,  and          >e — pkiintif-excepts  are  additional  forms 

those  already  given  under  Law  Phrases;   also— V — parly-of-lhe-first-part\ 


HUMPHREY'S  INTERLINEAR  SHORT-HAND.  209 

\     '     \ 


-party-of-the-second-part.  A^ — A s-soon-as-possible  is  as  legible  an  out- 
line as  the  full-length  fonn.  V-thr.  is  used  for  Itved-their^—j—— — how-long-(have-you)- 
Iwed-there.  One  of  the  peculiarities  of  the  Graham  system  is  the  method  of  expressing 
we-would;  you-would,  etc.,  by  enlarging  weA,  wuh,yeh,yuh,  to  double  their  usual  size; 
thus, you-would  or  you-were ; we-would  or  we-were ; with-you  ;-^-were-we  or 

were-you ; what-were,   wkat-would,   wkat-we ;  —^—would-you ;  — — — you-would-not, 

G  U 

you-were-nol ; — — — were-you-not ; we-would-nott   we-were-nol ; ye-were,  ye* 

would; ye-were-nol,  ye-would-not.     We  prefer  to  use  the  hook  on  these  signs  for  not, 

rather  than  for  of  or  have,  as  Mr.  Graham  does.  The  following  phrases  will  illustrate 
the  convenience  of  these  signs.  They  can  be  used  by  Pitman  writers  with  decided 
advantage.  Careless  writers  may  find  them  objectionable,  but  careful  writers  will  not: 

1  X  f\~  C          *) 

Q.    Were-you  present  at-(the)-time?    A..    Yes,-sir;   we-were  all-there  together.    Q. 

C 


v 

Who-were  with-you  at  that-time?    A.   We-were  alone.     Q.   What-were-(you)-doing- 


there?    A.  We-were-not  doing  anything.     Q.  What-would-(you>consider  a  fair'  price 

G 

.  .....  .u  .....  i. 


forVhis  house-and-lot?     A.  I-am-not  prepared  to-say  ;  we-would-not  take  ten-th|usand- 

b 


.5  .......  W  ..................  q)  ............  <          .........  .   .................. 

dollars  for-it.     Q.    Would-you'-consider-it   worth   twelve-thousand?     A.    Yes,-sir.     Q. 


6  ^  .........  ^  .....  ^  .....  v,  ......  D  .............  ^?.  ........  ,0.,.. 

You-would-not  accept  that  amount  for-it,  would-you?    A.   No,-sir.     Q    You-would 

jv  .............  f  .......  v    ........  )  .....  x  ........  !v  ...............  a... 

have^talen  less-th\n-that  before-this-road  was  projected  through-there,  would-you-not? 


HUMPHREY'S   INTERLINEAR   SHORT-HAND. 


?..  .?s^l._5L o ^L.*r...( s. 

A.  No,-sir,  we-would-not  Q.  You-were  anxious  to-sell,  then,  were-you-not?  A. 
We-were  asked  if  we-were  in-the  market  and-I  said-that  we-would  sell  out  at-any-time 
if-we  got  our- price.  Q.  Were-yqu-acquainted  with-old  Mr.  Silsby  in-his-life-time  ? 

.'.! ) c 

A.  I-was.  Q.  Were-you  in-his-house  upon-the  occasion  referred  to?  A.  I-was.  Q. 
You  drew-the  plans  of-this-house,  did-you-not?  A.  Yes,-sir.-(I)-did.  Q.  Tell-us 

L 

^ I"'  -b- 

what-you-said,  or-what  conversation  you-had  with-him  when-you  called  at-bis-house 

./...I. 


the  last-time  ?     A.  I-caruiot-tell  just  what-vve-said — the  exact  language  used. 

P 

277.     The  large  initial  &'-hook  is  used  by  some  writers  to  express  we;  as, — I — 


•*  can-we,  etc.      Never  having  used  it  we  cannot  speak  from  experience  as  to  its 
'  value.     The  word  did  may  be  added  to  the  adverbs  when,  where  and  why,  and  to  the  pro- 


nouns she,  he,  and  they,  by  halving ;  as,-        ) — ivhere-did-you-seeMm  ;- 


wlten-did-you-next-call-there  ;-* whyrdid-you ; she-did,  did-she ; 


-he-did  make-us  an  offer they-did.     A  careful  stenographer,  writing  a 


fine  neat  hand,  can  use  phrases  of  this  kind  to  good  advantage;  but  if  he  prefer  a  larger 

and  freer  style  of  writing,  such  phrases  can  be  written'        4 — wkere-did-you-see- 

<^_^/"| 
him ; ^  & — when-did-you-next,  etc.     When  the  principle  of  halving  a  stem  to  add 

|_ 
•^  is  used,  such  forms  as- take-it \-^^=-make-it,  etc.,  are  objectionable;  still  they 


HUMPHREY'S   INTERLINEAR  SHORT-HAND.  211 

are  used  by  competent  reporters.     When  the  principle  is  applied  to  other  forms,  and  to 
word-signs  that  cannot  conveniently  be  phrased,  the  two  words  should  be  written  as 

()  ~)  ^ 

closely  together  as  possible;  thus,— l—that-it-was\ t—when-it-was\ — '-I-think-il-was- 

V)   .  ^ 

t—if-il-was; j—you-say-tt-u'as.     The  phrase  lhat-it-was  is  sometimes  written  with 

a  wave-like  sign,  resembling  an  s;  thus, ;  it  should  be  made  small  so  as  not  to  be 


mistaken  for  — \—that-was. when-it-is-neccssary,  and when-it-ii- 

known,  are  conveniently  phrased. 

278.  It  frequently  happens  that  some  very  good  phrases,  so  far  as  speed  is  con. 
cerned,  are  objectionable;  not  because  they  conflict,  but  because  they  resemble  other 
forms  so  closely  that  in  order  not  to  make  mistakes  the  writer  must  scrutinize  them  very 
closely,  and  often  appeal  to  the  context  for  aid;  this  is  annoying  to  one  who  wishes  to 
read  his  notes  quickly  and  without  hesitation,  therefore  the  freer  outlines  are  to  be  pre- 
ferred unless  one  is  specially  gifted  in  reading  notes.     Very  brief  forms  and  phrases  are 
not  so  objectionable  where  a  reporter  confines  himself  exclusively  to  taking  testimony, 
or  law  reporting,  as  set  phrases  occur  so  frequently  that  they  become  as  familiar  to  the 
eye  as  a  page  of  ordinary  print.     Many  skillful  law  stenographers  cannot  be  induced  to 
take  notes  of  anything  outside  of  their  special  line  of  work ;  not  because  they  do  not 
feel  competent,  but  because  they  are  specialists,  and  do  not  care  to  impose  extra  labor  on 
themselves  by  undertaking  reporting  in  an  unfamiliar  field. 

279.  There  is  another  class  of  signs  to  which  we  wish  to  call  attention;  namely, 
the  tick  word-signs.     Some  writers  use  them  without  difficulty ;  while  others  find  them 
stumbling  blocks  in  their  way,  and  if  they  see  a  beginner  practicing  them,  will  shake 
their  heads  ominously  as  though  he  were  on  the  broad  road  to  a  short-hand  perdition. 

0      ,  v 

Among  the  best  of  these  signs  are  the  following: —or-not,  bnt-not\ all-of  or  all- 

N  S  t 

have\  ~*  and-o/\ of-oitr  \ — -^—to-otir  ; of-all ; — *— to-all  \ — *-who-iuere  ; ought- 
to-have  ; — —ivho-have ;  **  •ivho-ivill ;  ^  tivo-of-three.  We  have  always  been  in  the 
habit  of  writing of-lhe  instead  of  implying  it  by  nearness  of  writing,  using  for  that 

purpose  the  above  curve,  made  somewhat  smaller  than  the  half-length of-it.     These 

signs  can  be  omitted  in  phrases,  and  so  may  any  other  words  that  the  context  will  sup- 
ply ;  aSi  ^\ value-of-the-property ; *—iinportance-of-lhe-subject ; — ' day-of- 

the-week ;   ^ — °  statement-of-tlie-case ; words-of-my-text. 

280.  It  is  not  expected  that  the  beginner  will  make  use  of  all  of  these  phrases  or 
expedients,  but  the  day  may  come  when  he  will  find  some  of  them  very  useful,  or  they 
will  at  least  give  the  cue  for  the  formation  of  others  suitable  to  his  purpose. 


LESSON  XXXVIII. 


COMMERCIAL  CORRESPONDENCE. 


NEW-YORK,  January  12,  1892. 
D.  WHITING,  ESQ., 

I 

Detroit,  JVfich. 

Dear  Sir : — Your-favor  of-the  gth  inst.  duly-received,  and 
contents-noted.      I_n-reply  we-quote   2O-ft».   T-iron-rails,  first  quality,  at   3-cts.   per-ft».t 
8,    f.-o.-b.-cars  Wheeling,  West-Va.     Terms,-cash.     The  present  rate-of-freight  to  Detroit, 
all-rail,  is  17  ct?.;  rail-and-lake,  12  cts.     We-could-probably  furnish-you  the  iron  in-about 

'"f"^"  "Y          "K"" 

ten-Says  from-tms-time.     We-have-no-seconds  for-sale  at-preseBt. 

C*^  /~s  ^Y  ^vi         *          \         ^~- 

O  Wire-us  immediately  on-receipt-of-this  if-you-wish  the  order  filled. 

M 

Yours,  respectfully, 


J.  H.  NELSON. 


HUMPHREY'S  INTERLINEAR  SHORT-HAND. 
NO.   2. 


213 


. 

STEUBEffVlLLE,  O.,  June  20,  18  .... 

r\   r^ 

....  —  ..•.  ........  —  ............  ------  .  __________  .....  __________  .  _____  .. 

MESSRS.  WHEELER  &  WILSON, 

Fourth  St.,  Philadelphia,  PaS- 

Gentlemen,  —  In-reply-to-your-letter  of-the  i6th,  I-beg 


..v. 

) 
to-sa 


to-say  that-I-am  satisfied  with-the  list  of  prices  sent,  and  also  with-the  terms  of  payment 
(l) 


mentioned   by-you.      Please   forward,   as-soon-as-possible,  the  articles  detailed  in-the 


enclosed  list;  and-if,  as  I-doubt  not,  the  goods  come  up  to-my  expectations,  I  hope-to* 


have  the  pleasure  of  extending  ray  relations  with-your  house.     Our-friend,  Mr.-Smith, 

...........  f  .....  A  ......  OL.../:  .....  ^.JwLfuJi  ......  .^£...--,. 

whom  I-have  already  mentioned,  will  cheerfully  afford  you  every  information  you-may 


desire  to-have  respecting  me;  and,  should-you  require  additional  references,  I-can  for- 


ward-you  the  names  of  two-or-three  Philadelphia  houses  where  my-account  has-been 


for-some  years.     I  will  duly  notify  you  upon  receipt-of-the  goods,  and  you-may 


open  for-some  years. 


214 


HUMPHREY'S  INTERLINEAR  SHORT-HAND. 


'    '    V       ^       L  ......          ..          ..>... 

r 

then  draw  upon  me  for-the  amount,  at  three-months,  agreeable  to-your  terms. 

......................................  f 

Yours.-truly, 

? 

'/u  ^  / 

GEORGE  H.  FRANCIS. 

281.  (i)  See  Special  Forms,  page  205.  (2)  See  Special  Forms,  page  205,  use  of  s 
for  house.  In  this  case  it  would  not  be  safe  to  use  it,  as  the  phrase  could  be  translated 
with-your-self  or  with-your-house;  either  would  make  sense. 

No.  .3. 

PHILADELPHIA,  Pa.,  June  22,  18  — 

^ 

GEORGE  H.  FRANCIS,  ESQ., 

........  ^C.  ..................  . 

Steu^enville,  O. 

Dear  Sir,  —  We  herewith  enclose  invoice  of-the  articles 

...W.  ..^....Ss,  ......  ^.  .....  1.. 

>  * 

ordered  by-youV-favor-of-the-2oth-inst.     The  goods  have-been  forwarded  to-your  address, 

c\  /  _  P^-^I  /-—  ^   «- 

....V^....fc  ...........  =^..57777:...^  ......  7^^.  ......  J.t.  .............  rr9  ....... 

per-rail,  this-day.     The  greatest  care  has-been  exercised  in-the  selection  of^the-goods,  and 

"...1 

I-trust  that-you-will-be-pleased  with-them  in-every-respect.     The  terms  in-which  Mr. 


Smith  has  spoken  of-you  are  perfectly  satisfactory,  and-we  need  no-further  references. 


HUMPHREY'S   INTERLINEAR  SHORT-HAND. 


215 


Thanking-you  for-the  confidence  which-you-have  placed  in-us,  and  assunng-ypju,  that-we.. 

\i^-tw  s:^-. 

shallX5?Biost  happy  to-received  continuance  of-your-favors,  we-remain, 

Yours  faithfully, 

WHEELER  &  WILSON. 
No.  4.  *^f  I 

NEW  YORK.  Feb.  27/18. 

MR.  B.  W.  LAW, 

^ 

Havana,  Cuba. 

C  -  -       -V  —  f  • 

vx. I V\. 

Dear  Sir, — I-have  received  no  aoVfee  from-you  since  writing 

*f 

to-you  on-the  25th-inst. 

BARK   ANTONIA   SALA.— She  arrived  at  PerthX£n>oy  Wednesday,  i  p.  M. 

Began  loading-the  same  day.     Finished  her  coal  on  Thursday  at  4  P.  M.     She-has-been 

111.... 

detained  two-Says  on-account  of-the  violent  storm  of  rain  and-wind.     The  Standard-Oil 

Co.,  for-some-reason,  is  short  of  crude  petroleum,  and-could-not-pack  oil  for-us,  es  agreed. 


r2l6 


HUMPHREY'S  INTERLINEAR  SHORT-HAND. 


We-have,  therefore,  decided  to^ip  no-case-of-oil_in-this-vessel — nothing  but-the  tank 
>      s — ""^  ~     ^        \     N.P  /I  .,  y» 

••-••- **' -w— •-' H fep- 

oil.     We-have-engaged  all-the  lumber  that-she  needs,  under  and  on  deck,  at  $3.50,  gold. 


I-think-it-is  for  Santa  Maria.     I-hope  that-my  action  in-this-respect  will-not-be  of  serious 


inconvenience  to  you. 

\S  ^>      •       ,^  —  e  I 

-   Y^:  ......  -*  ......  i 

Jq     BARK  DORIS  ECKOFF.  —  Arrived  the  25th  inst.,  and  begins  discharging  to-Aay. 


_o 


.._... 

I-have-engaged  with  Mr.  Boom  to-^ip  8,000  cases  of  crude  petroleum  on-this/vessel 

for-you.     He-has  engaged-the  balance  of-her  cargo — white-pine,  under  and  on  deck,  at 

?«)     (      J  '             N    / 
*-u- t — -\ L 


$3.50,  so  I-think-that  she  ought  ^o-go  to-Sea  by-the  8th  or  loth  of  March,  perhaps  sooner. 


, 

. i 


S.  S.  CACOUNA. — I-have-decided  under-the-circumstances,  to-sfitp-you 

of  petroleum  in-this-ves^el;  it-will-be  placed  on-board  to-aay      We-are  clearing  her  for 

•^^ 
Havana  via  Baltimore.      She  will-probably  sail   to-night  or  to-morrow-morning,  and 


"V  "V"       '"J"  ~V 

ought-to-be  in-your-port  about-the  loth  inst     Perhaps  I  ought  tovship  1,000 


instead-of  500,  cor.sidering-your  shortage,  and-the  delay  caused  by-oil  sailing-vessels. 


HUMPHREY'S  INTERLINEAR  SHORT-HAND. 


817 


^j.    BARK  HAVANA.— I-see-by-the  Herald,  of-the  25th  inst..  that-she  sailed  from 
Cardenas  on-the  igth.     I-have-received  no-cable  from-you  of-her  sailing,  but  presume 

this-notice  is  correct.     Relative  to  her  outward  cargo,  it-will-pVobably  consist  of  8,000 
^ 

------  ^-  -.-... ^^S 

cases;  the  balance  will-be  white-pine. 

^ 

Yours,  ve/y  truly, 

J.  D.  MARSDEN. 

No.  5. 

\ \?.. ../... 71  /.4 

PITTSBURG,  Pa.,  Jan.  12,  18 

:  .  .  .  . ....- .........»•.....--.....- .-- 

MESSRS.  KAYLOR  &-Co., 

<; 

Exchange-Place,  New  York. 

Gentlemen,—^.  Thomas  H.  Safford,  Foreign  Fht.  Agt 


B.  &  O.  R.  R-,  acknowledging  our-favbr  of-the  jist  ult,  in-which  we  enclosed  power- 


2X8 


HUMPHREY'S  INTERLINEAR  SHORT-HAND. 


CTX 


__  \  ................  *?—  ^  .......  OrrrP  .......  J  _____  "^  _____  ^N^?  ............  X  .....  S^f  ..... 

of-attorfley  and  owner's-oath  you-gave-us,  advises  us  as-follows:  —  "From-the  manner  in- 


which-the  power-of-aubrney  is  phrased,  it-only  enables  me  to  enter  and-forward  goods 
*3 

in-bond  in-the-name  of  Messrs.  'Naylor  &-Co.,  consequently  it-is  of  no  service  to-me;  but 


should  your-friends  wish-me  to  enter  and  pay  duty  on  future  cargoes,  —  according-to- 


.........    .....  . 

r  -message  of-the  5th  inst,  to  Mr.  -Smith,  our  Gen'l  Fht.  Agt,  please  ask^hem   to 
ox       s  —  -  5  '  -<~f  \. 

..^     ^.,.s,. 

furnish  me  with-general  powe'r-of  attorney.     On-Wednesday  last  (4th  inst.),  to  avoid 
delay,  we  entered-the  bark  Northern  Light  in-the-name  of-the  R.-R.-Co.,  giving  bond  to 


produce  owner's-oath.     We-received  owner's-oath  the  following  day  from  Naylor  &-Co., 
ra 

®  \ 

./  .....  ^X  .....  >  ............. 


which  canceled  the  bond. 


.N L ;.. 

Please  instruct-us  what  reply  to-make  to  Mr.  Safford. 


Respectfully, 


H.  P.  BOPK&-CO. 


HUMPHREY'S   INTERLINEAR   SHORT-HAND. 
NO.    6. 


219 


CHICAGO,  111.,  Jan.  1 2,  18 . . . . 

MESSRS.  BROWN  BROTHERS  &-Co., 

(j          ^-f 

Wall-St,  New  York. 

•   *  "T" 

Gentlemen, — Your-favor  of-the  22nd  insL  is-at-hand. 
Enclosed  herewith  we  return  applications  and  guarantee,  duly  executed  by  ourselves 

and-the  First-National-Bank,  covering  your-credit  68455,  tor  ^"5,400  sterling,  favor 

.v 
Saunders  Bros,,  London.     We  also  enclose  formal-request  to-cable-credit  in-above  matter. 

- -k^ A^ -~^ 

Trusting  everything  will-be-found  in-order,  we-remain, 

Very  truly  yours, 

<3  inclosures.)          ^^  C.  MURDOCK  &-CO. 

°No     ' 


HUMPHREY'S  INTERLINEAR  SHORT-HAND. 

No.  7. 


Pa.,  July  17,  18 


MR.  W.  F.  SLOAN, 


.^. 


Supt.  Honey-Brook  Mining  Co., 


Honey-Brook,  Pa. 


Dear-Sir,  —  We  acknowledge-receipi  of-your-favor  of-the  i4th. 


••V*r  "V 

We-have-just-received-a  telegram  from  Bonnell-&-Co.,  stating  that-the  car  of  powder  has 


-V 

gone  forward,  and-we  presume  you-can-look  for-it  about-the  27th  or  28th  of-this-month. 


We  herewith  enclose  order,  No.  505,  for-ten  cars  of  coal,  to-be  shipped  Feb.  8th.     We 


note  what-you-say  about  Sharp  opening-the  mine  on-the  Montgomery  property ;  we-do 


not-think  that-there;is_over  ten-tons  of  coal  on-this  tract  that-will  amount  to-anything. 


We-think  that-he-has  figured  on  some  of-the  coal  that-is  on-the  Parker  tract.     Since- 

!r^*    5     J  . .  -  /  V^  s  ^      *    r      1     r. 

\" 

you-have-said  that-it  contains  a  large  per-cent  of  sulphur,  we-do-mot-feel  like  taking  hold 


HUMPHREY'S  INTERLINEAR  SHORT-HAND. 


221 


*  ........  ...........          *.....^....  ......  i    ,....... 


of-it    We-do-not-think  that-the  3-ft  vein  of  coal  on-the  Dupont  &  Bemis  property  is-the 

<cr..^..^....J  .....       wx  .....  L.. 


same-as  we-are-now  mining,  from-the  fact  that-we  found  a  3-ft  vein  of  very  different 


quality  on  their  land  very-near  where-the  opening  was-made  by  Jamison,  adjoining  the 

I 

oL^-      .1  1      N~<     ^-^        "       °—  ^        CL^        /T^  5 

Cessna  tract.     However,  no  matter  what-the  quality  of-the  coal  may-be,  we-do-not  care 


7, 


to  hold  Dupont  &  Bemis,  so-far-as-their  lands  are-concerned,  for-the  agreement  is-not 


orth  the  paper  it-is  written  on,  having-long-since  expired.     We  note-the  correction 


on-the  pay-roll,  and-have  charged  Willis  with  rent     Stop  shipments  to-the  Norristown 

.-r/?.r..T\.:..|  ......  (f  .....  /  ......  -^---^\  ......  »•  ......  ^.* 


....  ^ 

mills  until  further1  adviSea ;  they-have  shutdown  for-want  of  orders,  but-have  given-us 

<f                                J  *  x 
-K." v-^"                                                  V\ 


\^— 

instructions  to-rfesurne  shipments  on-the  first  of  September,  at-the-rate  of  one-car  per-day. 


»>.  i 

Bear  ihis-in  mind,  and  send-the  coal  forward,  unless  we  countermand  the  order  in-the- 

\ 


meantime.     We  observe  that-you-have-a  good  supply  of  tide-water-cars.    Just  at-the- 

V 


time  the  outlook  is-not  at-all  encouraging  for  tide-water  business.     We-have- 


r' 


amplaint  in-reference  to-the  Miner's  oil  that-we  sent-you,  and-have  called-upon-the 


222 


HUMPHREY'S  INTERLINEAR  SHORT-HAND. 


people  who  supplied-us  and-they  say  that-the  oil  has-no  coal-oil  in-it  at-all.     We-do-not- 


see  how  it-is  possible  for-the  Standard-Co,  to-sell  a  lard-oil  that-will  give  better  satisfac- 


tion  at-the-pnce  they-claim  ;  but  if-they  can,  we-do-not  propose  to  purchase  from-them, 


• 


as-it-would  simply  be  Tielping-the  Glenolden  people,  for-there-is-no  question  but-that 

ibis-company  is  run  principally  in-their-interest.     It-would- not-be  good  judgment,  or 
$ 


policy,  to-give  them-the  whip  with-which  to  whip-us,  which  we-would-be  doing  if-we 


allowed  them  to  furnish-us  with  oil.     If-possibfe,  obtain  a  small  bottle  of-it  and  we-will- 

If.... :........ -S^.^TTf. I £"....  j?T^. 

have-it  tested  and  see  if-there-is  any  difference  in-the  quality.     We-are  using-the  same 


kind-of  oil  at-our  Lead-mines  that-I  sent-you  ;  it  gives  good  satisfaction  there,  and  they- 


have-not-the  draft  nor-the  facilities  for  air  that-you-have  at-the-Honey-Brook  colliery.     I 


^presume-the  question  of-the£il_smoking  was  raised  by  some-one  interested  in  keeping-us 
v> 

^ 

^.. 


-V- 

from-selling  it  to-the  miners.     If-our-men  do-not  rent  our  houses,  and  use  our  oil  and 


powder,  we-snall-have  to-get  men  that-will.    Considering-the  condition  of  trade,  we-are 


HUMPHREY'S   INTERLINEAR   SHORT-HAND. 


223 


.-> ^ / X- ^...jL-..d.:>..:< 

compelled  to-get  all  of-the  advantages  possible.     Messrs.  Austin  &-Co.  write-us  that 

'..).. .*-...  .A.. 

O> 
they-are  sending-you  the  F  F  F  powder.     We  presume  this-is  what-you  wanted. 


NOTE.  —  It  has  been  deemed  advisable  to  put  the  remainder  of  the  letters  in  solid  short-hand,  rather  than 
in  the  interlinear  form.  This  will  be  of  decided  advantage  to  the  student,  —  who,  by  this  time  is  supposed  to 
be  independent  of  interlinear  forms,  —  as  it  will  give  him  double  the  number  of  letters  for  practice,  the  space 
that  otherwise  would  bj  required  for  the  translation  being  filled  with  additional  short-hand  matter.  The 
translation  of  these  letters  will  be  found  in  HDMPHREV'S  MANUAL  OP  TYPE-WRITING,  BCSINESS  LETTER 
WRITER,  AND  EXERCISES  FOR  PHONOGRAPHIC  PRACTICE.  All  letters,  or  other  matter,  the  Key  to  which  is 
in  the  Manual,  will  be  marked  thus:  (Manual  of  Type-Writing,  No.  -  ) 

Each  of  these  letters  should  be  copied  fifteen  or  twenty  times,  or  until  the  forms  can  be  put  down  at  the 
rate  of  sixty  or  seventy  words  a  minute  ;  then  they  should  be  dictated  from  time  to  time,  by  a  good  reader, 
until  they  can  be  written  at  one  hundred  and  twenty-five  words  a  minute.  Do  not  refer  to  the  printed  trans- 
lation until  you  have  exhausted  every  effort  to  read  the  short-hand  notes  without  such  aid.  It  is  good  prac- 
tice to  read  short-hand  exercises  aloud,  and  as  rapidly  as  the  words  can  be  distinctly  pronounced.  Such 
practice  makes  one  familiar  with  the  sound  of  his  voice  when  ca'.led  upon  to  read  in  public,  and  enables  him 
to  read  without  hesitation.  Many  a  good  position  has  been  lost  by  failure  of  the  writer  to  read  back  his 
notes  readily  when  called  upon  to  do  so. 

When  practicable,  a  transcript  of  the  short-hand  notes  should  be  made  ;  on  the  typewriter,  if  possible, 
otherwise  in  long-hand.  The  transcript  should  be  compared  with  the  Key,  mistakes  corrected,  and  then  re- 
written until  free  from  errors.  If'certain  words  are  habitually  misspelled,  make  a  memorandum  of  them 
and  practice  them  from  time  to  time  until  the  habit  is  overcomei 

It  is  a  bad  habit  for  beginners  to  be  continually  "  timing  "  themselves,  to  see  how  fast  they  can  write. 
It  begets  a  careless  and  slovenly  style,  and  takes  attention  from  the  main  object  of  study  —  to  learn  to  write 
correctly.  The  slow,  careful  and  patient  toiler  will  overtake  and  pass  the  fellow  who  is  always  "  timing  " 
himself  for  speed.  There  is  a  time  for  speed  practice,  but  not  until  you  can  write  new  matter  from  dictation 
at  tie  rate  of  ninety  or  one  hundred  words  a  minute. 


No.  8.  —  Manual  of  Type-  Writing,  No.  121. 


.  ^    u  ly^'o 


t^^p  V 

%^ ...A 

No.  9.— Manual  of  Type- Writing,  No.  112. 

/S^c^rr.^--l^ 


224 


HUMPHREY'S   INTERLINEAR   SHORT-HAND. 


x^ r 

^      ^  \       I  * 

l..>  '       r°     A^s ..^ ....^r\. 

No.  10. — Manual  of  Type-Writing,  No.  125. 

>/..^ 

>         d- 

t...\.X h  ..^...Srr^r^. 

.?7^ 

No.  ii. — Manual  of  Type- Writing,  No.  126. 


.^.l..^^,.^.^J..,.^.. 


HUMPHREY'S  INTERLINEAR  SHORT-HAND. 


225 


^      c  ~^   ^^   ^  c    -  ' 

: s: 

No.  12. — Manual  of  Type-Writing,  No.  129. 

/  /     f*    /»  \  \  \  V^^X          (\  ^\ 

'Lf.Z  J.& & . .  -\TTT-.  .  L-v/..  \rrri. .T>1 . cL \Jti. .  <^>..'.. 

I      k"~^     _ 
Z.r*:r.rr..J...X> .\..-S-..v...l (T-fT^ 

tJ7...T>^ 

l^r*f/?/r^^^  -X^ 


.  I3.  —  Manual  of  Type-Writing,  No.  132. 


P 
"^ 


226 


HUMPHREY'S   INTERLINEAR  SHORT-HAND. 

No.  14. — Manual  of  Type-Writing,  No.  133. 


^—7    v         _->^~V  O 

•..sL^.^.....----^^?^.-..4:. ..:$.-.•-...*->.. 

"^''^'^''izi 

'.."T7..J... 

t 

No.  15. — Manual  of  Type-Writing,  No.  134.  Vo 

777>r-^7T. 

(5)     ^ 

•-[•  -^--s- ^--\- 

<i 


No.  16.  —  Manual  of  Type-Writing,  No.  135. 


/   __         c\  \  >  __  .,       n 

^-^   ^     oc>  —  "   \  _  o  2.  7?  V        f. 
.  ........  :.  ..............  )  ........  f-.fKr  ____  fj.^>...jrx 


-.\  .9 


HUMPHREY'S   INTERLINEAR  SHORT-HAND. 

No.  17. — Manual  of  Type-Writing,  No.  136. 


227 


7       *  """""-v    C\. 

jp         jff  -  ^o       A          L  \  C-fT   v^TS^  • 

"QL>         ' ' 

J  \ ^-    .  // " —  ^     ^,  »  r        (\ 

cf..^\..La^.j OP 

/^../.vrr^z.^.r^.W. 

No.  1 8. — Manual  of  Type-Writing,  No.  156. 

_/? 

< 

'"\4 

<LP...<hx->^-\ 5... /r7^T...Tx/... '..-. 


No.  19.— Manual  of  Type-Writing,  No.  157. 


\ 


-^ 


228 


KXTHPHREY'S  INTERLINEAR  SHORT-HAND. 


I  X* 

1\ 
^O 

>. _.-^. .... 

^ 

No.  20. — Manual  of  Type-Writing,  No.  160. 

4---— •[ 

QS 

-«v-y 

*-..7--  "-*;.•/••<      V  ^--A 

r 

./\. No.  21. — Manual  of  Type-Writing,  No.  161. 

/  ->.  90S  y^" — ^.    <\ 

/        xx ^     J7^     II  \  /  \      I 

^ 


HUMPHREY'S  INTERLINEAR  SHORT-HAND. 


22$ 


c 

../.>o../?7777/s_»i 

^o.  22. — Manual  of  Type-Writing,  No.  163. 

(. .\»/.. o.!7T^s...<ji. 

A 
^./-V.-Ty^l 

^ x     f^^r^  • 


No.  -23. — Manual  of  Type-Writing,  No.  166. 


rS) 


230 


HUMPHREY'S   INTERLINEAR   SHORT-HAND. 


6 


I 


.  ./y. .  ^J. 


...      .... 


No.  24.— Manual  of  Type-Writing,  No.  116. 


/  J 


HUMPHREY'S   INTERLINEAR  SHORT-HAND. 
( 

\ 

No.  25. — Manual  of  Type- Writing,  No.  117. 

t 

.<" 

^..^.^.]r.  r:  ^.-^.,../.... 

\        <^t>   i 

'h' *"&''** v/' 

.r.:..^^..^.^.A^:.2.^ 

^l 


No.  26.  —  Manual  of  T>-pe-Writing,  No.  149. 


/\   ^  I 

.^:.  '  A.,... 


232 


HUMPHREY'S   INTERLINEAR   SHORT-HAND. 


HUMPHREY'S   INTERLINEAR   SHORT-HAND. 


233 


..*..*-*q 


No.  27.  —  Manual  of  Type-  Writing,  No.  218. 


../r7//7..:p^ 

r     /•  N-^r    *  **• 

t  ......  /?  .......  »  .....  0.  .....  „. 

I 

—  "  k.  "^^^  I  L 
*~^  . 

..C  ..?. 

v^ 


rt 


234 


HUMPHREY'S  INTERLINEAR  SHORT-HAND. 
No.  28. — Manual  of  Type-Writing,  No.  219. 


No.  29. — Manual  of  Type-Writing,  No.  220. 


HUMPHREY'S   INTERLINEAR  SHORT-HAND. 

No.  30.— Manual  of  Type-Writing,  No.  221. 


235 


TRIAL. 


United  States 


John  H.  Surratt  ) 


IN-THE  CRIMINAL  COURT  OF 


h-^         \ 

THE  DlSTRICT-OF-COLUMBIA,  No.- 


APPEARANCES. 


For-the  United-States :    District-Attorney,  C.  E.  Carrington,  and  Asst.  Dist 


1 

isttict-Atty., 


jr  /  ^      \A 

N.  Wilson,  Esqs.;  Associate  Counsel,  Edwards  Pierrepont  and 


A.  G.  Riddle,  Esqs. 


-V 


For-the  Prisoner:  Messrs.  Joseph  H.  Bradley,  R.  T.  Merrick,  and  J.  H.  Bradley, 


Jr.,  Esqs. 


(a)    The  Court  said:    Gentlemen,  this-is-the-day  assigned  for-the  trial  of  John  H. 


'----W> 

3jD 
Surratt,  indicted  for-the  murder  of  Abraham-Lincoln,  late-President-of-the-United-States. 


Are-you-ready  to  proceed? 


A. 

Mr.  Bradley :    The  prisoner  is  ready,-sir,  and-has-been  from-the  first 


HUMPHREY'S  INTERLINEAR  SHORT-HAND. 


337 


, 

/  x^     ^  V-  —  ••.  / 

The  District-Attorney:     If-your-honor-please,   I-am  happy  to  announce  that-the 


Government  is  ready  to  proced  with-the  trial. 


June  13,  1867. 


The  Court  was  opened  at  10  o'clock,  when-the  clerk  proceeded  to  call  over-the 

9         I  VT- 


names  of-the  talesmen  summoned  yesterday,  in-accordance  with-the  direction  of-the-Court  : 


William  H.  Tenney,  duly-sworn-and-examined  upon-his  voire  dire,  as-follows: 


By  the  Court : 

L....S.....'.. 

Q.  Have-you  formed  or  expressed  an  opinion  in-relation  to-the  guilt-or-innocence 
of-the-prisoner-at-the^bar,  John  H.  Surratt?  A.  I-have.  Q.  You-ha\fe-both  formed  and 
expressed  an  opinion?  A.  I-have.  Q.  Under-the  oath  you-hav'e-tafcen,  do-you4ay 
to-the  Court  that-the  opinion  so  formed  and  expressed  would  bias  or  prejudice  your 


judgent  in  rendering-a  verdict  as-to-the  guilt-or-innocence  of-the-prisoner,  after  having 


heard  all-the  testimony  in-the-case?     A.   I-think  I-couId  give  as-good  a  verdict  as-if 


'    HUMPHREY'S  INTERLINEAR  SHORT-HAND. 


4..:r\-..-y...N..,d <L 

I-had  never  heard  of  Surratt.     Q.  Have-you  conscientious  scruples  against  rendering-a 

s  *•     ^  '  °   \    \  Nc 

verdict  of  guilty  where  the  punishment  is  death,  provided-the  evidence  be-such  as-would 

I- »-™-"- 

satisfy-you  of-the  guilt  of-the  party  accused.     A.  I-have-none. 

(When  testimony  is  written  on  single  lines,  like  the  following,  a  small  period  x» 
should  follow  the  question,  and  a  long  period    /   should  follow  the  answer. — Manual 
of  Type-Writing,  page  122:) 

^    ^    ~ •-.°S...:..^...g.....C^...\- .„»....  C 

A/../...^...^..r^/..e...x..>- ^..y 

^ 7 r.... .."....... ,.. 

i 

T> 
i.Z 

*/  -.-^.±.^...y....^....\\......^.A 

...L  ..r.o}. 

1 

fos&ffXaA./M.G&M/. )..f^..j..^?!r^r:v.....)b>.-->-:S^:Vv.^c 

«^--«- s^:.^0.^fex^...^' -.., ,. 


HUMPHREY'S   INTERLINEAR   SHORT-HAND. 


239 


^..:...v..::u..^:....c..j:.r.. 


L 

^    ~ 


240 


HUMPHREY'S  INTERLINEAR  SHORT-HAND. 


(a)  Itreqnires  some  knowledge  of  law,  and  experience  in  court  reporting,  to  know 
what  to  take  and  what  to  omit.     Generally  speaking,  it  is  unnecessary  to  report  the 
remarks  of  the  judge  upon  calling  a  case,  or  the  reply  of  counsel  thereto,  unless  specially 
requested ;  but  this  was  nu  exceptional  trial.     The  entire  country  was  interested  in  the 
proceedings  so  almost  every  word,,  whether  relevant  or  irrelevant,  was  reported,  and 
now  forms  part  of  the  record. 

(b)  When  pressed  for  speed  it  is  not  necessary  to  take  down  anything  that  can  be 
supplied  when  making  up  the  transcript.     It  is  sufficient,  when  the  judge  speaks,  to 
write  the  short-hand  for  "judge,"  or  "court,"  and  in  the  same  manner  write  "  Bradley," 
" Pierrepont,"  "District  Attorney,"  etc.,  leaving  off  the  "Mr."  or  "By  The."     If  the 
paper  is  not  specially  ruled  for  law  reporting;  /.  e.,  with  an  indented  marginal  line,  a 
dash,  or  long  period,  should  follow  the  name  of  the  person  speaking,  so  as  to  avoid 
ambiguity;  otherwise  the  name  is  written  outside  of  the  marginal  line,  as  in  this  trial. 
Questions  should  be  begun  outside  of  the  line;  answers  should  follow  and  be  confined 
to  the  wide  space  between  the  lines  and  not  extend  over  the  line  where  the  questions 
were  begun.     This  is  for  the  purpose  of  enabling  the  stenographer  to  refer  quickly  to 
any  portion  of  the  testimony  he  may  be  asked  to  read ;   by  casting  the  eye  over  the 
marginal  columns  any  question  that  has  been  asked  will  readily  be  seen. 

(c)  Talesmen  are  jurors  usuatly  summoned  from  among  the  by-stauders  in  the  court 
room,   in  consequence  of  the    "regular"   panel   having  been  exhausted.     They  are 
examined  under  oath  the  same  as  other  jurors,  and  in  criminal  cases  this  examination 
should  always  be  taken.     The  fact  should  also  be  noted  that  they  are  sworn  in  the 
panel,  and  every  time  that  they  appear  in  a  case.     A  memorandum  should  be  made  of 
jurors  who  have  been  challenged  and  left  the  panel,  and  the  correct  names,  either  in 
short-hand  or  long-hand,  should  be  had  of  those  who  remain  in  the  panel  when  it  is 
sworn.     In  the  examination  of  jurors  the  questions  asked  are  usually  of  the  same  tenor, 
and  if  the  examination  is  rapid  brief  forms  and  phraseographs  can  be  used  to  advantage. 

(d)  To  swear  a  witness  upon  his  voire  dire  is  to  swear  him  upon  his  honor  to  tell 
the  truth,  or  as  to  his  availability  as  a  witness. 


ADDRESS  TO  THE  JURY. 


(a) 


.  -N    ^         C     /    "  ^_      /> 

-/-  .....  ~£... 


v  -^-  ---•  • 


T     ""v^S"' 


242 


HUMPHREY'S  INTERLINEAR  SHORT-HAND. 


f  W -v- 


•r 


\ 


Lo 


..!    ^ 


HUMPHREY'S  INTERLINEAR  SHORT-HAND. 


243 


...  j  .i.<.     ....^.^ 

I      •*-*  ^-^  .-^ 

J  .......  b__o  ......  (...*..  v....L.>^ 


•s_P 


c/ 


\ 


.x.        r 

^u>          Vi 


1  •= 

..V--.. 


JL, 


344 


HUMPHREY'S   INTERLINEAR   SHORT-HAND. 


^  J    ^   \^T  J  ^  <(     ^"-^^L^'J 

• •' -a--- .b..^....,.. 


....^...^..^...^^.. 


(a)  The  address  to  the  Jury,  or  "opening"  the  case,  as  it  is  usually  called,  is  a  brief 
.  statement  of  the  circumstances  of  the  case  and  the  facts  sought  to  be  proven.  It  is  not 
customary  for  the  stenographer  to  make  a  record  of  this  on  his  minutes  unless  specially 
requested  to  do  so.  There  are  cases  in  which  it  is  important  that  the  record  should 
show  just  what  counsel  has  stated  in  his  opening,  and  when  -anything  of  this  kind  is 
auticipated  the  stenographer  is  asked  to  take  it  down  ;  if  not,  the  record  is  usually  com- 
pleted by  agreement  of  counsel. 


HUMPHREY'S   INTERLINEAR   SHORT-HAND 


A 


../£ 


.....  I). 


r... 


X.' 


-  —  —  ?^  ^. 

W  .....  v^"" 


V- 


^ 

•  \r 


1  , 


246 


HUMPHREY'S   INTERLINEAR   SHORT-HAND. 


r 


\ 

^ 


•-•?• 


'"C 


.L. 


.^r.'± 


V 


* 


HUMPHREY'S  INTERLINEAR  SHORT-HAND. 


\ ,...(. 


I 


L 

.  A*.  .  L  ^  . 


1 


-A 


4 


V  64V   ). 


248 


HUMPHREY'S   INTERLINEAR   SHORT-HAND. 


i-V 


\.Tv../ 


1 
L-W- 


T 


Y 


p 

K  —  "      ^ 


«r 


.L.l 


*        * 


HUMPHREY'S   INTERLINEAR   SHORT-HAND. 


249 


/ 


r 


L,v:r, 

X,4.'.' 


,..  J. 


/  . 

;    >i 


J. 


.ir 


.^ 


V 


^..71. 


Q  — 


1      0 


A 


/o 

/ 


250 


HUMPHREY'S   INTERLINEAR   SHORT-HAND. 


.u.s 


k 


li")' 

jJ-V 


">  - 


5 


V 


HUMPHREY'S    INTERLINEAR   SHORT-HAND. 


251 


...^..:. 


*.../?. 


-  /I        « 


/ 


.V— 


K 


No 


T    i^  I 

*  ......  A 


252 


HUMPHREY'S   INTERLINEAR  SHORT-HAND. 


vv 


-L. 


.^..,J.,(. 


-h- 


.a. 


XL 


HUMPHREY'S  INTERLINEAR  SHORT-HAND 


253 


^ 

r 


L 


X  --  ^Xl  .- 

k*...  .6.. 


V, 


)  L  \  ..N 


/V 


U.»1^.UU..^jt. 


7 


1..) 


pvs"'"" 


254- 


HUMPHREY'S  INTERLINEAR  SHORT-HAND. 


i 


' 


') 


>„..:.!.>. 


Lc_urit 


1  _ 


J 


4, 


-f       ,1 
i.y......  >». 


o 


HUMPHREY'S    INTERLINEAR   SHORT-HAND. 


255 


— ~H^»-^ 


LA* 


\ 
.,.c\ 


256 


HUMPHREY'S  INTERLINEAR  SHORT-HAND. 


V.  .-... 


t 


...  t 


<b» 


.Li. 


^ 


.r. 


'          ? 

& 


5?._ 


...(T. 


•ti- 


-y.f.*..{. 


Y* 


HUMPHREY'S   INTERLINEAR   SHORT-HAND. 


257 


c— 


9          o  *    i      -" 


V 


..=>- 


-4 


C 


n 


0. 


- 


HUMPHREY'S  INTERLINEAR  SHORT-HAND. 


<• 


t 


V. 


»•--••*• 


}  .................... 


*..\S£.±. 


i, 


X 


.^.v 


HUMPHREY'S  INTERLINEAR  SHORT-HAND. 


259 


*x 


/ 


f 

u-V 


h 


\ 


v. 


-r- 


260 


HUMPHREY'S  INTERLINEAR  SHORT-HAND. 


</ 


/ 


* 


:..i 


/... 


x 


\ 


i,i 


£.-t  .....  i. 


.1*. 


( 


r 


HUMPHREY'S  INTERLINEAR  SHORT-HAND. 


26  r 


/r 


L 


14.., 

\ 


^ 

•x...).... 


j6>...b. 


^> 


V 


•X. 


-p 


(3 


£..*_*.^. 


262 


HUMPHREY'S  .INTERLINEAR   SHORT-HAND. 


v- 


V 


-v *"      '^' 


JJLji.-.!^.. 


(\r  ^ 


U, 


L-x :..* 

.t..±± 


'-°-T 


V 


HUMPHREY'S  INTERLINEAR  SHORT-HAND. 


•% 


264 


HUMPHREY'S   INTERLINEAR   SHORT-HAND. 


:z 


<{ 


i 


.a 


:w 


\  r  -  X 


\v 


N 

k. 


*t 


,...l.^./^.. 


•t 


HUMPHREY'S   INTERLINEAR   SHORT-HAND. 


265 


r.>.r.ix..! 

M^-TT 


V 


\ 


^ 

•  ..\>..,. 


V- 


J 


ifr^r 

.K.l./,..>... 


...:.3~*  -. 


HUMPHREY'S  INTERLINEAR  SHORT-HAND. 


HUMPHREY'S   INTERLINEAR   SHORT-HAND. 


•  r 


.?  ^-^  I/  "^^    n 

"VF^  ..............  .--...\>J. 


i 


-s^p- 


•>• 


J. 


.:...L.A..V..y~., 


^ 


k—  ' 


268 


HUMPHREY'S  INTERLINEAR  SHORT-HAND. 


.V5>. 


I 


No 


V 


V" 


*.:...ll. 


HUMPHREY'S   INTERLINEAR  SHORT-HAND. 


269 


J.. 


I 


/..AaJL 


r  ^-^  ^\ 
/-  ...............  i- 


ANz_x. 


Q  V 

V  S 


: v 


HUMPHREY'S  INTERLINEAR  SHORT-HAND 


L 


r 


V         • 

---- 


x 


* 


^  r 


., ,..s...v..^..._ 


x 


./. 


.</! 


,    :. 

^ 


HUMPHREY'S   INTERUNEAR   SHORT-HAND. 


271 


,  .l...^.,...f 


(. 


V,    |e_.   ( 


( 


.)..,(. 


f - v 


272 


HUMPHREY'S   INTERLINEAR   SHORT-HAND. 


t 


r 


V 


-T-v 

*.,rV-'----^ 


.Irr 


\^..\ 


•i 


-<4^' 


/-.tf^-V. 


rv  o    v — •»• 

-...^,^. 


HUMPHREY'S    INTERLINEAR   SHORT-HAND. 


273 


..     .....  . 


274 


HUMPHREY'S   INTERLINEAR   SHORT-HAND. 


*>   ^~^  <rs\    ' 


•/ 


k 


..Lj.r-.v  v,. 


.!Su 


I 


*)      "     \       *-     r,  *     ^-^ 

-'•••••  V  v^ 


\ 


HUMPHREY'S   INTERLINEAR    SHORT-HAND 


27S 


st 


u. 

-x 


i  ^O          •- 


3 
X 


......p.. 


^, 


^' 


}• 


\ 


..:_k. 


' 


HUMPHREY'S  INTERLINEAR  SHORT-HAND. 


f. 


7: 


C, 


^ 


I     I'   I        / 

L*i.!.l" 


\» 


I..,..:. 


aJL^JS 

rt  T  C. 

C^S^^J^-L 


4-^ 


HUMPHREY'S   INTERUNEAR   SHORT-HAND. 


»77 


2/8 


HUMPHREY'S  INTERLINEAR  SHORT-HAND. 


.Vp- 


vv# 


> 


4 


_.t 


\ 

--0  -••- 


V 


i 


\. 


A- 


*\ 


\ 


*• 


> 


\ 


,"\. 


.L..,..1...6. .<k^ 


z. 


~-TV' 


l')/-"- 


HUMPHREY'S  INTERLINEAR  SHORT-HAND. 


J.. 


.  ....r...t.r 


.   L 


\.T!  Sr-'Y 


'k.A.^f. 


J.+. 


HUMPHREY'S 

Manual  of  Type-Writing, 

Business  Letter- Writer, 

AND 

Exercises  for  Phonographic  Practice. 


A  GUIDE  TO  THE 

ART  OF  TYPE-WRITING, 


FOR    USE    IN 

SCHOOLS,  COLLEGES,  AND  COPYING  OFFICES. 

CONTAIN!  N(, 

OVER     ONE     HUNDRED     AND     FIFTY     LETTERS    OF    MERCANTILE    CORRESPONDENCE,    STATEMENTS 
OF    ACCOUNT,    LAW    FORMS,    SPECIFICATIONS,   THEATRICAL    AND    ALL    KINDS    OF 
MISCELLANEOUS    WORK    ADAPTED    TO   WRITING     MACHINES;     LAW, 
LEGISLATIVE   AND   COMMERCIAL   PHRASES   FOR    PHONO- 
GRAPHIC  PRACTICE,  WITH    A    CHAPTER   ON 
SPELLING,    PUNCTUATION   AND 


F.    S.    HUMPHREY, 

Ex-Official  Court  and  Legislative  Stenographer;  Reporter  Republican  State  Central  Committee  of 

Pennsylvania,  1880 ;    Author  of  "  Humphrey's   Interlinear  Phonographic  Lessons 

for  Self-Instruction;"  Principal  Philadelphia  Shorthand 

and  Type-Writing  Institute. 

Endorsed   by  the   profession   generally,   and   used   in   most   of  the   leading   Type- 
Writing  and  Shorthand  Schools. 


MAILED,    POST-PAID,   ON    RECEIPT   OF   PRICE,    $1.50. 


THK    BAKER    &    TAYLOR    CO., 

740  and  742  Broadway,  N.  Y. 


1 


UNIVERSITY  OF  CALIFORNIA  LIBRARY 

Los  Angeles 
This  book  is  DUE  on  the  last  date  stamped  below. 


7  1961 


Form  L9-10wi-3,'48(A7920)444 


UNIVERSITY  oi  CALIFORNIA 

AT 
LOS  ANGELES 


T   TT>TD  A  "DV 


000571274     0 


Z56 
H88i 


B.  0.  BAKEH 


iSBSm 


